Issuu

ENGLISH LESSON PLAN

vectorstock.com/7952556

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection

DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN LESSON PLAN PHÁT TRIỂN NỘI DUNG

Giáo án dạy thêm Tiếng Anh lớp 6,7,9 soạn theo chương trình thí điểm mới đủ nhất (2019-2020) GV Vũ Xuân Minh WORD VERSION | 2020 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM

Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594

1. They usually(play) __________ catch at recess. 2. she always(skip) ________ rope after school? 3. Look! Hung(jump) _________ in to the water. 4. He(go) ________ to the movies tonight. 5. What ______ you _________(do) next Sunday? 6. Tomorrow, she(invite) ________ all friends to her birthday. 7. My father (listen) ________ to the radio everyday. 8. He (do) ___________ Math now. 9. Jane (play) _______ the piano at present. 10. Listen! The boy (play)_________ the guitar. 11. Our friends (come) ________ here soon. 12. My father never (drink) __________ coffee. 13. I usually (go) ________ to school by bike, but tomorrow I (go) ________ to school by bus. 14. He (visit) _______ his grandparents next week. We (not/ invite) _________ many friends to the party tonight 1. They ( go ) to school at 6.30 every day. 2. Now it ( be ) 10 o’clock and we ( have ) history lesson. 3. Hi, Ha! Where you ( go ) ? - Hi, Lan. I ( go ) to the market. You ( go ) to the market, too ? - No, I ( not go) to the market, I ( visit ) my grandma. 4. you often ( play ) soccer after school ? – No we often ( watch ) TV. 5. He usually ( have ) breakfast at 6.15. He ( not have ) at 6.00. Ex1: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. Mother: I want to prepare dinner. (you / wash) the dishes yet? 2. Daughter: I (wash) the dishes yesterday, but I (have / not) the time yet to do it today. 3. Mother: (you / do / already) your homework? 4. Daughter: No, I (come / just) home from school. 5. Mother: You (come) home from school two hours ago! 6. Daughter: Well, but my friend Lucy (call) when I (arrive) and I (finish / just) the phone call. 7. Mother: (you / see / not) Lucy at school in the morning? 8. Daughter: Yes, but we (have / not) time to talk then. EX2: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. A: I (cycle / just) 50 km. 2. B: I (cycle) 100 km last week. 3. A: I (write) an essay yesterday. 4. B: I (write / already) two essays this term. 5. A: I (ring / just) my friend. 6. B: I (ring) my friend 10 minutes ago. 7. A: Two days ago, I (watch) a Madonna concert on TV. 8. B: I (see / already) Madonna live in concert. 9. A: I (spend) my summer holiday in Australia last year. 10. B: I (be / not) to Australia yet. EX3: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. 2. 3. 4.

A: (you / be / ever) to London? B: Yes, I (be) there three times. A: When (be) the last time you (be) there? B: Last summer. I (spend) two weeks in Brighton with my parents Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

and we (go) to London one weekend. 5. (you / like) it? 6. Oh yes. We really (have) a great time in London. 7. Lucky you! I (be / never) to London. EX4: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. A: (you / try / ever) haggis? 2. B: Oh, yes! 3. A: How often (you / eat) haggis yet? 4. B: Two times exactly. 5. A: When (you / eat / first) haggis? 6. B: That (be) in 2005. We (have) a Scottish festival in our town and they also (sell) traditional Scottish food. So I (buy) haggis. 7. A: (you / like) it? 8. B: It (be / not) too bad. And I (know / not) anything about haggis then. 9. A: When (you / find out) ? 10. B: When I (be) in Scotland in 2007. I (go) to a restaurant and (order) haggis. Afterwards, the waiter (tell) me about haggis: it's the heart, liver and lungs of a sheep, boiled in the animal's stomach. Well, I (eat / never)

haggis again since then.

Put the verbs in these sentences with the correct form. 1/ If we study hard, We…………….. (pass) the exam. 2/ Lan ……………………..(go) to the library, if she has free time. 3/ They…………………(get) the champion prize, if they win (win) this game. 4/ He……………… (visit) me, if he ………………(come) back to Vietnam. 5/ She ………….. (call) me when she (have) ……………….hand phone. 6/ If we ……………… (not/ study) English now, we……………… (be) difficult to get a good job in the future.\

I/ Match the two halves of the sentence. Then write the full sentence, using the word in brackets. I went to bed early It was a nice day We didn’t want to wake anybody up She was late for work We didn’t know what time it was We hadn’t seen Lisa for a long time Archi was very fat The door was open We watched television all evening They live near us

I walked in. (as) we came in very quietly. (since) I was tired. (because) we didn’t recognise her. (as) we see them quite often. (since) she missed the bus. (because) we had nothing better to do. (as) he ate too much. (because) We went for a walk by the sea. (since) None of us had a watch. (because)

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Buổi 1+2+3 :

Revision Unit 1

I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 1 với chủ đề trường học.

II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to : - School things and activities.

2. Pronunciation : Sounds /

/ and / /

3. Grammar: - The present simple and the present continuous. - Verbs ( study, have, do, play) + Noun

4. Communication : - Talking about and describing a school. - Talking about and describing school activities.

III. Bài tập:

Buổi 1: Content

Ngày soạn : 3/ 9/ 2014 Ngày dạy : 9/ 9/ 2014 Teacher’s &students’ activities - Asks Ss to give the forms of “tobe” and how to use. - Gives feedback and correct answers: - Give the answer Tobe: is, are, am. I- am He, She, It – is You, We , They – are

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1. He (be) ………. a teacher 2. They (be) ………. farmers. 3. Nga (be) ………. short. 4. I (be) ………. a student. 5. We (be) ……….fine. 6. HCM City (be) ………. bigger than HN . 7. Tu and Hai (be) ……….friends. 8. This pen (be) ……….mine. 9. It (be) ………. hot today. 10.She (be) ………. very beautiful.

II.The present simple tense: Revises the present simple tense

- Do exercise individually. - Asks Ss to come to the board and give the answer. - Givesfeedback and correct answer 1. ( + ) He is a teacher ( - ) He isn’t a teacher ( ? ) Is he a teacher ? Yes, he is. ? No, he isn’t 2. (+) They are farmers. (-) They aren’t farmers. (?) Are they farmers? Yes, they are/ No, they aren’t 3. (+)Nga is short. (-) Nga isn’t short. (?) Is Nga short? Yes, she is/ No, she isn’t 4. (+) I am a student. (-) I am not a student. (?) Are you a student ? Yes, I am / No, I am not. ………………….. - Revise and write on the notebook.

1. Form: - Affirmative: S + V(s,es) - Negative: S + do/does + not + V….. - Interrogative: Do/Does + S + V….? I, We, You, They+ do He, She, It: does +does

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

4. I ( teach ) English. 5. He ( walk ) to school. 6. Lan and Hue ( study ) English very well. 7. My sister ( work ) in Hop Luc hospital. 8. Her parents ( read ) books every night. 9. He ( have ) Maths at 8.35. 10. Mai ( do ) the housework very carefully.

III. The present continuous tense.

2. (+) She watches TV every evening. (-) She doesn’t watch TV every evening. (?) Does she watches TV every evening? Yes, she does / No, she doesn’t 3. (+) Tung lives near my house (-) Tung doesn’t live near my house (?) Does Tung live near your house ? Yes, he does / No, he doesn’t 4. (+) I teach E (-) I don’t teach E (?) Do you teach E ? Yes, I do / No, I don’t …………….. - Revise and write on the notebook.

Revises the present continuous tense

1. Form: - Affirmative: S + tobe+ Ving - Negative: S + tobe not + Ving….. - Interrogative: Tobe + S + Ving….?

2. Use: 3. Advs : now, at the moment, at present …. - Asks Ss to do exercise 3: Question 3: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại tiếp diễn rồi chuyển các câu đó sang dạng phủ định và nghi vấn rồi trả lời. 1. He ( watch ) TV at the moment. 2. They ( listen ) to music now. 3. She ( have ) lunch now. 4. Look! The baby ( sleep ). 5. We ( play ) soccer. 6. Lan ( teach ) Music at present. 7. I and my sister ( make ) a lot of cakes. 8. Our dog ( sit ) next to my motorbike. 9. Tung and his brother ( walk ) to school. 10. The boy ( sing ) an interesting song.

- Do exercise individually. - Asks Ss to come to the board and give the answer. - Do exercise individually. - Givesfeedback and correct answer

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

IV.Verbs ( study, have, do, play) + N Question 2: Matching : A

1. play 2. study 3. have 4. do

a. homework b. English c. badminton d. dinner

(-) She isn’t having lunch now (+) Is she having lunch now? Yes, she is / No, she isn’t 4. (+) Look! The baby is sleeping (-) Look! The baby isn’t sleeping (+) Is the baby is sleeping ? Yes, he/ she is / No, he/ she isn’t ………………….. - Do exercise - Asks Ss to come to the board and give the answer. - Givesfeedback and correct answer 1c

Question 5 ( good students ): Cho dạng

- Work ( the whole class) đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn - ask students to underline the subject and hoặc hiện tại tiếp diễn . verb in each sentence 1. They ( go ) to school at 6.30 every day. - Work individually 2. Now it ( be ) 10 o’clock and we ( have ) history lesson. 1. go 3. Hi, Ha! Where you ( go ) ? 2. is- are having - Hi, Lan. I ( go ) to the market. You ( go ) 3. are you going – am going – are you to the market, too ? going – am not going – am visiting - No, I ( not go) to the market, I ( visit ) my 4. do you often play – are often grandma. watching 4. you often ( play ) soccer after school ? – No 5. has – doesn’t have we often ( watch ) TV. 5. He usually ( have ) breakfast at 6.15. He ( not have ) at 6.00. Question 6 ( Homework ): Tìm và sửa - Write exercise on the notebook and do it lỗi sai trong các câu sau: at home. 1. He haves maths on Mondays and Wednesdays. 2. We talking with our teacher now. 3. She washs her face every morning. 4. Are you do homework everyday ? 5. They are rideing to school. 6. Binh don’t go out at night.

* Answer key: Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1. haves -> has 2. talking -> are talking 3. washs -> washes 4. Are you -> do you 5. rideing -> riding 6. don’t -> doesn’t * Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …..………………………………………………………………………………………………… Hoằng lưu, 4/9/2014 Duyệt giáo án

Buổi 2: Ngày soạn :20/9/2015 Ngày dạy : 25/ 9/ 2015 Teacher’s activities 1. Make up question and answer using these words given below. 1.where / live / I / Vietnam 2.where / live / we / house. 3.where / live / I / City. 4.where / live / we / Hai Thuong Lan OngStreet. 5.where / live / I / 180 Xuan Dieu Street. 6.How / you / thirteen years old. 7.How / you / very well, thanks. 8 .what / name / Hung.

Ex 2. Which one is different? 1. pen board desk teacher 2. ruler pencil pen student

Students’ activities - Revise the Wh-question - Asks Ss to do exercise 1 Ask students what they have to do first - Do exercise individually 1. Where do you live ? - I live in Vietnam 2. Where do you live ? - We live in Vietnam ………………. 6. How old are you ? I’m thirteen years old. 8. What’s your name? I’m Hung - Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 2 - Do exercise individually, compare their answer with the partners - read the answers aloud

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

3. classroom eraser pencil pen 4. class door window clock 5. schoolbag clock wastebasket 6. house school eraser classroom 7. wastebasket board desk city 8. two twenty thirteen nineteen 9. I we you my 10. am are is children Ex 3. Complete the passange Every morning , Quang ............ up .......... six o’clock, then he ............ dressed ........ 6.15. He ........... to school ...... 6.30. When the class finishes , he ........ home ..... 10.15. After lunch, ……has a short rest, .......... the after noon, he ........ his homework at two o’clock or he helps his parents do some house work.....the evening, he ..... television at 7.00, then he ...... to bed at 10.30 4. Put in : do / does / don’t / doesn’t 1. ............. they play soccer after school? Yes, they ......... 2. .............Nam play volleyball every afternoon? No, he ....... 3. .............she go to school every morning? Yes, she .......... 4. .............Nam and Ba .... the housework every day? No, they ....... 5. What ........... your mother ........ every day? She .......... the housework. 6. What time ..... Hoa ..... her homework? She ....... her homework at 7.30 in the evening. 7. ......... girls eat breakfast at 6 o’clock? No, they ...... 8. ..........Hai take a shower in the afternoon?

- Give feedback and correct answer 1. teacher 2. student 3. classroom 4. class ……… - Asks Ss to do exercise 3

Ask students what they have to do first - Do exercise individually 1. gets 2. at 3. gets 4. at 5. goes 6. at

- Do exercise individually 1. do- do 2. Does- doesn’t 3. does- does 4. Do – do – don’t ………….

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Yes, he ....... 9. ......... you have classes at 7.15 ? Yes, we ......... 10 ......... he go to bed at 12 o’clock? No, he .........

- Write homework on notebook and do it at home

5. Homework - Write a short paragraph to describe your

school. * Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …..…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Buổi 3: Ngày soạn :27/9/2014 Ngày dạy : 29/ 9/ 2014

I. Aims and objectives: - To help the students to practice the way of using Present tense: Language contents : 1 Grammar : : review present tenses 2 Vocabulary: verbs II. Preparations : pictures, flash cards

III.Procedures :

Content Warm up : _ Chating : how are you?.... Presentation: Present progressive tense T: What are you doing? S: I am walking to school? T: What is he doing? S: He is driving his car * Form: (+ )S + am/ is/ are + V-ing +... (-) S + am /is/ are+ not + V-ing….

Students’and T's activities Chatting Ask Ss some questions and Ss answer Teacher write the some sentences on asked on the board and focus on them -Copy down

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

(?) Am/ Is/ Are + S + V- ing…? -Dùng để diễn tả những hoạt động đang diễn ra ở hiện tại hoặc đang diễn ra tại thời điểm nói. *. Cách thêm ING sau động từ A. Bình thường ta thêm ING sau động từ Vi dụ: play - > playing, go - > going, B. Khi một động từ tận cùng bằng e ta bỏ e trước khi thêm ING ví dụ:drive-driving. Ride - > riding, have > having C. Khi một động từ có một âm tiết , tận cùng bằng một phụ âm trước nó là một nguyên âm và thì ta thì ta gấp đôi phụ âm này trước khi thêm ING ví dụ: run - > running.(chạy) Get - > getting • Trạng từ : Now: bây giờ , right now: ngay lúc này, at the moment: lúc này, at this time: tại thời diểm này, at present: hiện nay, ...... Have break Practice: I.Chia động từ ở thì hiện tại tiếp diễn. 1.He (ride)……….his bike. 2.they(wait)……………..for a bus 3.we(play) ……………..soccer 4. He(travel)…………..to Ha noi 5.I ( listen)……………….to music. 6. Lan( walk)……………….to school. _Calls some SS to answer _corrects 1.is riding 2.are waiting 3. are playing 4.is traveling 5.am listening 6.is walking _Asks SS to read aloud II. Chia động từ ở thì hiện tại đơn hay thì hiện tại tiếp diễn. 1.They (play)………….soccer every day. 2.She (play)…………… soccer now. 3.Nga (go ) …………………to school every morning 4.Nga (go ) …………………to school at the moment. 5.He( walk) ………. to schoolevery day

What do we use the present progressive tense for?

-Listen and do as directed -Listen and copy down

-Listen and focus What should you do in this exercise?

-Listen and do as directed -Listen Ss give the correct answer, T corect

-Listen and remember -Listen and copy What should you do in this exercise? - underline the subjects, Vinfi and adverbs of time delicating present simple or present progressie tense

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

6.I ( walk) ……………… to school to day 1. play 2. is playing 3. goes 4. is going 5. walks 6. am walking -Asks SS to read aloud III/ Đoạn văn sau có 10 lỗi sai. Tim và sửa lỗi sai: (good students) Example: live lives Miss Lien live in a small house on Hanoi. She teaches English at a school there. She usually is breakfast in seven in the morning and she has dinner at twelve o'clock in the canteen of the school. She teaches his students in the morning. She teaches them dialogues on Wednesdays to Fridays. On Mondays, she teach them grammar. On the evening, she usually stays at home and listens books. She sometimes goes to the movie theatre. She always go to bed at ten o'clock. =>Miss Lien live in a small house on Hanoi. She teaches English at a school there. She usually is breakfast in seven in the morning and she has dinner at twelve o'clock in the canteen of the school. She teaches his students in the morning. She teaches them dialogues on Wednesdays to Fridays. On Mondays, she teach them grammar. On the evening, she usually stays at home and listens books. She sometimes goes to the movie theatre. She always go to bed at ten o'clock. 1. is-> has 2. 2. in-> at 3. on -> to 4. teach-> teaches 4.on the morning-> in the morning 5. listen-> listens Homework: - Redo exercise - Choose the correct words to complete the sentences ( get take eat go have play watch do start finish ) 1.I up at 6 o’clock . 2.We .classes from 7 to 11.15 3.He . a shower every morning . 4. ..TV every night . 5.John and Jack ..a big lunch at school 6.I to bed at 10 pm o’clock 7.Her children ..games in the afternoon .

-Practise before the class _Read aloud _Listen and copy down _ answer T guides Ss to read one sentence by sentence to find out the mistakes What kinds of mistakes can you find out in this passage? - form of verbs - subject and verb agreement - prepositions ………………….. _Listen _Listen Read alout the answer and explain why

Recall the meaning of each verbs given and put it in the right place. Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

8.She

.her homework after school .

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …..………………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt giáo án Hoằng Lưu, ……./ 09/ 2014

Ngày soạn :3/10/2014 Ngày dạy : 6/ 10/ 2014

Revision unit 2 I. Aims and objectives - To help the students to practice the way of using Present tense: Language contents : 1 Grammar : : review present tenses, there is/ are, preposition of time 2 Vocabulary: thing at home II. Preparations : pictures, flash cards

III.Procedures :

Content

Students’and T's activities

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Warm up : _ Chating : how are you?.... I. Choose the best answer. 1. The drugstore is ......... (next/ behind) to the bookstore. 2. What is ................ (from/ to) the right of your house? 3. Where ................ (is/ are) the flowers? II. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word. 1. There ................................... a well beside my house. 2. The movie theater is between the police station .......................... the photocopy store. 3. My house is next ................................... a school. 4. Where ................................... my books? 5. There are big trees ...........................front of my house. 6. My parents are doctors. They work ..............................a hospital. 7. Our house ................................... a small yard. 8. What ................................... those? - ................................... are trees. 9. ........................ the right of the park, there is a lake. 10. Where .............................. your sister live? I III. Arrange these words into the right sentences. 1. house/ near/ my/ is/ school/ my. 2. front/ are/ trees/ of/ there/ house/ many/ in/ my. 3. teacher/ is/ in/ my/ bookstore/ near/ father/ the/a/school/a. 4. lives/ with/ father/ Nam/ city/ mother/ in/ his/ the/ and. 5. in/ father/ works/ a/ supermarket/ Minh’s. 6. flowers/ left/ are/ to/ there/ house/ the/ the/ of/?

Chatting Ask Ss some questions and Ss answer How many prepositios of time do you know? 1.next 2. to 3. are Teacher write the some sentences on asked on the board and focus on them to put a suitable word -Feedback 1.is 2.and 3. to 4.are 5.in 6. in 7. has 8. are/ they 9. to; 10. does What kind of sentences with preposition do we use ? What should you do in this exercise? -Listen and do as directed -Listen Ss give the correct answer, T corect - Do exercise individually

IV.Correct form of the verbs in present progressive tense 1. I (watch)…………… television now. 2. He (listen) …………to music . 3. We (not play) ……………volley ball.

1. am watching 2. is listening 3. are not playing ………….

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

4. Nga and Hoa (not do ) ………………..the housework. 5. You (read)………………. the book? 6. Your brother (wash) …………….his face? 7. What the children (do) ………………in the yard? 8. Where Mr Minh (work)…………………..? 9. How your father (travel) ………………..to work? 10. Hoa ( not drive)………………… a car - Ss come to the board and write down the answer

Homwork Complete the sentences with the opposite meaning words 1. The movie theater is………………. the toy store. (behind) 2. There is a well to the ………………....... of Minh’s house. (left) 3. Is there a …………………..….. park near the hotel? (big) 4. My brother ………………….... his classes at half past four. (starts) 5. Thuy lives with her sister in the ……………………….. (city) 6. My school is big and ………………………… (short) * Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …..………………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt giáo án Hoằng Lưu, ……./ 10/ 2014

Ngày soạn :13/10/2014 Ngày dạy : 16/ 10/ 2014

Revision unit 2(cont) I. Aims and objectives - To help the students to practice the way of using there is/ are and preposition of places Language contents : Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

+Grammar : : review present tenses, there is/ are, preposition of time + Vocabulary: thing at home + pronunciation: /s/, /z/, /iz/ +II. Preparations :

III.Procedures :

Content Warm up : _ Chating : how are you?.... I. Choose the best answer. 1.a. sofa b.chair c. toilet d. table 2.a.cooker b. desk c. diswasher d. fridge 3.bed b. lamp c. fan d. villa 4.aunt b. uncle c. granmother d. teacher 5.cousin b. mother c. father d. brother II. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word. 1. I live in a t…… .house in HoChi Minh 2. She lives with her family in a s……….house in Tay Nguyen. 3. Last year, Lan lived with her family in a big c………..house in Hung Yen. 4.I live in an a………..on Nguyen Chi Thanh street. 5. I want to live in a v……….with a big garden.

III. Arrange these words into the right sentences. Mi: Mira, who/live/ with? Mira: live / with /parents. And you? Mi: live /with / parents/ younger brother. You / live / house? Mira: No, live/ apartment. You / live / house/ Mi: yes / do. Your apartment/ big/ No,it/ not. There /living room / two bedrooms / bathroom / kitchen.

Students’and T's activities Chatting Ask Ss some questions and Ss answer How many people are there in your family? Who are they/ ………….. …………. What kinds of houses do you know? Teacher write the some sentences on asked on the board and focus on them to put a suitable word -Feedback 1.town 2.stilt 3.country 4.apartment 5.villa What should we do with this kind of exercises ? -Listen and do as directed -Listen Ss give the correct answer, T corect - Do exercise individually

IV.Correct form of the verbs 1. Lan ( not have)…………………… many friends in her new school. 2. Hung (come)………………………from Vinh but he (stay)

What should we do with this kind of exercises ? -Listen and do as directed Find out S,V, adv of time

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

……………………with his relatives in Ho Chi Minh city at the moment. 3. We not (drive)…………......... to work every day. We (go)…………………. by bus. 4. Who you (talk)………………….to on the phone now, Minh? 5. Where your new friend ( live)…………………………., Nga? - She (live)…………………….on Hang Bac street. 6. You (be)…………………..in class 7A ? - No. I (be)……………………in class 7D. V.Put the words have undelined parts pronouced with Tables goes rulers gets learns studies does armchairs couches bedrooms pencils pens desks books takes pictures lives students

/s/

/iz/

/z/

VI.Write the “–ing” forms for the following words. stand write 3. get 4. drop 5. camp 6. dye 7. sneeze 8. lie 9. refer 10. see 11. smile 12. eat 13. cut 14. plan 15. say 16. cry 17. ride 18. clap 19. fly 1.

20.study

Homwork VII.Supply the correct tenses of the verbs in parentheses. 1. Anna _____________ (look) for a new job.

1. doesn’t have 2. comes, is staying 3. donot drive, go 4. are you talking 5.Does…live,lives 6.Are you, am

How many ways to pronounce the sounds S?give the details of words beginning with what sounds There are two ways /s/ and /z/ How many ways to pronounce the sounds ES? There are two ways /iz/ and /z/ give the details of words beginning with what sounds, then do the exercise in individual, then compare the answers with their partners’ Can you tell me how to add ing after verbs Ss recall the ruler of adding ing, then do the exercise in individual, then compare the answers with their partners’

Ss get over how to use present simple tense and present progress tenses, how to pronounce S,ES and how to

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

2. If all _____________ (go) well, I will finish it in a fortnight. 3. You _____________ (like) this toy car? I _____________ (give) it to my nephew on his birthday tomorrow. 4. Listen! Someone _____________ (knock) at the door.

add ing after verbs, prepositions,furniture and things at home Do all the exercises again Do the exercise VII

5. They always _____________ (lie) on the beach and _____________ (chat) away on Sunday mornings. 6. I _____________ (walk) to school every day, but today I _____________ (go) to school by bus. 7. What you _____________ (do)? I _____________ (type) my English essay. 8. She _____________ (begin) to play tennis in two weeks. 9. She _____________ (share) the same room with me, but she’ll move to another one some days later. 10. On schedule, they _____________ (traffic) weapons across the border next Tuesday.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn :17/10/2014 Ngày dạy : 20/ 10/ 2014

I.objectives

Revision unit 2(cont)

After the lesson students can master the use of present simple tense and progressive tenses, the apply the knowledge to do the exercise about form of verbs II. Preparation Exercises III.Procedure THÌ HIỆN TẠI ĐƠN GIẢN

THÌ HIỆN TẠI TIẾP DIỄN

Cấu trúc (+) S+ V+ O (-) S + don’t/ doesn’t + V+ O (?) Do/ does + S+ V+ O (nếu có từ hỏi thì từ hỏi đứng trước “do/ does”) Với to be: (+) S + am/ is/ are (-) S + am/ is/ are + not (?) am / is/ are + S (nếu có từ hỏi thì từ hỏi đứng trước “am/ is/ are”)

(+) S + am/ is/ are + V-ing + O (-) S + am/ is/ are + not + V-ing + O (?) am/ is/ are + S + V-ing + O (nếu có từ hỏi thì từ hỏi đứng trước “am/ is/ are”)

Cách dùng - Dùng để chỉ những việc xảy ra đều đặn, thường xuyên. VD: I often go to the park with my boyfriend. (Tôi thường đi đến công viên với bạn trai mình.) What do you usually do after dinner? (bạn thường làm gì sau bữa tối?) - Dùng để chỉ một sự thật luôn đúng, một chân lý. VD: The sun rises in the East and sets in the West. (mặt trời mọc ở phía Đông và lặn ở phía Tây.) - Dùng để chỉ một ý thích, cảm xúc, một lịch trình có sẵn. VD: I fall in love with the little girl in the first table. (Tôi yêu cô gái nhỏ nhắn ở bàn đầu.) She is interested in romantic fictions. (Cô ấy thích tiểu thuyết lãng mạn.) The train leaves for Ha Noi at 10 a.m. (Chuyển tàu đi đến Hà Nội lúc 10 giờ)

- Chỉ một hành động đang xảy ra tại thời điểm nói VD: They are going together now. (Hiện giờ họ đang đi cùng nhau đấy.) - Chỉ một hành động sắp xảy ra (chỉ ý tương lai) VD: They are coming tomorrow. (Ngày mai anh ta sẽ đến)

Dấu hiệu nhận biết Thì hiện tại đơn giản thường có những trạng từ chỉ mức độ thường xuyên đi kèm như: - usually, often, sometimes, frequently, always,

Các trạng từ đi kèm thì hiện tại tiếp diễn là: - now -right now -at present

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

never…. - every day, every month, every week,…. - once/ twice/ three….. times a week/ month….

- at the moment.

Chú ý - Với những chủ ngữ số ít, động từ thêm s nhưng khi động từ có tận cùng là o, sh, s, ch, x, z, chúng mình thêm ES. VD: He teachesFrench.

- Với những động từ tận cùng là e thì chúng mình bỏ e này đi trước khi thêm ing. (trừ các động từ : to age (già đi), to dye (nhuộm), to singe (cháy xém) và các động từ tận từ làee VD: arrine =? arriving

- Với những động từ tận cùng là y và đứng trước nó là một phụ âm, thì chúng mình đổi ythành i trước khi thêm es nhé. VD: John tries to move the table - She studies Math well.

- Nếu động từ tận cùng là iethì đổi thành y rồi mới thêming nhé. VD: lie --> lying - Khi động từ tận cùng là l mà trước nó là 1 nguyên âm đơn thì ta cũng nhân đôi l đó lên rồi thêm ing. VD: travel --> travelling - Khi động từ tận cùng là 1 nguyên âm ở giữa 2 phụ âm thì chúng ta nhân đôi phụ âm cuối lên rồi thêm ing. VD: run --> running

Drill

Get Ss to contrast the two of present tenses by doing the exercises of form of verbs Ask ss some questions before they do the exercises; What should we do in this kind of exercise? Ss answer: Identify the subjects, kinds of verbs,especially adverbs of time to know what tense we should use, for example, sentence 2 S= he,Vinfi= do and adverbs of time is now so we should use present progressive tense and there are two sentences in it : question and positive Ss should explain one by one sentence like this Note: we shouldn’t put the verbs in present progressive tense with the state verbs such as; Love,like, enjoy= really like, know, want, need, hate,……… Give answers if necessary 1. do you live- live

1.Where you(live)? -I (live)in Xuan Hoa town. 2.What he (do) now? -He (water)flowers in his garden. 3.What she (do)? -She(be)a teacher. 4.you(be)in 4A? -No,I (not be). 5.Where you (be) from? 6.At the moment , my sisters (play) volleyball and my brother (play)soccer. 7.it is 9.00, my family(watch)tv. 8.In the summer, I usually (go)to park with my friends and in the spring , we (have ) Tet Holiday, I (be)happy because I always (visit) my granparents. 9.Your father (go)to work by bus ? 10.How your sister (go)to school? 11.What time they (get up)? 12.What they (do)in the winter?

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

13.Today,we (have)English. 14.Her favourite subject (be)English . 15.Now, my brother (eat)a banana. 16.Look! Aman (call)you. 17.Keep silent ! I (listen )to radio . 18.you (play)badminton now? 19.Everyday,my father (get up)at 5.00 a.m, but today he (get up)at 6.00a.m. 20.Every morning , I (watch)tv at 10.00 but today , I (Listen )to music at 10.00. 21.Everyday , I(go) to school by bike but today I go to school by motorbike. 22.Every morning, my father (have) a cup of coffe but today he (drink)milk. 23. At the moment, I(read)a book and my brother (watch)TV. 24.Hoa (live)in Hanoi , Ha (live)in HCM City. 25.Hung and his friend (play)badminton. 26.They usually (get up)at 6.oo in the morning. 27.Ha never(go)fishing in the winter but she always (do)it in the summer. 28.My teacher (tell)Hoa about Math at present. Homework 29.There(be).animals in the circus. 30.He (watch)tv at 7.00 everymorning? 32.What she (do ) at 7.00 A.m? 33.How old she(be)? 34.How she (be)? 35.My children (Go)to school by bike. 36.We (go)to supermarket to (buy)some food . 37.Mr.Hung (go)to Hanoi every month. 38.Ha (like)coffee, but I (not like)it. 39.She (like )Tea,but she (not like) coffee. 40.I (love) catbut I (not love)dog

2. is he doing- is watering 3. does she do-is 4. are you- amnot 5. are you6. are plsying- is playing 7. is watching 8. go 9. have 10.does ….go 11.do….get up 12.do….do 13.are having 14.is 15.is eating 16.is calling 17.am listening 18.Are ……playing 19.gets up- is getting 20.watch- am listening 21.go-am going 22.has- is drinking 23.am reading- is watching 24.lives- lives 25.are playing 26.get up 27.goes-does 28.is telling ……………………………………………… ……………………………………………… ……………………………………………… Redo from sentence 1 to 29 Learn the present tenses by heart Do from 29 to 40

* Adjustment:

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …..………………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt giáo án Hoằng Lưu, ……./ 10/ 2014

Ngày soạn :25/10/2014 Ngày dạy : 27/ 10/ 2014

Revision unit 3

(3 buæi)

I. Aims and objectives - by the end of the lesson, Ss can master Language contents : +Grammar : identify and practice the language of polite requests. Use present progressive tense to talk about the future plans and arrangements Verbs be and have for description + Vocabulary: use lexical items related to the topic “ my friends” vocabulary about boy parts, appearane, and personality + pronunciation: / p/, /b/ +II. Preparations : Buæi 1 Content Warm up : _ Chating : how are you?.... I. Practice pronounce the word with sound / p/ and / b/ /p/ /b/ Band Play brown Ponytall picnic big pretty bit II. Fill in each gap with be or notbe / has 1.Tam………….(a) beautiful. She……………(b) long hair. She ……….(c) kind and gentel. Cam …………(d) kind. She always wants to make Tam unhappy. 2. Truong Tri………(a) hand some but he………(b) artistic. 3.Snow white (a)………..long black hair. Her skin(b)………...white

Students’and T's activities Chatting

Teacher write the some sentences on asked on the board and focus on them to put a suitable word -Feedback 1.is,has, is,isn’t, 2.is, isn’t, 3. has, is, are, aren’t,are

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

as snow. Her lips (b) ……….red as roses. The seven dwarfs(d)…….tall, but they………(c)caring and kind. 4. Droremon…………(a) chuppy. He …….(b) a ruond face and big eyes. He ………(c) clever. III. Put a suitable adjective to describe characters in the blanket 1. She is…………at school. She spends most of time studying. 2. That is a………….artist. she has a lot of new ideas. 3. Peter is so………… he checks his writing before giving it to the teacher. 4. Thu likes baseball, football, and vollyball. He is so………..! 5.She likes talking so much. She is…….. . 6. My brother is not angry if he has to wait. He is……………. 7. She loves peace and hates wars. She is……………………..

4.is, has, is

How many adjectives do you know to descibe people. What are they? Ss answer the questions and the T write them down on the board and then give an ex about this What should you do in this exercise? -Listen and do as directed -Listen Ss give the correct answer, T corect 1.hard- working 2. creative 3. careful 4. sporty 5. talkative 6. patient 7. freedom- loving

IV.Correct form of the verbs in present progressive tense 1. I (do)……… homework now. 2. He (listen) …………to music tonight? 3. We (not swim)………... at the moment. 4. Nga and Hoa ( do ) ………………..the housework? 5. You (watch)……… tv ? 6. Your mother (cook) …………….in the kitchen at prsent. 7. What the children (play)……………in the yard? 8. Where Mr Minh (go)…………………..tomorrow? 9. How your father (travel) ………………..to work? 10. Hoa ( not drive)………………… a car - Ss come to the board and write down the answer

Homwork

Identify the subjects, kinds of verbs,especially adverbs of time to know what tense we should use, for example, sentence 2 S= he,Vinfi= do and adverbs of time is now so we should use present progressive tense - Do exercise individually - Ss come to the board and write down the answer 1. am doing 2. is …..listening 3. are not swimming…….. Ask Ss some question why sentence 1,8 have adverbs of time : tonight and tomorrow we s still use present progressive tense?

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Look at 6 cues to decide what we shuold ask far help and what Do you know how to make polite requests and suggestions we should make suggestions Ask Ss to review the man 1. pass the pen content at home , redo all the 2. play outside exercises and do homework 3. move the chair 4. listen to music 5. turn on the lights 6. have a picnic * Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Duyệt giáo án Hoằng Lưu, ……./ 10/ 2014 Ngày soạn :1/11/2014 Ngày dạy :3 / 11/ 2014

Revision unit 3

(3 buæi)

I. Aims and objectives - by the end of the lesson, Ss can master Language contents : +Grammar : identify and practice the language of polite requests. Use present progressive tense to talk about the future plans and arrangements Verbs be and have for description + Vocabulary: use lexical items related to the topic “ my friends” vocabulary about boy parts, appearane, and personality + pronunciation: / p/, /b/ +II. Preparations : Buæi 2 Content Warm up : _ Chating : how are you?.... I. Requests and polite invitation. + Can you Vinfi……………..,(please)? Respond: Agree: Ok/ Of course / certainly Disagree: I’m sorry, I can’t + Would you like to Vinfi………….? Respond: Agree: I’d love to Disagree: I’m sorry, I can’t 1. Make sentences with polite requests

Students’and T's activities Chatting ?How do you say to ask another to help you do something. ?How do you say to invite another to do something.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

+ pass the pen +open the window + turn on the radio + clean the board 2.Make sentences with invitation( suggestions) + have some popcorn + watch a cartoon + play football in the park + come to my party nextweek

II.Choose the correct answer 1. Hanh is always early …..school because she gets up early. A.on B. for C. at D. to 2 “ What would you like to drink?”- “_________” a. No, thanks b. Yes, please c. I like to do nothing d. orange juice, please 3.Kien often …….his bike to school. a. drives b. rides c. goes d. flies 4. The children look very……..while playing during the breaktime. a. excite b. excited c. exciting d. excitement 5. Look! The girl ………….rope in the school yard. a. skip b. skipping c. is skipping d. are skipping II. Ex1:Supply the correct form of verbs 1. Our granparents (visit) us next month. 2. Thu( not come) to my party next week. 3. My sister ( get) married this December. 4. My mother ( go) to the dentist tomorrow? Ex2: Correct form of the Verbs 1. My father (travel) to work by car everyday. 2. They (play) volleyball in the school now. 3. What time he (go) to work? 4. Your mother (do) the housework every morning? 5. Where they( live)? 6. How you (spell) your name?

Teacher write the some sentences on asked on the board and focus on them –Ss write full sentences in the notebooks, read the answer aloud Feedback

Giudes Ss to do Ex and ask the Ss to aexplain why they choose the answer.

?How many tenses do you know . What are they?What kind o tense we use for future plan Ss answer the questions and the T write them down on the board and then give an ex about this What should you do in this exercise? Identify the subjects, kinds of verbs,especially adverbs of time to know what tense we should use, for example, sentence 2 S= he,Vinfi= do and adverbs of time is now so we should use present

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

7. When she (have) Math and History? 8. We (not drive) a car to school everyday. 9. I (not listen) to the teacher now. 10. Hai (wash) his hair every afternon.

progressive tense - Do exercise individually

-Listen and do as directed -Listen Ss give the correct answer, T corect Ex1:1.is visiting 2. isnot coming 3. is getting married 4. is……….going Ex 2: 1.travels 2. are playing 3.Does he go

- Ss come to the board and write down the answer 1. am doing 2. is …..listening 3. are not swimming……..

IV. Answer the questions 1. What are you doing this evening? 2. Where are you going this weekend? 3. what are you doing now? 4. Are you watching T.V tonight? 5. what are you doing tomorrow? 6. Are you play volleyball with your friend this weekend? 7. Is your school beautiful? 8. Where are you now? Homework

?How many kinds of qestions in this Eexercise. What are they? How do you answer them. Teacher gives notes if necessary

1)redo all the exercises 2)Put the words in the correct order

Copy down

1. can/ pass/ you/ me/ the /please/ biscuits ? 2. dog / a /is / cat, / a / house/ and/ his/ There /in . 3. student/ She/ a / is /hardworking. 4. like / to/ Would / come / my/ this /evening/ party/ you/ to ? Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

3) Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. 1. School ( finish ) …………………..at 4.30 p.m everyday. 2. Listen ! ………they ( sing )……………in the classroom? 3. There ( be ) ………..a bed , a table and a bookself in my bedroom 4. I ( do ) ………………………my homework this evening . * Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Duyệt giáo án Hoằng Lưu, ……./ 11/ 2014

Ngày soạn 5/11/2014 Ngày dạy :10 / 11/ 2014

Revision unit 3

(3 buæi)

Students’and T's activities Chatting ?How do you say to ask another to help you do something. ?How do you say to invite another to do something. Can you open the door,please?

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Question 1 : Choose correct answer . 1. There ( is / are ) posters on the wall . 2. There ( isn’t / aren’t ) some water in the glass . 3. We ( goes / go ) to school every afternoon . 4. My school ( have / has ) a big yard . 5. Ba and I ( don’t / doesn’t ) read books in the library on Sunday . 6. Mai is usually early ( at / for ) school because she gets up early . 7. Minh often ( rides/ goes ) his bike to visit his hometown . 8. Phuong is very good ( for / at ) English and History . 9. Look ! The girls are ( Playing / skipping ) rope in the playground . 10. She is a ( quiet / talkative ) student . She doesn’t say much in the class . Question :3 :Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs 1. I ( not go ) out this afternoon . I (do) my homework . 2. What you ( do ) tomorrow ? – I ( meet) some friends . 3. My best friend (have ) short curly hair . 4. She (be) kind and friendly . 5. Nga ( Watch ) TV every evening. She (not do ) her homework . 6. Hoang ( study ) in grade 6 at An Son secondary school . 7. I ( walk) to school with my friends everyday .

Teacher write the sentences on on the board–Ss write sentences in the notebooks,

Giudes Ss to do Ex and ask the Ss to explain why they choose the answer. read the answer aloud Feedback ?How many tenses do you know . What are they?What kind o tense we use for future plan Ss answer the questions and the T write them down on the board and then give an ex about this What should you do in this exercise? Identify the subjects, kinds of verbs,especially adverbs of time to know what tense we should use, for example, sentence 2 S= he,Vinfi= do and adverbs of time is now so we should use present progressive tense - Do exercise individually

-Listen and do as directed -Listen Ss give the correct answer, T corects ?How many adjectives of Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Question :4 Fill in the blank with one suitable word: 1. Mina is very …… She likes to draw pictures. She always has lots of new ideas. 2. Thu is …… . He always helps his friends. 3. Minh Duc is …… . He likes to meet new people. 4. Kim is very …… . She’s always on the phone, chatting to her friends. 5. Mai is ……. She understands things quickly and easily. Question :5 Read the text and answer the questions : In England , when the schoolchildren come to school , they first go to the cloakroom , they take off their coats and raincoats their caps and hats ,and then go to the classroom . Some of the students go to the laboratories and workshops where they learn physics, chemistry and art . when a student is on duty , he comes to school very early . He has to open all the windows , water the flowers and clean the blackboard so everything is ready for the first lesson . At seven thirty the teacher comes into the school and the lesson begins Questions 1.What do the students in England do in the cloakroom ? 2.What subjects do they learn in the laboratories and workshops ? 3.Why do the students who are on duty come to school very early ? 4.What time does the lesson begin ? HOMEWORK Question :5 Rewrite the sentences, using the words given: 1. I have a bookshelf in my bedroom . There is ………………………… 2. She has long hair . Her hair ………………………… 3. My favorite colour is green . I like …………………………… 4. The cat is in front of the computer. The computer is…………… 5. There are four rooms in my house . My house ……………… 6. My pen is on the book .

character do you know?. Read the sentences to complete them with the suitable word or each sentence. ?How many kinds of qestions in this Eexercise. What are they? How do you answer them. Teacher gives notes if necessary

Copy down

Redo all the exercises in notebooks, revise all adjectives

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

The book is………………………………

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Duyệt giáo án Hoằng Lưu, ……./ 11/ 2014

Ngày soạn 14/11/2014 Ngày dạy :17 / 11/ 2014

Revision unit 4

(3 buæi)

I. Aims and objectives - by the end of the lesson, Ss can master Language contents : +Grammar : identify and practice the comparison of short and long adjectives. Use tenses + Vocabulary: use lexical items related to the adjectives and comparative f +II. Preparations : Buæi 1 Content

Students’and T's activities

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Warm up : _ Chating : how are you?....

Question 1 : Choose correct answer . 1. a. great b. beautiful 2. a. wet b. better 3. a. horrible b. hour 4. a. party b. lovely 5. a. stove b. moment

c. teacher c. rest c. house c. sky c. sometime

d. means d. pretty d. here d. empty d. close

Question 2:Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs 1. Mr Thanh ……( be ) a doctor. He …… ( work) in a hospital in the city center. Every day he …………………( catch ) the bus to work. 2. What your sister ……………… ( do ) now? - she …… ( cook ) dinner in the kitchen 3. We ………… ( not go ) camping next week. We ………………( visit ) the museum. 4. Miss Van is a journalist. She (not write) for Lao Dong Newspaper. She …………….. ( write ) for Nhan Dan Newspaper. 5. I’d like ……………… (join) your club.

Chatting ?How do you say to ask another to help you do something. ?How do you say to invite another to do something. Can you open the door,please? Giudes Ss to do Ex and ask the Ss to explain why they choose the answer by reading aloud all the words. read the answer aloud Feedback ?How many tenses do you know . What are they?What kind o tense we use for future plan Ss answer the questions and the T write them down on the board and then give an ex about this What should you do in this exercise? Identify the subjects, kinds of verbs,especially adverbs of time to know what tense we should use, for example, sentence 2 S= he,Vinfi= do and adverbs of time is now so we should use present progressive tense - Do exercise individually

Question 3 Fill in the blank with one suitable word: 1. Minh is …………… student in our class.(good) 2. July is ……………… than August. (hot) 3. What’s ………… day in your life? ( happy) 4. These bags are ………………….. than those ones. (expensive) 5. That is ………armchair I have. (comfortable) 6. Is Vietnam ………… than Bristain ? (large) 7. Living in the city is ………… than living in the countryside. (noisy) 8. What ………… moustain in Viet Nam? (high)

Ss give the correct answer, T corects ?How many kinds of ADJs in this Eexercise. What are they? How do you answer them. Teacher gives notes if necessary ? what is the form of comparison in this exercise *S1 + tobe(not) + more +adject/adj-er + than + S2 * S + tobe(not) + The +adJ-

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

9. That move is …………… tan this one. (boring) 10. Who is …… Teacher in your school? ( young) Question 4 : check the exercises in A close look 1,2 Homework: Form of verbs 15.They usually(play) __________ catch at recess. 16. she always(skip) ________ rope after school? 17.Look! Hung(jump) _________ in to the water. 18.He(go) ________ to the movies tonight. 19.What ______ you _________(do) next Sunday? 20.Tomorrow, she(invite) ________ all friends to her birthday. 21.My father (listen) ________ to the radio everyday. 22.He (do) ___________ Math now. 23.Jane (play) _______ the piano at present. 24. Listen! The boy (play)_________ the guitar. 25.Our friends (come) ________ here soon. 26.My father never (drink) __________ coffee. 27.I usually (go) ________ to school by bike, but tomorrow I (go) ________ to school by bus. 28.He (visit) _______ his grandparents next week. We (not/ invite) _________ many friends to the party tonight

est+(N) + in/on/of………

Copy down

Redo all the exercises in notebooks, revise all adjectives

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Duyệt giáo án Hoằng Lưu, ……./ 11/ 2014

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn 19/11/2015 Ngày dạy :21 / 11/ 2015

Revision unit 4 I. Aims and objectives - by the end of the lesson, Ss can master Language contents : +Grammar : identify and practice the comparison of short and long adjectives. Use tenses + Vocabulary: use lexical items related to the adjectives and comparative f +II. Preparations : Buæi 2 Content Warm up : _ Chating : how are you?.... Checking Homework: Form of verbs 29.They usually(play) __________ catch at recess.

Students’and T's activities Chatting ?How many tenses do you know . What are they?What kind o tense we use for future plan

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

30. she always(skip) ________ rope after school? 31.Look! Hung(jump) _________ in to the water. 32.He(go) ________ to the movies tonight. 33.What ______ you _________(do) next Sunday? 34.Tomorrow, she(invite) ________ all friends to her birthday. 35.My father (listen) ________ to the radio everyday. 36.He (do) ___________ Math now. 37.Jane (play) _______ the piano at present. 38. Listen! The boy (play)_________ the guitar. 39.Our friends (come) ________ here soon. 40.My father never (drink) __________ coffee. 41.I usually (go) ________ to school by bike, but tomorrow I (go) ________ to school by bus. 42.He (visit) _______ his grandparents next week. We (not/ invite) _________ many friends to the party tonight Question 1:Pronunciation exciting cheap historic sleepy expensive convenient peaceful police noisy friendly /i:/ /i/ …….. ………… Question 2:Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs 1. You must ( get )…………………….………… up early . 2. Look ! Our teacher (come)……………………………………….. 3. I (go) ………………………………..….. out to have dinner this evening. 4. …………….……. he usually (play)……………………………..… soccer every afternoon Question 3 Fill in the blank with one suitable word: a. Travelling by taxi is ……………than by bus. (expensive) b. The Sahara is the world’s ………………….…desert.(hot) c. This building is ………………………………..…than that one (tall) d. She’s not very happy. Her exam results are …………than her sister. (good) e. This is the ……………….……film I have ever seen (bad) f. Loan is the ………………………..……………………. student in our class. (intelligent)

Ss answer the questions and the T write them down on the board and then give an ex about this What should you do in this exercise? Identify the subjects, kinds of verbs,especially adverbs of time to know what tense we should use, for example, sentence 2 S= he,Vinfi= do and adverbs of time is now so we should use present progressive tense - Do exercise individually

Ss give the correct answer, T corects Copy down /i:/ cheap sleep peaceful convenient police

/i/ historic excit expensive noi friendly

do all the exercises in notebooks,

How many kinds of ADJs in this Eexercise. What are they? How do you answer them. Teacher gives notes if necessary ? what is the form of comparison in this exercise

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Question 4: Reorder the words to make the meaningful sentences. 1. modern / This / is / that / more / hotel / than / one. 2. on / Take / turning / the / left / the / second. 3. a / square / there / near / house / Is / your Homework Read the e-mail and answer the following questions Dear Phong, I’m sorry I couldn’t write to you earlier because I was very busy. Now, we’re staying in a small hotel near a shopping area in District 10. Near my hotel, there’s a cinema, a bank, a supermarket and some cafés. There are some big shops at the end of the street. It is also very noisy here because there’s always a lot of traffic, day and night. In my hometown, I live in a quieter street. There are some small shops, a school and a market in my neighbourhood but there isn’t a park and a cinema. The streets are narrower but they are cleaner and there isn’t so much traffic. The air is much fresher, too. And every house has a backyard and a front yard. Love, Minh

*S1 + tobe(not) + more +adject/adj-er + than + S2 * S + tobe(not) + The +adJest+(N) + in/on/of……… Reorder the words to make the meaningful sentencesin individual Redo all the exercises Read the e-mail and answer the following questions 1. Where is Minh staying now? 2. Why is it very noisy around his hotel? 3. What are there in his neighbourhood? Is there a cinema in his neighbourhood?

* Adjustment: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn 23/11/2015 Ngày dạy :28 / 11/ 2015

revision - language unit 5 A. Objectives: By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to: - Revise the language Ss have studied and the skills they have practised in Unit 5. - Improve their reading, writing and speaking skills. B. Content: - Vocab: Review the words of Unit 5 - Grammar: - The present simple and present continuous tense - Comparative and Superlatives of adjectives, modal verb: must & mustn’t C. Preparation: - Materials: Ss’ books, text books, tape & radio. - Method: Group work, individual work D. Procedures: Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Teacher’s activities I. Warmer: Chatting: - What do you like and dislike about your neighberdood? - Call the other to remark - T remarks again and give mark II. Revision:

Students’ activities

- Answer the questions. - Listen to the remark.

Grammar - comparison

Comparative of adjectives: * Short adjectives: one or two syllable(s) S1 + be + adj + er than + S2 ( fast- faster; large- larger; noisy- noisier; hot- hotter) * Long adjectives: two, three or more syllables S1 + be + more adj + than + S2 ( modern - more modern; expensive- more expensive...) REMEMBER: Irregular adjectives - good/ well better bad worse more - many / much Little less far farther / further Superlatives of adjectives: * Short adjectives: one or two syllable(s) S + be + the + adj + est......... ( fast- fastest; large- largest; noisy- noisiest; hothottest) * Long adjectives: two, three or more syllables S + be + the + most + adj ........ ( modern - most modern; expensive- most expensive...) REMEMBER: Irregular adjectives - good/ well best bad worst - many / much most Little least far farthest / furthest Modal Verbs: Show obligation & forbiddance. Must/ Mustn’t + Vinf Ex: 1. You must bring a compass. 2. You mustn’t write on the wall. III. Practice:

- Listen to the teacher and copy the foms * Short adjectives:

REMEMBER: Irregular adjectives - good/ well better bad worse - many / much more little less far farther / further

* Long adjectives: REMEMBER: Irregular adjectives - good/ well best bad worst - many / much most little least far farthest / furthest Modal Verbs: Show obligation & forbiddance. Must/ Mustn’t + Vinf - Do exercise in individually

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

EX1: Pronunciation exciting cheap historic sleepy expensive convenient peaceful police noisy friendly /i:/

/i/

Ex 2: Em hãy đăt câu hỏi phần gạch chân ở mỗi câu sau. 1. The party will start at seven o’clock in the morning. …………………………………………... 2. I’m talking to Mrs. Nga. ………………………. 3. It’s five kilometers from our house to the mountain. …………………………………….……. 4. Her family name is Tran. .........................………………………………….. 5. They live at 83 Son Tay Street………. …………. - Ask Ss to work individually then call some Ss to go to the board to give the answers. - T remarks and gives answer keys. Ex 3: Em hãy cho đúng dạng của tính từ so sánh trong ngoặc. 1. Minh is ……. student in our class.(good) 2. July is …………….. than August. (hot) 3. What’s ……. day in your life? ( happy) 4. These bags are …. than those ones. (expensive) 5. That is ……… armchair I have. (comfortable) 6. Is Vietnam ………….. than Bristain ? (large) 7. Living in the city is ….. than living in the countryside. (noisy) 8. What ………… moustain in Viet Nam? (high) 9. That move is ……… tan this one. (boring) 10. Who is ………… Teacher in your school? ( young) - Ask Ss to work individually then call some Ss to go to the board to give the answers. - T remarks and gives answer keys. Ex 4: Em hãy viết lại mỗi câu sau bắt đầu bằng từ gợi ý sao cho nghĩa câu không đổi. Ví dụ: 0. My house is bigger than your house. Your house is smaller than my house. 1.The black car is cheaper than the red car.

- Ss share their results with the partner before giving their answers in front of the class /i:/ cheap sleep peaceful convenient police

/i/ historic exciting expensive noisy friendly

- Do exercise in individually - Ss share their results with the partner before giving their answers in front of the class. - Listen to the teacher and copy. - Do exercise in individually

- Ss share their results with the partner before giving their answers in front of the class.

- Listen to the teacher and copy.

- Do exercise in individually

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

The red car ………………….. 2. There is a sink, a tud and a shower in the bathroom. The bathroom………………….. 3. No one in the group is taller than Trung. Trung ………………………………. 4. Do you have a better refrigerator than this ? Is this ………………………………….. 5. My house is the oldest house on the street. No house ………………………………. - Ask Ss to work individually then call some Ss to go to the board to give the answers. - T remarks and gives answer keys. IV. Homework ? Learn by heart all the forms.

- Ss share their results with the partner before giving their answers in front of the class.

- Listen to the teacher and copy. - Learn by heart all the forms. - Prepare for the test.

Adjustment:…………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………….

Ngày dạy : 15 / 4 / 2014 Teacher’s activities Question I. Give the correct form of the verbs in bracket. 1. What time you ( go ) to school everyday ? – I (go) at 6.30 2. Tuan (meet) you this evening ? - He (not meet) me, his sister (meet) me. 3. He (can) draw very well.

Ss’ activities - Ss work individually - Gives feedback and correct answer. * Answer key : 1. do you go- go 2. Is Tuan meeting – isn’t meeting – is meeting

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

4. Tu and his brother (go) swimming now? - No, they (not go) swimming, they (play) 5. You mustn’t (sit) on the table. 6. She ( have) breakfast at 6.30 every morning ? - No. She (not have) at 6.30, she (have) at 6.00. 7. I won’t (go) to Ha Noi next week, I will ( have) a party with my family. 8. Now it (be) 11 o’clock, you ( eat) lunch ? - No, I (not eat) , I (cook) 9. There ( be ) four chairs in the kitchen ? - No, there (not be) four, there (be) one. 10. They like ( read ) books in the library. Question II. Change the adjectives in backet into comparatives or superatives. 1. This house is (tall) than that one 2. My mother cooks (good) than me. 3. This is the (interesting) I’ve seen 4. Lam is the (short) student in my group 5. Today is the (happy) day in my life. 6. This is the (good) school in my village. 7. The roads in my town are ( noisy) than in your town. 8. This bag is (bad) than that one. 9. These books are ( expensive) than those ones. 10. She is the (bad) singer in her group. Question III. Reorder the words to make the meaningfull sentences 1. a / is/ the / there / living room / TV / in ? 2. house / next / the / my / is / to / hospital. 3. should / at / well / you / Tet / behave. 4. year / he / study / this / must / hard . 5. five / are / in / people / there / family / his. 6. statue /of / a / the / there / in / lakes / are / front / two / big. 7. we / by /shall /market / the / go / bus / to. 8. the / on / turning / take / the /third / right. Question IV: Complete the following sentences using the given words: have , do , play , is , study , has , are 1. she …… tall and thin. She …… black hair and a round face. 2. They …… judo very well. 3. I …….. maths on Monday and Friday.

3. draw 4. Are … going – aren’t go – are playing. 5. sit 6. Does she have – doesn’t have – has 7. go - have ……………………

- Ss work individually - Gives feedback and correct answer. * Answer key: 1. taller 3. most interesting 5. happiest 7. noisier 9. more expensive

2. better 4. shortest 6. best 10. worst

- Ss work individually - Gives feedback and correct answer. * Answer key: 1. Is there a Tv in the living room ? 2. My house is next to the hospital. 3. you should behave well at Tet 4. he must study hard this year. 5.there are five people in his family ………… - Ss work individually - Gives feedback and correct answer. * Answer key: 1. is – has 2. do 3. have

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

4. We …… badminton every afternoon. 5. What …… the doing ? 6.They …….. English very well. *Homework : Choose the correct answer. 1. Peter (this / ’s / x) school is small. 2. (‘s / is / it ) Nam’s school big? 3. (Where / How ? Which) grade is he in? 4. (Which / What / What time ) does he do every morning? 5. This is Mai’s house. (They’re / Those are / It’s) small. 6. Where is your classroom? It’s (on / in / at) the second floor. 7. It’s (a big house / a house big / big house) 8.How many floors (are there your school / your school has / does your school have) ? 9. She (brush her teeth / washes her face / get dressed) at 7.30. 10.Is your school yard big? (Yes, they are / No, you aren’t / No, it isn’t)

4. play 5. are 6. study - Ss work individually * Answer key: 1. ‘s 2. Is 3. Which 4. What 5. It’s 6. on …..

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………….………………………………………………………………

Written test 2 Câu 1. Em hãy cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở mõi cau sau. 1. Mr Thanh ……( be ) a doctor. He …… ( work) in a hospital in the city center. Every day he …………………( catch ) the bus to work. 2. What your sister ……………… ( do ) now?

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- she …… ( cook ) dinner in the kitchen 3. We ………… ( not go ) camping next week. We ………………( visit ) the museum. 4. Miss Van is a journalist. She (not write) for Lao Dong Newspaper. She …………….. ( write ) for Nhan Dan Newspaper. 5. I’d like ……………… (join) your club. Câu 2. Hãy chọn một từ mà phần gạch chân có cách phát âm khác những từ còn lại 1. a. great b. beautiful c. teacher d. means 2. a. wet b. better c. rest d. pretty 3. a. horrible b. hour c. house d. here 4. a. party b. lovely c. sky d. empty 5. a. stove b. moment c. sometime d. close Câu 3. Em hãy cho đúng dạng của tính từ so sánh trong ngoặc 1. Minh is …………………….. student in our class.(good) 2. July is …………………….. than August. (hot) 3. What’s …………………….. day in your life? ( happy) 4. These bags are ………………….. than those ones. (expensive) 5. That is ………………………. armchair I have. (comfortable) 6. Is Vietnam …………………….. than Bristain ? (large) 7. Living in the city is ……………….. than living in the countryside. (noisy) 8. What ………………… moustain in Viet Nam? (high) 9. That move is ………………… tan this one. (boring) 10. Who is …………………. Teacher in your school? ( young) Câu 4. Em hãy viết lại mỗi câu sau bắt đầu bằng từ gợi ý sao cho nghĩa câu không đổi . Ví dụ : 0. My house is bigger than your house. Your house is smaller than my house. 1.The black car is cheaper than the red car.- The red car ………………………………………… 2. There is a sink, a tud and a shower in the bathroom.- The bathroom…………………………….. 3. No one in the group is taller than Trung.- Trung ………………………………………………… 4. Do you have a better refrigerator than this ?-Is this …………………………………………….. 5. My house is the oldest house on the street. - No house …………………………………………. Câu 5. Em hãy dung từ gợi ý để viết hoàn chỉnh những câu sau. 1. Trang / the / good / student / our class . 2. Refrigerator / next /dishwasher. 3. Traveling / train / intersesting /traveling / plane. 4. Which / most / suitable house / Mr. Lam /and / family ? 5. Brazil / most / exciting / soccer team / world. 6. Who / the / fat / person / your / group? 7. Lessons / this year / more difficult / those / last year. 8. The Nile / long/ river / in the / world. 9. The Amaron / wide / in the world. 10. Moun Everest/ high / mountain / in the world. 11. Ba Be lake / large / lake / in Vietnam. 12. The sahara / hottest / desert / in the world. 13. Libya/ hot/ country / in the world. 14. Antartica / cold / place / in the world. Câu 6. Em hãy cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở mõi câu sau: 1. Lan ( not have)…………………… many friends in her new school. 2. Hung (come)………………………from Vinh but he (stay) ……………………with his relatives in Ho Chi Minh city at the moment. 3. We not (drive)…………......... to work every day. We (go)…………………. by bus. 4. Who you (talk)………………….to on the phone now, Minh? 5. Where your new friend ( live)…………………………., Nga? - She (live)…………………….on Hang Bac street. 6. You (be)…………………..in class 7A ? - No. I (be)……………………in class 7D. Câu 7 43. They usually(play) __________ catch at recess. 44. she always(skip) ________ rope after school? 45. Look! Hung(jump) _________ in to the water. 46. He(go) ________ to the movies tonight.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

47. What ______ you _________(do) next Sunday? 48. Tomorrow, she(invite) ________ all friends to her birthday. 49. My father (listen) ________ to the radio everyday. 50. He (do) ___________ Math now. 51. Jane (play) _______ the piano at present. 52. Listen! The boy (play)_________ the guitar. 53. Our friends (come) ________ here soon. 54. My father never (drink) __________ coffee. 55. I usually (go) ________ to school by bike, but tomorrow I (go) ________ to school by bus. 56. He (visit) _______ his grandparents next week. We (not/ invite) _________ many friends to the party tonight Câu 8 : / i / or /i:/ police, convenient, cathedral, meet, teacher, meat, tin, chin, sheep, ship, sheet, lead, swim, slim, city, people, busy, live, leave /i/ /i:/

Question9 Fill in the blank with one suitable word: 1. Mina is very …… She likes to draw pictures. She always has lots of new ideas. 2. Thu is …… . He always helps his friends. 3. Minh Duc is …… . He likes to meet new people. 4. Kim is very …… . She’s always on the phone, chatting to her friends. 5. Mai is ……. She understands things quickly and easily. Question 10. Read the text and answer the questions : In England , when the schoolchildren come to school , they first go to the cloakroom , they take off their coats and raincoats their caps and hats ,and then go to the classroom . Some of the students go to the laboratories and workshops where they learn physics, chemistry and art . when a student is on duty , he comes to school very early . He has to open all the windows , water the flowers and clean the blackboard so everything is ready for the first lesson . At seven thirty the teacher comes into the school and the lesson begins Questions 1.What do the students in England do in the cloakroom ? 2.What subjects do they learn in the laboratories and workshops ? 3.Why do the students who are on duty come to school very early ? 4.What time does the lesson begin ? Question11 Rewrite the sentences, using the words given: 7. I have a bookshelf in my bedroom . There is ………………………… 8. She has long hair . Her hair ………………………… 9. My favorite colour is green . I like …………………………… 10. The cat is in front of the computer. The computer is…………… 11. There are four rooms in my house . My house ……………… 12. My pen is on the book . The book is……………………………

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Revision Ngày soạn : 12/ 12/ 2015

Ngày dạy : 17/12/ 2015

I. Mục tiêu: Hs ôn lại 1 số kiến thức có trong chương trinh học kì 1(unit 1- 6). II. Ngữ pháp: - The present simple tense - The present progressive tense - There is/ are … III. Bài tập Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Ex 1. Change these sentences into progressive tense. 1. She goes to school 2. They watch television. 3. I don’t play soccer. 4. You and I listen to music. 5. He washes his face. - Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 3

- Do exercise individually. 1. She is going to school 2. they are watching TV 3. I am not playing soccer 4. ……..

Ex 2. Put the words into the right order 1.I / to school / am / by / traveling / bus. 2.waiting for / she / her friends / is. 3.you / what / doing / are / now.? 4.school / are / bus / they / to / traveling / by. 5.goes / six / work / Mr.Ha / at / to / half past. - Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 3

Ex 3.Correct form of the verbs in present progressive tense 1. I (watch)…………… television now. 2. He (listen) …………to music . 3. We (not play) ……………volley ball. 4. Nga and Hoa (not do ) ………………..the housework. 5. You (read)………………. the book? 6. Your brother (wash) …………….his face?

- Do exercise in pair. 1. I am travelling by bus 2. She is waiting for her friends. 3. What are you doing now ? 4.They are travelling to school by bus 5. Mr. Ha goes to work at…

- Do exercise individually 1. am watching 2. is listening 3. are not playing ………….

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

7. What the children (do) ………………in the yard? 8. Where Mr Minh (work)…………………..? 9. How your father (travel) ………………..to work? 10. Hoa ( not drive)………………… a car - Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 3

EX 4. Complete the questions. 1.He goes to Quang Trung school. -> What school……… 2.She goes to school by bike. -> How ……………..…. 3.Lan listens to music in the evening.-> When………….. 4.They travel to HaNoi by train.-> How………………. 5.Hai has English on Monday afternoon. -> What ……… 6.They do their homework after school. -> What ………… 7.I have one sister and one brother.-> How many ……… 8.Mr. Hoang goes to work by motorbike. -> How………… 9.His father works in the factory. -> Where …………… 10.They eat in a restaurant.-> Where…………………..….. - Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 3

- Do Ex individually 1. What school does he go? 2. How does she go to school? 3. When does Lan listen to music? ………….

Ex 5. Em hay hoan tat cac cau sau dung:CAN, CAN’T, MUST, MUST NOT. 1. I……………….. swim. I go swimming every week. 2. The traffic - lights are red. You………………..stop. 3. The cars go very fast. We ………….. be careful. 4. You ……………..play football in the street. 5. My brother ……... drive a car. He’s very young. 6. The students……….. do their homework. - Do exercise in pair. 7. There is “No parking” sing here. You …………park your car here. 8. This sing say “Stop!”. We……………………. stop. 1. can 9. Our roads are dangerous places. We ……have discipline. 2. must 10. We ……………….not go fast. 3. must 4. mustn’t - Ss come to the board and write down the answer 5. …………. - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 3

6. Homework: Translate into English. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1. Các bạn đang làm gì vậy? Chúng tôi đang làm BTVN. 2. Có phải Nga và Lan đang nghe nhạc không? Vâng phải. 3. Hàng ngày bố bạn đi làm việc bằng phương tiện gì? Bằng xe máy. 4. Anh tôi đang lái xe ô tô đi Ha noi. 5. Bọn trẻ đang chơi bóng đá ở đâu? - Ở sân vận động.

- Write homework on notebook and do it at home

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …..………………………………………………………………………………………………

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn : 8/ 1/ 2016 Ngày dạy : 16/ 1/ 2016

Revision Unit 7: Television I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 7 với chủ đề truyền hình.

II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to T.V programme

2. Pronunciation : Sounds / / and / /

3. Grammar: - - Wh- question

III. Bài tập: Teacher’s activities Ex 1.pronunciation 1.a.Thirsty b.throw c. theme d.there 2.a.breathe b.fourth c.tooth d. warmth 3.a.then b.thing c.them d.their 4.a.birthday b.mouthful c.although d.worth 5.a.evrything b.rhythm c.healthy d. nothing

Students’ activities - Do exercise individually. - Give feedback and correct answer Read out the answers ……………..

Ex 2. Make sentences using the words given 1. how / you/ go/ school/ every day? 2. how much / this plasma TV / cost? 3.What time / the competition/ begin? 4. which / you / prefer/the TV/ the radio? 5. who/ make/ the famous cartoon Tom and Jerry?

Ex 3. Correct form of the Verbs 1. I (play)………………volleyball every afternoon. 2. I (play)………………volleyball now. 3. We (go)……………..out at eight o’clock

? what is the form of whquestions Ss write the form on the board. - Do exercise in pair. - Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer ? Underline the Subject, verb and the

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

tonight. 4. Sam always (go)…………. to school at 6 o’clock. 5. Vicky (sweep)……………..the floor now. 6. She (make)………….up three times a week. 7. I (listen)…………….. to music every day. 8. He (listen)…………… to classical music at the moment. 9. He usually (watch)…………TV after school. 10. They (not draw)………………a picture now. 11. He………………. (dance) right now. 12. Look! It………………… (begin) to work. 13. We……………………. (listen) to music at the moment. 14. At present I……………………. (travel) in Thailand. 15. Tom and I…………………… (go out) now. 16. She …………………. (sing) a song.Listen! 17. They………………….. ( write ) a letter.Look! 18. The boy…………… (play) badminton on the yard every afternoon. 19. The rabbit …………………………………carrots every morning. (eat) 20. The rabbit………………………………….carrot now.(eat) 21. At present they……………………………………their bikes. (ride) 22. They…………………..their bike four times a week.(ride) 23. Today, He…………………………his

adverb of time in each sentences

- Do exercise individually 1. plays 2. is playing 3. are going 4. goes 5. is sweeping 6. listens 7. is listening …………………. -

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

uniform. (wear) 24. He always………………………..his uniform. (wear) 25. My sister usually …… ………………….the floor. (clean) 26. My sister…………………………………… the floor at the moment. ( clean) 27. Can you ………..( help) me ? 28. He can………………….(run) fast. 29. Let’s ………….( walk) there. 30. Shall we ………………(learn) English? – Oh, sure

Guide Ss to do the Ex at home by

Homework : Write question for the underline identifying what the underlined part is

parts 1. my favourite programme is series 2. Taylor Swift is my favorite singer 3. Children are trusting because they don’t tell lies 4. I watch The Kids Are All Right only once a week. 5. Weekend meeting is on at 8.00 on Saturday. 6. The studio of Vietnam national TV station is in Ha Noi

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …..…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn : 17/ 1/ 2016 Ngày dạy : 21/ 1/ 2016

Revision Unit 7: Television I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 7 với chủ đề truyền hình.

II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to T.V programme

2. Pronunciation : Sounds / / and / /

3. Grammar: - - Wh- question

III. Bài tập: Teacher’s activities Ex 4. Use the conjunction provided to connect the sentences. Ss do the task separately : Key: 1. Ocean Life is on at 7.30. Laughing out Loud will follow, at 8.00 and 2. I have watched The Seven Kitties many times. I like the film so much. because 3. BBC One is a British channel .VTV 6 is Vietnamese channel. but 4. Along The Coast is a famous TV series. I have never watched it. Although 5. I have a lot of homework tonight.I can’t watch Eight Feet Below. so Ex 2: Rewrite the sentences in the ways, keep

Students’ activities How many conjunctions do you know? Ss make a list - Do exercise individually. - Give feedback and correct answer Read out the answers ……………..

What is the form 0f sentences with so and

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

the same sentences Ss do the task separately : 1. I have watched The Seven Kitties many times because I like the film so much. 2. BBC One is a British channel but VTV 6 is Vietnamese channel. 3. Although Along The Coast is a famous TV series, I have never watched it. 4. I have a lot of homework tonight, so I can’t watch Eight Feet Below.

Ex 3. Correct form of the Verbs

because? because S+ V S+V Clause of result Clause of reason Because can stand first S+V , so S+ V Clause of reason Clause of result S+V although S+ V Clause of result Clause of reason although can stand first S+V , but S+ V Clause of reason Clause of result

Supply the correct tense of the verbs in the brackets. 1. John (not read) a book now. 2. What you (do) tonight? 3. Jack and Peter (work) late today. 4. Silvia (not listen) to music at the moment. 5. Maria (sit) next to Paul right now. 6. How many other students you (study) with today?

- Do exercise individually 1. isn’t reading …………………. -

7. He always (watch) noisy at night. 8. Where your husband (be) ? 9. She (wear) earrings today. 10. The weather (get) colder and coder this season. 7. What they (do) in the winter? 12. Today, we (have) English class. 13. Her favourite subject (be) English. 14. Now, my brother (like) eating bananas. 15. Look! Aman (call) you. 16.Keep silent ! I (listen ) to the radio. 17. you (play) badminton now? 18. Everyday, my father (get up) at 5.00 a.m, but today, it is 6.00 and he….(sleep). at 6.00 am. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

19. Every morning , I (watch) tv at 10.00, but today I (Listen ) to music at 10.00. 20. Everyday , I (go) to school by bike but today I go to school by motorbike. 21. Every morning, my father (have) a cup of coffe but today he (drink) milk. 22. At the moment, I(read) a book and my brother(watch) TV.

Homework : Re all the exercises * Adjustment

Buổi 3 : Ngày soạn : 5/ 2/ 2014 Ngày dạy : 10/ 2/ 2014 Teacher’s activities - Asks Ss to do Ex 1 Ex1: Make sentences using: would like… 1. I / feel / tired / a rest. ->I feel tired. I’d like a rest 2. He / be / hungry / have some noodles. 3. We / feel / hot / cold drinks. 4.She / feel / cold / a hot drink - Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 2 Ex2: Make sentences using would like… 1. They / feel/ thirsty / organe juice. 2. We / feel / cold / a hot drink. 3. he / feel / hungry / some chicken and rice. 4. you / be / tired / sit down 2. she / be / hot / cold drink

Students’ activities - Do exercise individually 1. I feel tired. I’d like a rest 2. He is hungry. He’d like some noodles 3. We feel hot. We’d like some cold drinks 4. …………………

- Do exercise in pairs 1. They feel thirsty. They would like orange juice. 2. We feel cold. We’d like some hot drinks ……………….

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 3 Ex3: Make sentences using wouldn’t like … 1. I / not like noodles / because / not hungry. 2. She / not like a cold drink / because / not hot. 3. We / not like bread / because / not hungry 4. He / not like a hot drink / because / not cold 5.They / not like a rest / because / not tired. - Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 4 Ex4: Put the words into the correct order. 1. would / some / please / I / eggs / like. 2. do / have / lunch / what / for / you / ? 3. kilos / does / how / oranges / of / many / want / she / ? 4. mother / a /of / my / bottle / needs / cooking / oil . 5. food / fish / my / is / favorite. 6. a / I / menu / can / have / please / ? 7. is / a / of /how / Soda / can / much / ? 8.some / vegetables / she / rice / and / has / some / meat / for / some / lunch. - Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 3 Ex5: Put : “a, an , some, any, anything” into the blanks ( Class 6A ) I’m going to cook ……… meal. I have ……. rice but I don’t have ……… beef. I need

- Do exercise in pairs 1. I wouldn’t like noodles because I am not hungry. …………………..

- Do exercise individually 1. I would like some eggs please. 2. What do you have for lunch ? 3. How many kilos of oranges does she want ? ……………

- Do exercise individually

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

…….... cooking oil and ……….. egg. That’s all . I don’t need …….…. else.

Homework: Describe your house.

- Write homework on notebook and do it at home.

3 Buổi :

Revision Unit 8: Sports and games

I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 8 với thể thao và tro chơi.

II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to sports and games .

2. Pronunciation : sounds / eǩ / and /iiǩ /.

3. Grammar: - Imperatives - The past simple.

4. Communication : - Talking about sports and games. - Talking about sportspeople you like.

III. Bài tập:

Buổi 1: Ngày soạn : 24/ 1 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 26 / 1/ 2015 Teacher’s activities

Students’s activities

I. Revision Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1. words related to sports and games: - football - badminton - tennis - running - volleyball

Exercises. I.Đổi các câu sau sang thể phủ định và nghi

vấn. 1.He sent letter to his parents. 2.My brother spent his summer holiday on the farm. 3.The children wash their hands before meal. 4.They will come there tomorrow. 5.The people were friendly. 6.I decorated the color lights on the Christmas tree. 7.Hoa likes her new skirt. 8.Liz enjoyed her summer vacation last year. II.Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới. 1.I saw her last night. 2.Her neighbor gave her a nice dress. 3.They returned to America two weeks ago. 4.Mrs Robinson bought a poster. 5.My father was in Ha Noi last month. 6.He travelled to Nha Trang by coach. 7.She went to the doctor because she was sick. 8.Nam lelf home at seven o’clock yesterday. III.Đọc đoạn văn và trả lời câu hỏi. On the way home yesterday Mary caught in the rain. She had a bad cold.She cought and sneezed a lot.She had to stay in bed all day.The doctor took her temperature and gave her some medicines .Her mother was beside her all the time to take care of her. 1.What happened to Mary on the way home yesterday? 2.Why did she have to stay in bed? 3.Who took her temperature? 4.Was her mother always beside her? IV.Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.

T- Ss. - Ss revise and copy on the notebook.

?The past simple tense. (+) S + Vpast (-) S + didnot + Vinfi (?) Did + S + Vinfi ? - To talk about actions in the past. ? ask Ss to give the form of present tenses ? What should we do in this exercises

Presentation: ?-Ask ss to give the form and usage past simple tense -Give some examples. - Explain how to use some question words. What , where,when,how,which…

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1.Hoa and her aunt (go) ……….. to te market yesterday. 2.I would like ( tell)………. You about my family. 3.Vegetables often (have)……….. dirt from the farm on them. 4.Be careful! The children (cross)………… the street. 5.I (be)……… fourteen years old next week. 6.My father (not watch)……….. TV last night.He (read)……….. newspapers and magazines. 7.you should (add)……….. a little salt to the spinach when you boil it. 8.When …….. you (buy)……… this Homework: Redo all the exercises

?What should you do in this exercise? - underline the subjects, Vinfi and adverbs of time delicating present simple or present progressie tense -Practise before the class _Read aloud

Adjustment:……………………………………………………………………………………… ………..……………………………………………………………………………………

Buổi 2: Ngày soạn : 30/ 1 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 2 / 2/ 2015 Teacher’s activities I. Revision 1. words related to sports and games: - football - badminton - tennis - running - volleyball

Students’s activities ?Recall all the sports you learned

Exercises. I.Put the the sports in the right column do play go aerobics Table tennis swimming

Read aloud the answers Gets Ss try to remember

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ

trong ngoặc 1.My mother (not like) ………………. riding.She (prefer) ………….. walking. 2.When my father (be)…………. Young, he (drink)…………… a lot of wine. 3.Lan’s family always (watch)……………… TV in the evening. 4.I’d like (tell)…………….. you something about myself. 5.Many years ago, most people in VN (not have)…………….. TV sets. 6.Nga likes (watch)…………….. programs about teenagers in other countries. 7.They (perform)……………… “Romeo and Juliet” last Sunday. 8.We prefer (gather)………………… around TV after dinner. III. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới. 1.I’d like to see a cowboy movie. 2.My family usually watches TV in the evening. 3.They didn’t have a TV because it was too expensive. 4.We prefer reading and playing chess. 5.I’d love to.I really like detective movies. 6.She likes pop music. 7.No,I don’t really like cartoons.I prefer movies. IV.Read the words andsay them aloud . which one has / eǩ / or /iiǩ /. 1. a. air b.are 2. a.physics b.feather 3. a. stay b. stair 4. a. beer b. bird 5. a.show b. share 6. a. sphere b. spring

?What should you do in this exercise? - underline the subjects, Vinfi and adverbs of time delicating present simple or present progressive tense ,past or future tense -Practise before the class

? identify the imformation of the underlined parts to to what you should do in each sentences ? Explain how to use some question words. What , where,when,how,which…

? How to make the sounds / eǩ / and /iiǩ /. ? Find some more words that have these two sounds

c. I’m c. aerobics c. stadium c. born c. shine c. swim

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

V. listen and reapeat 1/ eǩ / where there fair pair 2. /iiǩ / here

fear

prepare

nearly idea volunteer

Homework: Redo all the exercises Adjustment:……………………………………………………………………………………… ………..……………………………………………………………………………………

Buổi 3: Ngày soạn : 7/ 2/ 2015 Ngày dạy : 9/ 2/ 2015 Teacher’s activities I.Chatting How many sports do you know? What sports do you do? Can you do karate?

Students’s activities ?Recall all the sports you learned Read aloud the answers Gets Ss try to remember

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ

trong ngoặc I.Give the correct forms of the verbs: 1. They (award) him a medal for bravery last Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

year. 2. Mr. Brown (play) _____________ football when he (be) young. 3. Mozart (start) to compose at the age of five and (write) more than 600 pieces of music. 4. you (go) out last night? 5. Last night I (go) to bed late. Suddenly I (hear) a noise. I (get) up to see what it (be) but I (not see) anything. 6. What you (use) to do in your free time? I used to go fishing. 7. Martha (phone) me yesterday. She’s on holiday in France. She (have) a great time and (not want) to come back. 8. My parents lived in Hue. They (be) born and (grow) up there. In 1969, they (move) to Da Nang and then to Saigon. At present we (live) in a small house in Ho Chi Minh City. 9.TheMoon (move) around the Earth. 10.Thechildren (play) in the park at the momen 11.My mother (cook) a meal now.

?What should you do in this exercise? - underline the subjects, Vinfi and adverbs of time delicating present simple or present progressive tense ,past or future tense -Practise before the class

? identify the imformation of the underlined parts to to what you should do in each sentences

12.Be careful! The bus (come) 13.My friend (get) married in August this year. ? Explain how to use some question words. 14.She (visit) Hue this summer vacation. What , where,when,how,which… 15.What your mother (do). now? III. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới. 1.I like entertaining programs. 2.My family usually watches TV in the evening. 3.They went to school because there was a storm. 4.He does karate once a week. 5.I’d love to.I really like detective movies. 6.She likes football. 7.No,I don’t really like cartoons.I prefer movies. IV. Write the past form of the verbs Witre Do Have Go Study

Ask some Ss to write the answer on the board Ss read them out

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Watch Win Happen Like Live take see cook get be

Copy and learn them by heard at home.

Homework: Redo all the exercises Learn by heart all the past form of verbs Adjustment:……………………………………………………………………………………… ………..…………………………………………………………………………………… Ngày soạn: 5 / 2 / 2014 Ngày day: 10/ 2 / 2014

Revision Unit 8 ( Cont ) I. Mục tiêu: Ôn tập kiến thức đã học ở unit 8 II. Bài tâp: Question I. Give the correct form of the verbs in bracket. 1. What time you ( go ) to school everyday ? – I (go) at 6.30 2. Tuan (meet) you this evening ? - He (not meet) me, his sister (meet) me. 3. He (can) draw very well. 4. Tu and his brother (go) swimming now? - No, they (not go) swimming, they (play) 5. You mustn’t (sit) on the table. 6. She ( have) breakfast at 6.30 every morning ? - No. She (not have) at 6.30, she (have) at 6.00. 7. I won’t (go) to Ha Noi next week, I will ( have) a party with my family. 8. Now it (be) 11 o’clock, you ( eat) lunch ? - No, I (not eat) , I (cook) 9. There ( be ) four chairs in the kitchen ? - No, there (not be) four, there (be) one. 10. They like ( read ) books in the library. * Answer key : 1. do you go- go 2. Is Tuan meeting – isn’t meeting – is meeting 3. draw 4. Are … going – aren’t go – are playing. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

5. sit 6. Does she have – doesn’t have – has 7. go - have …………………… Question II. Change the adjectives in backet into comparatives or superatives. 1. This house is (tall) than that one 2. My mother cooks (good) than me. 3. This is the (interesting) I’ve seen 4. Lam is the (short) student in my group 5. Today is the (happy) day in my life. 6. This is the (good) school in my village. 7. The roads in my town are ( noisy) than in your town. 8. This bag is (bad) than that one. 9. These books are ( expensive) than those ones. 10. She is the (bad) singer in her group. * Answer key: 1. taller 2. better 3. most interesting 4. shortest 5. happiest 6. best 7. noisier 9. more expensive 10. worst Question III. Reorder the words to make the meaningfull sentences( 6A) 1. a / is/ the / there / living room / TV / in ? 2. house / next / the / my / is / to / hospital. 3. should / at / well / you / Tet / behave. 4. year / he / study / this / must / hard . 5. five / are / in / people / there / family / his. 6. statue /of / a / the / there / in / lakes / are / front / two / big. 7. we / by /shall /market / the / go / bus / to. 8. the / on / turning / take / the /third / right. * Answer key: 1. Is there a Tv in the living room ? 2. My house is next to the hospital. 3. you should behave well at Tet 4. he must study hard this year. 5.there are five people in his family ………… Question IV: Complete the following sentences using the given words: have , do , play , is , study , has , are 1. she …… tall and thin. She …… black hair and a round face. 2. They …… judo very well. 3. I …….. maths on Monday and Friday. 4. We …… badminton every afternoon. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

5. What …… the doing ? 6. They …….. English very well. * Answer key: 1. is – has 2. do 3. have 4. play 5. are 6. study * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………….………………………………………………………………

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

3 Buổi:

Revision Unit 9: Cities of the world

I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 9 chủ đề các thành phố lớn trên thế giới.

II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to continents, countries, cities and landmark . Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

2. Pronunciation : Sounds / u / and / ai / .

3. Grammar: - The present perfect - Superlatives of long adjectives.

4. Communication : - Talking about some famous cities. - Describing experiences - Writing a postcard. So sánh thì hiện tại hoàn thành và thì quá khứ đơn. 1. a. Thì quá khứ đơn diễn tả hành động đã hoàn thành ở quá khứ và có xác định rõ thời gian. Ví dụ : I met him yesterday. b. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trong quá khứ mà không xá định rõ thời gian. Ví dụ: I have met him somewhere. 2. a. Thì quá khứ đơn diễn tả một hành động đã hoàn thành trong khoảng thời gian trong quá khứ, không còn liên quan đến hiện tại. Ví dụ: She taught in that school for 6 years. b. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành dienx tả hành động đã hoàn thành trong khoảng thời gian bây giờ chưa qua. Ví dụ: I have seen him thí morning. 3. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và còn tiếp tục ở hiện tại. Ví dụ: We have learned English for 3 years. 4. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và dừng lại ở hiện tại. Ví dụ: I haven’t seen you for ages. 5. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động vừa mới xảy ra, trong trường hượp này thường có “ just” đi kèm giữa have/ has và PP. Ví dụ: She has just come. 6. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành thường được dùng với các từ như: ever, never, always, since, for, yet, already. Thì quá khứ thì được dùng với ago và for.

III. Bài tập:

Buổi 1: Ngày soạn : 20/ 2 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 24/ 2/ 2015 Teacher’s activities I. Revision So sánh thì hiện tại hoàn thành và thì quá khứ đơn.

Students’s activities T- Ss.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

a. Thì quá khứ đơn diễn tả hành động đã hoàn thành ở - Ss revise and copy on the quá khứ và có xác định rõ thời gian. notebook. Ví dụ : I met him yesterday. b. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trong quá khứ mà không xá định rõ thời gian. Ví dụ: I have met him somewhere. a. Thì quá khứ đơn diễn tả một hành động đã hoàn thành trong khoảng thời gian trong quá khứ, không còn liên quan đến hiện tại. Ví dụ: She taught in that school for 6 years. b. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành dien tả hành động đã hoàn thành trong khoảng thời gian bây giờ chưa qua. Ví dụ: I have seen him thí morning. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và còn tiếp tục ở hiện tại. Ví dụ: We have learned English for 3 years. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và dừng lại ở hiện tại. Ví dụ: I haven’t seen you for ages. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động vừa mới xảy ra, trong trường hợp này thường có “ just” đi kèm giữa have/ has và PP. Ví dụ: She has just come. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành thường được dùng với các từ như: ever, never, always, since, for, yet, already. Thì quá khứ thì được dùng với ago và for. Exercise I. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form, present perfect or past simple. 1. “Where’s your key?” - “I don’t know. I (lose) ____it. 1. have lost 2. Mary (go) ______ to Australia for a while but she’s 2. has gone back again now. 3. has gone 3. “Where’s Ken?” - “He (go) ______ out. He’ll be back 4. has been in about an hour.” 5. haven’t finished 4. Look! There’s an ambulance over there. There (be) ……….. _______ an accident. 5. They’re still building the new road. They (not/ finish) ________ it. 6. The police (arrest) _______ three people but later they let them go. 7. “Is Helen still there?” - “No, she (just/ go) ________ out.” 8. What do you think of my English? Do you think I (improve) ______? Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

9. Exercise II. Put “since” or “for”.

1. I haven’t seen Tom _____ Monday. 2. Sarah has lived in London _____ 1985. 3. The house is very dirty. We haven’t cleaned it _____ ages. 4. I haven’t had a good meal ______ last Tuesday. 5. Kevin has been looking for a job _____ he left school. 6. ___ Christmas, the weather has been quite good. 7. We’ve known each other ______ a long time. 8. She’s been in France _____ the last three weeks. 9. Ann has been in hospital _____ Monday. 10.I have learned to use a computer _____ I was a child. 11.Mr. Robinson has taught English _____ ten years. 12.We have known each other _____ 1986. III. ( Homework )Make sentences from the words in brackets. Use present perfect or past simple. 1. it/ not/ rain/ this week. 2. the weather/ be/ cold/ recently. 3. it/ cold/ last week. 4. I/ not/ read/ a newspaper yesterday. 5. Ann/ earn/ a lot of money/ this year. 6. she/ not/ earn/ so much/ last year. 7. you/ ever/ be/ to/ Hanoi? 8. I/ not/ read/ a newspaper/ today.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

since since for since since since for ……

1. It hasn’t rained since this week. 2. The weather has been cold recently 3. It has been cold since last week. ………………

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Buổi 2 Ngày soạn : 20/ 2/ 2015 Ngày dạy : …../ 3/ 2015 Teacher’s activities

Students’s activities T- Ss. I. Revision So sánh thì hiện tại hoàn thành và thì quá khứ đơn. - Ss revise and copy on the notebook. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành thường được dùng với các từ như: ever, never, always, since, for, yet, already. Thì quá khứ thì được dùng với ago và for. In /at/on during + mốc tg trong QK A clause of the past: When +S + Vp Ex1: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past ? What should we do in this exersice or present perfect simple). 1. Mother: I want to prepare dinner. (you / wash) the - underline the adverb of time To identify the tense dishes yet? 2. Daughter: I (wash) the dishes yesterday, but I (have simple past or present perfect / not) the time yet to do it today. simple 3. Mother: (you / do / already) your homework? 1. yet 4. Daughter: No, I (come / just) home from school. 2. yesterday, yet 3. already 5. Mother: You (come) home from school two hours ago! 4. just 6. Daughter: Well, but my friend Lucy (call) when 5 two hours ago! I (arrive) and I (finish / just) the phone call. ………………… 7. Mother: (you / see / not) Lucy at school in the ………………….. morning? 8. Daughter: Yes, but we (have / not) time to talk then. EX2: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past Do the same as Ex1 or present perfect simple). 1. Have just cyclced 2. cycled 1. A: I (cycle / just) 50 km. 3. wrote 2. B: I (cycle) 100 km last week. 4. have already written 3. A: I (write) an essay yesterday. ………………………… 4. B: I (write / already) two essays this term. ………………………….. 5. A: I (ring / just) my friend. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

6. B: I (ring) my friend 10 minutes ago. 7. A: Two days ago, I (watch) a Madonna concert on TV. 8. B: I (see / already) Madonna live in concert. 9. A: I (spend) my summer holiday in Australia last year. 10. B: I (be / not) to Australia yet. EX3: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. A: (you / be / ever) to London? 2. B: Yes, I (be) there three times. 3. A: When (be) the last time you (be) there? 4. B: Last summer. I (spend) two weeks in Brighton with my parents and we (go) to London one weekend. 5. (you / like) it? 6. Oh yes. We really (have) a great time in London. 7. Lucky you! I (be / never) to London. HOMEWORK EX4: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. A: (you / try / ever) haggis? 2. B: Oh, yes! 3. A: How often (you / eat) haggis yet? 4. B: Two times exactly. 5. A: When (you / eat / first) haggis? 6. B: That (be) in 2005. We (have) a Scottish festival in our town and they also (sell) traditional Scottish food. So I (buy) haggis. 7. A: (you / like) it? 8. B: It (be / not) too bad. And I (know / not) anything about haggis then. 9. A: When (you / find out) ? 10. B: When I (be) in Scotland in 2007. I (go) to a restaurant and (order) haggis. Afterwards, the waiter (tell) me about haggis: it's the heart, liver and lungs of a sheep, boiled in the animal's stomach. Well, I (eat / never) haggis again since then.

Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple

When (you / eat / first) => past simple tense

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Buổi 3 Ngày soạn : 1/ 3 / 2015 Ngày dạy : …../ 3/ 2015 Teacher’s activities I. Revision So sánh thì hiện tại hoàn thành và thì quá khứ đơn. .Complete the table. Adjectives Comparative Superlative 1.Big 2.Large 3.Good 4.Wide 5.Hot 6.Bad 7.Expensive 8.Noisy 9.Exciting 10.Quiet 11.Heavy 12.Convenient 13.Happy 14.Difficult 15.Fast 16.Narrow 17.Cheap 18.Beautiful 19.Friendly 20.Crowded 21.great 22.incredible II. Write the comparative or superlative form of the words in brackets 1. Minh looks (thin) __________________ than he did. 2. Mountains are (big) __________________ than hills.

Students’s activities Comparative Superlative The biggest Bigger The largest Larger The best Better The widest Wider The hottest Hotter The worst Worse The most expensive More expensive The noisiest Noisier The most exciting More exciting The quietest Quieter The heaviest Heavier More convenient The most convenient The happiest Happier The most difficult More difficult The fastest Faster The narrowest Narrower The cheapest Cheaper The most beautiful More beautiful The most friendly More friendly The most crowded More crowded The greatest Greater The most incredible More incredible

1.thinner. 2.bigger 3.the happiest 4.better 5.dirtier 6.longest 7.older .

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

3. School days are the (happy) 8.shorter ,shortest. __________________ of my life. 9.larger 4. Who is (good) __________________, Tom 10.most modern or Tim? 11more interesting 5. The air in the city is much (dirty) 12.less __________________ than that in the cleverer and prettier country. . more important 6. The Mekong River is the (long) best __________________ river in Vietnam. . richer . 7. My sister is (old) __________________ most beautiful in the village. than I. . more interesting less boring 8. Nam is (short) ___________ than Ba. He is ……………………………………… the (short) ________________in his class. ……………………………………. 9. Your house is (large) __________________ than my house. 10.It is the (modern) __________________ building in this city. That movie was (interesting) ………………………………..than the one on TV. 11. We have got (little) …………………………………..time than I thought. . Lan is (clever) ………………….. and (pretty) ……………………… than Lien. 12.. Health and happiness are (important) ………………………………….. than money. 13.. Who among these milkmaid work is the (good) …………………………………..? 14.. This old machine is (powerful) …………………………………..than I thought. 15.. The farmers have never had a (rich) …………………………..harvest than that. 16.. He dances the (beautifully) …………………………………..in the village. 17.. The lesson is (interesting) ……………….………… than some years ago. 18.. It was one of the (bad ) Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

………………………….. experience in my life. III. Write sentences with the cues given. Follow the model

1.Mark is the funniest boy in the class. → Chimpanzees are the most intelligent animals in 2.Russia is the largest country in the world. the world. 3.Holliwood films are the most 1.Mark / funny / boy / in the class. →................................ popular films in the world. 4.Who is the most hard-working 2.Russia / large / country / in the world. → ................................ student in the class? 3.Hollywood films / popular films / in the 5.Hoi An is the oldest town in Vietnam. ’ world. →................................................................6.Mai s house is the smallest house in the village. 7.They are the biggest buildings in 4.Who / hard-working / student / in the class? the city. 8.Everset is the highest mountain in → ................................................................................................ the world 9.Mexico City is the biggest city in 5.Hoi An / old / town / in Vietnam. → ................................ the world. 10.The Nile river is the longest river 6. Mai’s house / small / house / in the village. in the worl. Chimpanzees / intelligent / animals in the world.

→ ................................................................................................ 7.They / big / buildings / in the city. → ................................ 8.Everest / high / mountain / in the world. → ................................ 9.Mexico City / big / city / in the world. → ................................ 10.The Nile River / long / river / in the world. → ................................................................................................ HOMEWORK Redo all the exercise * Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …..………………………………………………………………………………………………… Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Unit 9.2: Bài tập về thì Quá khứ đơn và Thì Hiện tại hoàn thành - Phần 1 [Ngữ pháp bổ trợ Part 2 - Describe a picture] Hôm nay các em cùng Ms Hoa TOEIC luyện tập các bài tập về Thì Quá khứ đơn và Thì Hiện tại hoàn thành ở Unit 9 nhé. Việc học ngữ pháp sẽ giúp các e nghe và học tiếng Anh giao tiếpđược tốt lên rất nhiều đó. Ex1: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. Mother: I want to prepare dinner. (you / wash) the dishes yet? 2. Daughter: I (wash) the dishes yesterday, but I (have / not) the time yet to do it today. 3. Mother: (you / do / already) your homework? 4. Daughter: No, I (come / just) home from school. 5. Mother: You (come) home from school two hours ago! 6. Daughter: Well, but my friend Lucy (call) when I (arrive) and I (finish / just) the phone call. 7. Mother: (you / see / not) Lucy at school in the morning? 8. Daughter: Yes, but we (have / not) time to talk then. EX2: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

A: I (cycle / just) 50 km. B: I (cycle) 100 km last week. A: I (write) an essay yesterday. B: I (write / already) two essays this term. A: I (ring / just) my friend. B: I (ring) my friend 10 minutes ago. A: Two days ago, I (watch) a Madonna concert on TV. B: I (see / already) Madonna live in concert. A: I (spend) my summer holiday in Australia last year. B: I (be / not) to Australia yet. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

EX3: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. A: (you / be / ever) to London? 2. B: Yes, I (be) there three times. 3. A: When (be) the last time you (be) there? 4. B: Last summer. I (spend) two weeks in Brighton with my parents and we (go) to London one weekend. 5. (you / like) it? 6. Oh yes. We really (have) a great time in London. 7. Lucky you! I (be / never) to London. EX4: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. A: (you / try / ever) haggis? 2. B: Oh, yes! 3. A: How often (you / eat) haggis yet? 4. B: Two times exactly. 5. A: When (you / eat / first) haggis? 6. B: That (be) in 2005. We (have) a Scottish festival in our town and they also (sell) traditional Scottish food. So I (buy) haggis. 7. A: (you / like) it? 8. B: It (be / not) too bad. And I (know / not) anything about haggis then. 9. A: When (you / find out) ? 10. B: When I (be) in Scotland in 2007. I (go) to a restaurant and (order) haggis. Afterwards, the waiter (tell) me about haggis: it's the heart, liver and lungs of a sheep, boiled in the animal's stomach. Well, I (eat / never) haggis again since then. EX5: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

A: (you / play / already) the new computer game? B: No, not yet. I only (buy) it yesterday and I (have / not) the time yet. A: (you / go) to the cinema last night? B: Yes. I (be) there with Sue and Louis. (you / be) to the cinema recently? A: I last (go) to the cinema two weeks ago. B: So you (see / not) the new action film yet. A: No, unfortunately not. (you / enjoy) it? Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

B: Oh, I really (love) it. But Sue (like / not) it - too much action! 9. A: But why (you / take) her with you? She (tell) me last week that she (hate) action films. 10. B: I think she has an eye on Louis. She (try) to flirt with him all the time. So he (can / concentrate / not) on the film. EX6: Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. I (just / finish) my homework. 2. Mary (already / write) five letters. 3. Tom (move) to this town in 1994. 4. My friend (be) in Canada two years ago. 5. I (not / be) to Canada so far. to London a couple of times. 6. But I (already / travel) 7. Last week, Mary and Paul (go) to the cinema. 8. I can't take any pictures because I (not / buy) a new film yet. 9. (they / spend) their holiday in New Zealand last summer? 10. (you / ever / see) a whale? EX7Film maker, David Morris (be) interested in the cinema since he (be) a small child. He

(make) his first film when he

(be) just twelve years old. He is now almost 40 and

(make) 30 films. David loves traveling. His work

(be) to Africa, India, Australia, China, the USA, and South America. Last year

(visit) Russia for the first time. David is married to the singer, Lena Lennox.

(take) him all over the world.

They

(be) married for ten years. Tim live with their two children on the Greek island off Crete.

They

(buy) a house on the island in 1987 and they

(live) there since then.

EX8 1. I haven't spoken to her for / since / ago she went to London. 2. He left school three years for / since / ago , then he worked in France for / since / ago a few months before coming back to England. 3. She has got a headache for / since / ago she got up this morning. 4. I have been here for / since / ago an hour. Where have you been? 5. He has just got a new job, and he's going to work in China for / since / ago six years. 6. It's ten years for / since / ago we last met. 7.

For / Since / Ago 2000, the team has lost many times.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

8. I haven't had a look at it for / since / ago yesterday. 9. It's ages for / since / ago we said goodbye. 10. They sold the palace twenty years for / since / ago 11.

I. Fill in the gap with since or for to complete the sentence.

1. He watched television ………..three hours. 2. They have been friends………….five months. 3. My family has owned this farm……….1990. 4. I have wanted that book ………..months. 5. I haven’t seen you…………..Christmas. 6. We have been here………January. 7. I haven’t eaten any meat………….over a year. 8. She has worn the same old dress ………..the beginning of the month. II. Give the correct form of the verb in the brackets in the present perfect tense. 1. I (know)……………….him all my life. 2. They (live)…………………..in that house for two years. 3. My brother (write)…………………..three books. 4. She (not break)…………………….her leg. 5. She (break)………………………her arm. 6. I (see)……………………….an elephant several times. 7. She (have)……………………that dress for ten years. 8. We (be)……………………………here for hours! 9. The children (not finish)……………………….their homework yet. 10. You (be)………………………to the zoo? III. Give the correct form of the verb in the brackets. 1. We (study)______________ a very hard lesson the day before yesterday. 2. I (read)______________ that novel by Hemingway several times before. 3. We (study)____________________almost every lesson in this book so far. 4. My wife and I (travel) ________________ to Mexico by air last summer. 5. I (have)______________ a little trouble with my car last week. 6. What you (do)_______________ yesterday? 7. How long you (learn)__________________ English? 8. Ton never (be)__________________ in Hanoi. 9. The plane (stop)_______________ at a small town. It then (take) ___________ off immediately after refuelling. 10. She (be)_______ so happy when she (hear)____________ the news that she (cry)___________________. 11. Steven (live)_________________ in London since 1990. 12. We (leave)_______________ Singapore six months ago. 13. I never(eat)____________________ snake meat. 13. Diana (meet)________________Simon for dinner last night. 14. Oh no! Someone(steal)________________ my bag. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Revision Unit 10: Our houses in the future I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 10 chủ đề các loại hình nhà trong tương lai.

II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words to talk about types of houses and appliances .

2. Pronunciation : Sounds / dr / and / tr / .

3. Grammar: - will for future . - might for future possibility.

4. Communication : - Talking about different houses in the future. - Writing about a dream house.

Buổi 1+2 Ngày soạn : 17/3 / 2015 Ngày dạy : …/ 3/ 2015&……/3/2015

Teacher’s activities

Students’ activities

Revision : 1. Network Types of houses

Ss brainstorm to list types of

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Chatting

houses they have learn Ss work in pair to ask and answer the questions

Where will your house be? What will it look like? How many room might it have? What appliances might it have? 2. 2. Future simple tense: - Teacher recall the use and form of future simple tense Form: S + will + V( inf) + O Use: to talk about an action which we think will happen in the future - Have Ss look at Nam’s diary * Noughts and crosses: - Tell things Nam will do and will not do tomorrow Go post office V Tidy yard X

Call Ba

See movie V

Meet Minh V

Write grandmother X

Ss Work in pairs to make the sentences

Read book V Watch TV X Do homework V

I. Supply the correct tense 1. Jack (watch) ……………….. TV every evening. 2. It’s said that the earth (revolve) ………………….. around the sun. 3. Remember to shut the windows. The rain (come) ……………….. in now. 4. Minh goes to sleep easily when the radio (play)….. 5. My family (leave) …. for Nha Trang next month. 6. We know that the sun (not rise) …….. in the west; it (rise) ……in the east. 7. –Where the Greens usually (stay) …… when they ( come) …… to town? - At a hotel. But tonight they (stay) ………………… with me. 8. My mother (cook) …………… in the morning. 9. His sister usually (not quarrel) ……. with anyone. 10. Be careful! Mr. Nam (look) ……………. at us! II. Complete the sentences tith “can’t / can / could / couldn’t” + one of the verbs below:beat, come, hear,wait, find, run, eat, sleep, speak, persuade. 1. We’re afraid we ……………………. to your wedding party next month. 2. When Johny was 15; he was a fast runner. He ... 100 meters in 11 seconds. 3. “Are you in a hurry?” No, I have plenty of time. I

- Ss do exercise. 1. 2. 3. 4.

watches revolves is coming …………

1. can’t come 2. could run 3. can wait

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

……………………”. 4. Thanh was feeling sick yesterday. He … anything. 5. Can you speak up a bit? We you very well. 6. – “You look tired.” – “Yes, I ……….. last night.” 7. Micheal has traveled a lot. He ……………. speak five languages. 8. She look everywhere for the pen but she … find it. 9. We tried hard and finally we ………………….. them to come with us. 10. Ann played well but she …………………. Mary. III Read the situations and use the words in brackets to write sentences with “must have” and “can’t have” 1. The phone rang but we didn’t hear it.( we/ asleep ) 2. Tony walking past me without speaking. (he / see / me) 3. The handbag you bought is very good quality. (it / very expensive) 4. We haven’t seen the people next door for months. (they / go away) 5. Huy can’t find his wallet. (he / leave / the restaurant/ last night) 6. Susan passed the exam without studying for it. (the exam / very difficult) 7. Inzaghi knew everything about our plans. (he / listen / our conversation) 8. Fiore did the opposite of what I asked him to do.(he / understand / what I said) 9. When we woke up his morning, the light was on. (we / forget / turn it off) 10. The lights were red but the taxi didn’t stop.(the driver /see/ the red light) IV. Correct the mistakes : 1. I can cook when I am six year old. 2. – Must I go out for a minute, sir? All right. Remember coming back here for five mins. 3. I’m doing exercises.They were difficult. Would you help me now? - Sorry. I was very busy then. 4. Hello everybody. My name was Nam and this was my friend, Tom. 5. It was sure that two plus three made five. 6.What do you do next weeken? - We hold a party as planned. 7. Do you mind to open the windows by me? 8. You knew that the earth went around the sun, don’t you? 9. We’re looking for the hear from you.

4. couldn’t eat 5. ………….

1. must have slept 2. can’t have seen 3. must have been very expensive 4. must have gone 5. …………….

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

am -> was coming -> to come were -> are. was -> is …………

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

10. I’d like buying for you a new present. V.Supply the correct form of the words inbrackets 1. The regrets that she spent her (young) ………….. traveling and not studying. 2.Jackson can’t see anything because of his (blind)…. 3. Before our morden age, people had a more physical and (act) ………………… lifestyle. 4. There were over 500 (apply) ………… for the job. 5. He was attacked for having put his (sign) ………. to the deal. 6. How much (teach) ………… do you actually do? 7. The explosion (complete) .... destroyed the building 8. Maybe one of our (assit) …………. can help you make your choice? 9. I want to treat him with (kind) … and consideration 10. I should have got a better price for the car, but I’m not much of a (busy) ………………… . VI.Complete the following sentences so that the meaning is similar to the first sentence (Homework ): 1. My uncle said I could use his car. My uncle allowed …………………………….. . 2. We were surprised that it rained. We didn’t expect …………………………….. . 3. Don’t stop her doing what she wants. Let …………………………………………… . 4. You look older when you wear glasses. Glasses make ……………………………….. . 5. We think you should know the truth. We want …………………………………… . 6. Don’t let me forget to phone my mother. Remind ……………………………………… . 7. At fist he didn’t want to apply for the job but Sony persuaded him. Sony persuaded ………………………………. 8.We were told that we shouldn’t believe everything she says. We was warned ………………………………. . 9. Her lawyer said she shouldn’t say anything to the police. Her lawyer advised …………………………... . 10.If I’ve got a car. I’m able to travel round more easily. Having a car enables ……………………….. .

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

youth blindness active applications signature …………

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

…use his car … raining … her do what she wants …. you older …………

Adjustment:………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………….. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Consolidation Ngày soạn : 4/ 4 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 6/ 4/ 2015 I. Mục tiêu: Ôn tập kiến thức từ đầu học kì 2( cont ). II. Bài tập:

Content Question 1: Odd one out. Which underlined sound is pnonounced differently in each group? A. idea B. aerobics C. fair D.pair A. this B. there C. than D. thank A. worked B. needed C. wanted D. rented

T&Sts’activities

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

A. cold B. long C. snow D. hold Question 2: Choose and circle the best answerA,B,C,D 1. The food is very ……….. A. long B. delicious C. noisy D. historic 1B 2. Where do you ……. fishing ? 6B A. play B. do C.go D. have 3. Who is the most popular British writer in the world ? A. Dickens B. William Shakespeare C. Hemingway D. To Hoai 4. Hai can ……… boxing well. A. do B. play C. go D. have 5. The …….. tells people what is happening in Viet Nam and the rest of the world. A. national B. cartoon C. game show D. 7 o’clock news 6. Big Ben is the most famous tower in ….. A. Viet Nam B. England C. America D. Australia Question 3: Give the correct form of the following verbs. 1. He ( not go ) out last night, he ( stay ) at home. 2. Lan ( learn ) English for 2 years ? - No, he ( learn ) for 3 years. 3. you ( wear ) uniform yesterday ? No. I ( not wear ) yesterday. 4. your mother ( read ) book every night ? - No, she ( watch ) TV. Question 4: Read the following passage and answer the questions Australia is a island continent in the South Pacific. The capital is Canberra, but the city with the biggest population is Sydney, which has nearly four million. English is the first language of most people, but there are also immigrants who speak other languages. 1. Where is Australia? ................................................................................................ 2. Is Canberra the capital of Australia? ................................................................................................ 1. 3. What is the population of Sydney? 2. ................................................................................................ 3. 4. Do Australian people only speak English? 4. ................................................................................................ Question 5: Rearrange the words to complete the

3B 4A 5D

1. didn’t go – stayed 2. Has Lan learnt – has learnt 3. Did you wear – hasn’t worn 4. Does your mother read – watches

It’s in the South Pacific Yes, it is It has nearly four million No, they don’t.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

sentences. ( Class 6A) 1, lives / street / grandparents / he / Hoang Quoc Viet / his / on / with. ……………………………………………………………\ 2, tallest / my / is / the / family / in / brother/ person / my. …………………………………………………………… 3, lives / very / from / he / far / office / his. …………………………………………………………… 4. did/ Who/ play/ with/ you/ badminton / yesterday? …………………………………………………………… Question 6 (Homework) Rewrite te following sentences 1. No river in the world is as long as The Nile river -> The Nile river …………………………………………….……… 2. Nam is taller than Ba -> Ba ……………………………………………..…….……………… 3.Nam is interested in watching televison -> Nam likes ……………………………………………………………… 4. There isn’t any sugar in the coffee. -> The coffee………………………………………………………….…..

1.He lives with hisgrandparents on Hoang Quoc Viet Street. 2.My brother is the tallest person in my family. 3.He lives very far from his office. 4.Who did you play badminton with yesterday ?

1. The Nile river is the longest river in the world 2. Ba is shorter than Nam 3. Nam likes watching TV 4. The coffee hasn’t any sugar

Ngày soạn : 11/ 4/ 2015 Ngày dạy: 14&20/ 4 / 2015

Revision unit 11 I.THE AIMS AND REQUESTS 1. Knowledge: At the end of this lesson Ss can review all the knowledge what they have learnt in units 11 2. Skill : reading, writing, listening and speaking. II.PREPARATION. T: Textbook, poster Ss: Textbook, ss' book. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

III. PROCEDURES

Content A. Warm-up: Networds : types of houses B. New lesson I. Language 1. Pnonunciation Ex2: find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. Say the words aloud 1a.dad b.hat c.plant d. happy d. grandparent 2a.ask b.plastic c.back 3 a.tomato b.natural c.bath d. garden 4 a.that b.tap c.backpack d.classmate 5.palm b.fasten c.classmate d.traffic 2. Vocabulary Ex3: Complete the sentences using the words with the letter given 1. In the future, we have a p-- - to learn English 2. The have a w- - - - to surf the Internet 3. She wil have a - - - w- - - - 4. we will have a - - - - t to look after the children Ex4: Circle one odd out . then read aloud them 1.a.apartment b.house c.cottage d. factory 2.a.and b. in c.on d.at 3.a.kitchen b.window c.bedroom d.livingroom 4.a.computer b.diswasher c.balcony d.robot 5.a.city b.building c.village d.countryside 3. GRAMMAR Ex5: Complete the sentences with the correct form of Vy: What are you doing ? Mi: I’m writing a passage about the ways to protect the environment Vy: let me see . if you(take)………… a shower instead of a bath, you(save)………water. Mi: Can you give me some more ideas? Vy: If you(cycle)…….more,there (be)……..less air pollution Mi: Why? Vy: It’s simple. If you(cycle)……….,you(not

T&Sts’activities

Ask them to repeat the sentences. - T checks on their pronunciation of the key sounds. 1.c 2. a 3.b 4. d 5. d

- Ss do separately and share their answers later with a partner. - Check Ss’ answer. Key: 1.phone 2. watch 3.diswasher 4. robot Key: 1. d 3.b 4. c

2. a 5. b

Key: 1. take 2. will save 3. cycle 4. will be 5. cycle 6. won’t produce 7.aren’t 8.will be 9.plant 10. won’t be 11. don’t hurry 12will be - This is a chance for ss to look

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

produce)………fumes. If there(not be)……….,the air (be)……….cleaner MI: I see, I hve an other idea. If people(plant)………more trees, there(not be)……….floods. Vy; That’s right. It’s 5.00. if I(not hurry)……., I’ll(be)…………late for my English class . Everyday English Ex6:How to reply. 1. I have received a gift from my mother 2.Can you give me the pen please? 3. I want to visit Ha Long Bay a. Certainly b. really c.Me too II. SKILLS Reading Last year, my friends, Nam and Minh, spent their summer in Nha Trang. It was the first time they went to Nha Trang. They stayed at Sunrise hotel. They have a friend in Nha Trang. His name’s Quang. He took them to see many interesting places such as Cham temple, Hon Chong, Tri Nguyen Aquarium ... They saw sharks, dolphins and many different types of sea fish at Tri Nguyen Aquarium, Nam and Minh bought many gifts for their friends in a souvenir shop. Minh liked the fish best but Nam didn’t. He liked to take some photographs of all famous places in Nha Trang. They felt happy and healthy after the trip. 1. Was the first time or the second time they went to Nha Trang? 2. Where did stay in Nha Trang? 3. Which places did their friend take them to see? 4. What did they see at Tri Nguyen Aquarium? 5. How did they feel after the trip?

back at the use of the verb tenses. Focus on the difference between the p.s and p.p

Key: 1.b

2.a

3.c

Gets Ss to read the questions and underline the idea mentioned in both the questions and the passage ..- Ss do this exercise individually, and then check it with their peers. - Let ss discuss among themselves before finalizing the answers.

- This, again, revises the language items learnt but in a more dynamic form:interviewing and reporting the results Whole class . Students’ answers

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

II. Combine each pair of sentences below to make a conditional sentence –type one 1.We pollute the air. We have breathing problem 2.people pollute the water. A lot of fish die 3. We cut down trees in the forest. There are more floods 4.The soil is polluted. Plants die 5. There is noise pollution. People and animals have hearing problems Homework: Do exercises in workbook Ajustment:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Ngày soạn : 18/ 4/ 2015 Ngày dạy: 20/ 4 / 2015

Revision for the second term test I.THE AIMS AND REQUESTS Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1. Knowledge: At the end of this lesson Ss can review all the knowledge what they have learnt in all units 2. Skill : reading, writing, listening and speaking. II.PREPARATION. T: Textbook, poster Ss: Textbook, ss' book. III. PROCEDURES

Content

T&Sts’activities

B. Warm-up: Networds : types of houses B. New lesson Part 1: Use of English Exercise 1. Find the word which has a different sound (1p). 1. A. caps B. clocks C. visits D. villas 2. A. gather B. monthly C. father D. brother 3. A. favourite B. slight C. fine D. high 4. A. hear B. near C. fear D. pear 5. A. brother B. going C. homework D.judo Exercise 2. Choose A, B, C or D for each gap in the following sentences(2p) 1. ……………………. eat too much salt. It’s not good for you. A. Do B. Don’t C. Please D. Can’t 2. I ……………………… Singapore three times. A. have gone B. have visited C. went D. visited 3. You can watch Harry Potter on TV ……………. you can read it. A. so B. when C. but D. or 4. – “…………..city is the most expensive in the world?” – “I think it’s Tokyo.” A. Which B. Where C. What D. How 5. They didn’t go on their picnic …………………………. the weather was bad. A. because B. when C. but D. or 6. I first …………………… New York in 2005. A. went B. have been C. have gone D. visited 7. – “……….. is your favourite soccer player?” – “I don’t like soccer.” A. What B. Which C. Who D. Where 8. …… the air is cleaner, people will have less breathing problems. A. Unless B. When C. If D. Because 9. Talking is ……………………… common way of relaxing. A. more B. most C. the most D. the more 10. My house is ……………….to a photocopy store. A. to the left B. next C. behind D. in front of Exercise 3. Supply the correct form or tense of the verbs (2p) 1. If the water ( be) ……………….. polluted, fish ( die)………………… 2. I (ever read) ………………… this story. It is interesting. 3. I think that in the future robots will be able ( help) ……………….. us with the housework. 4. Yesterday morning she ( visit) ……………….. her uncle in the country. She often (visit)…………………him once a month. 5. What …………. you ( do) ……………….. at the moment? - I ( play)………………computer games in my room. 6. We ( stay)………………………….. in Hanoi for a few days next week. Now we ( be)……………………… in Hanam.

Part 1 Ex 1. Find the word which has a different sound 1. D

2. B

3. A

4. D 5. A

Ex 2. Choose A, B, C or D for each gap in the following sentences 1. B 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. A 6. D 7. C 8. C 9. C 10. B

Ex 3. Supply the correct form or tense of the verbs 1. is/ will die 2. have ever read 3. to help 4. visited/ visits 5. are … doing/ am playing 6. will stay( are going to stay) / are

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Part 2: Reading Exercise 1. Use the words in the box to fill in each gap (1p) photos going visit arrived pagodas Tony lives in London . Last week he (1)…………. in Vietnam. He visited some old (2)………….. in Hanoi . Then he travelled to Nghe An . He enjoyed seafood and took a lot of (3)…………. at Cua Lo Beach . Next week he is (4)………… …. to fly to Ho Chi Minh City . He is going to (5)……………. Dam Sen Park . He is going to buy some souvenirs for his family and friends. Exercise 2. Read then answer the questions (1p) My future house will be on the ocean. It will be surrounded by many trees and blue sea. There will be a large flower garden in front and a swimming pool behind the house. There will be some robots in the house. They will help me do the housework, such as: cleaning the floors, cooking meals, washing and drying the clothes, watering the flowers and feeding the cats and dogs. I will have a wireless TV in my room so that I can watch programmes from space and it will help me surf the Net, send and receive e-mails from my friends. 1. Where will your future house be? ……………………………………………………………………………. 2. Will there be many trees around the house? ………………………………………………………………………… 3. What will there be behind the house? …………………………………………………………………… 4. Will robots do the housework? ………………………………………………………………………… 5. Can you watch programmes from space ? …………………………………………………………………… Part 3: Writing Exercise 1. Complete the words. Use the cued pictures (1p) 1. My dream house will be a v......................... 2. My brother likes watching c.......................on TV. 3. We need a b......................... to play soccer. 4. If you go to school by b.............................., the environment’ll be clean. 5. You should have a s.......................... instead of a bath to save water

Part 2 Ex 1. Use the words in the box to fill in each gap 1. arrived 2. pagodas 3. photos 4. going 5. visit

Ex 2. Read then answer the questions 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

It will be on the ocean Yes, there will There will be a swimming pool Yes, they will Yes, I can

Part 3 Ex 1. Complete the words. Use the cued pictures 1. villa 2. cartoons 3. ball 4. bike( bicycle) 5. shower

5. Exercise 2. Rearrange the sentences(1) 1. cut/ more/if / we/ down/ trees,/ more / there/ floods/ be/ will ................................................................................................. 2. you/ are/ What/ to/ this/ do/ going/ weekend? ................................................................................................. 3. have/ I/ hi- tech/ will/ a/ cook/ to/ fridge/ meals ................................................................................................. 4. Lan/ shorter/ is/ Hoa/ than ................................................................................................. 5. visited/ We/ grandparents/ our/ counrtyside/ the/ in/ week/ last ................................................................................................. Exercise 3. Rewrite or combine the sentences, using the suggested words (1p)

Ex 2. Rearrange the sentences(1) 1. If we cut down more trees, there will be more floods 2. What are you going to do this weekend? 3. I will have a hi- tech fridge to cook meals 4. Lan is shorter than Hoa 5. We visited our grandparents in the countryside last week

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1. My brother can swim very well. He can’t play badminton (but) - My brother can ........................................................................................... 2. I don’t like watching news. It’s boring ( because) - I don’t ................................................................................................. 3. I was tired last night. I stayed up late to watch a gameshow (Although) - Although ................................................................................................. 4. Ho Chi Minh City is larger than Ha Noi (smaller) - Hanoi is ................................................................................................. 5. Lan’s favourite dink is soda (likes) - Lan .................................................................................................

Ex 3. Rewrite or combine the sentences, using the suggested words 1. - My brother can swim vaery well but he can’t play badminton 2. - I don’t like watching news because it’s boring 3. - Although I was tired last night I stayed up late to watch a gameshow 4. - Hanoi is is smaller than Ho Chi Minh City 5. - Lan likes (drinking ) soda

Homework: Do exercises in workbook Ajustment:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Part 1: Use of English Exercise 1. Find the word which has a different sound (1p). 1. A. caps B. clocks C. visits D. villas 2. A. gather B. monthly C. father D. brother 3. A. favourite B. slight C. fine D. high 4. A. hear B. near C. fear D. pear 5. A. brother B. going C. homework D.judo Exercise 2. Choose A, B, C or D for each gap in the following sentences(2p) 1. ……………………. eat too much salt. It’s not good for you. A. Do B. Don’t C. Please D. Can’t 2. I ……………………… Singapore three times. A. have gone B. have visited C. went D. visited 3. You can watch Harry Potter on TV ……………. you can read it. A. so B. when C. but D. or 4. – “…………..city is the most expensive in the world?” – “I think it’s Tokyo.”

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

A. Which B. Where C. What D. How 5. They didn’t go on their picnic …………………………. the weather was bad. A. because B. when C. but D. or 6. I first …………………… New York in 2005. A. went B. have been C. have gone D. visited 7. – “……….. is your favourite soccer player?” – “I don’t like soccer.” A. What B. Which C. Who D. Where 8. …… the air is cleaner, people will have less breathing problems. A. Unless B. When C. If D. Because 9. Talking is ……………………… common way of relaxing. A. more B. most C. the most D. the more 10. My house is ……………….to a photocopy store. A. to the left B. next C. behind D. in front of Exercise 3. Supply the correct form or tense of the verbs (2p) 1. If the water ( be) ……………….. polluted, fish ( die)………………… 2. I (ever read) ………………… this story. It is interesting. 3. I think that in the future robots will be able ( help) ……………….. us with the housework. 4. Yesterday morning she ( visit) ……………….. her uncle in the country. She often (visit)…………………him once a month. 5. What …………. you ( do) ……………….. at the moment? - I ( play)………………computer games in my room. 6. We ( stay)………………………….. in Hanoi for a few days next week. Now we ( be)……………………… in Hanam.

Part 2: Reading Exercise 1. Use the words in the box to fill in each gap (1p) photos going visit arrived pagodas Tony lives in London . Last week he (1)…………. in Vietnam. He visited some old (2)………….. in Hanoi . Then he travelled to Nghe An . He enjoyed seafood and took a lot of (3)…………. at Cua Lo Beach . Next week he is (4)……………. to fly to Ho Chi Minh City . He is going to (5)……………. Dam Sen Park . He is going to buy some souvenirs for his family and friends. Exercise 2. Read then answer the questions (1p) My future house will be on the ocean. It will be surrounded by many trees and blue sea. There will be a large flower garden in front and a swimming pool behind the house. There will be some robots in the house. They will help me do the housework, such as: cleaning the floors, cooking meals, washing and drying the clothes, watering the flowers and feeding the cats and dogs. I will have a wireless TV in my room so that I can watch programmes from space and it will help me surf the Net, send and receive e-mails from my friends. 1. Where will your future house be? ……………………………………………………………………………. 2. Will there be many trees around the house? ………………………………………………………………………… 3. What will there be behind the house? …………………………………………………………………… 4. Will robots do the housework? ………………………………………………………………………… 5. Can you watch programmes from space ? …………………………………………………………………… Part 3: Writing Exercise 1. Complete the words. Use the cued pictures (1p) 1. My dream house will be a v......................... 2. My brother likes watching c.......................on TV. 3. We need a b......................... to play soccer. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

4. If you go to school by b.............................., the environment’ll be clean. 5. You should have a s.......................... instead of a bath to save water

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Exercise 2. Rearrange the sentences(1) 1. cut/ more/if / we/ down/ trees,/ more / there/ floods/ be/ will ................................................................................................. 2. you/ are/ What/ to/ this/ do/ going/ weekend? ................................................................................................. 3. have/ I/ hi- tech/ will/ a/ cook/ to/ fridge/ meals ................................................................................................. 4. Lan/ shorter/ is/ Hoa/ than ................................................................................................. 5. visited/ We/ grandparents/ our/ counrtyside/ the/ in/ week/ last ................................................................................................. Exercise 3. Rewrite or combine the sentences, using the suggested words (1p) 1. My brother can swim very well. He can’t play badminton (but) - My brother can ........................................................................................... 2. I don’t like watching news. It’s boring ( because) - I don’t ................................................................................................. 3. I was tired last night. I stayed up late to watch a gameshow (Although) - Although ................................................................................................. 4. Ho Chi Minh City is larger than Ha Noi (smaller) - Hanoi is ................................................................................................. 5. Lan’s favourite dink is soda (likes) - Lan .................................................................................................

Keys Part 1 Ex 1. Find the word which has a different sound (1p).

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1. D 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. A Ex 2. Choose A, B, C or D for each gap in the following sentences 1. B 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. A 6. D 7. C 8. C 9. C 10. B Ex 3. Supply the correct form or tense of the verbs 7. is/ will die 8. have ever read 9. to help 10. visited/ visits 11. are … doing/ am playing 12. will stay( are going to stay) / are Part 2 Ex 1. Use the words in the box to fill in each gap 1. arrived 2. pagodas 3. photos 4. going 5. visit Ex 2. Read then answer the questions 6. It will be on the ocean 7. Yes, there will 8. There will be a swimming pool 9. Yes, they will 10. Yes, I can Part 3 Ex 1. Complete the words. Use the cued pictures 1. villa 2. cartoons 3. ball 4. bike( bicycle) 5. shower Ex 2. Rearrange the sentences(1) 1. If we cut down more trees, there will be more floods 2. What are you going to do this weekend? 3. I will have a hi- tech fridge to cook meals 4. Lan is shorter than Hoa 5. We visited our grandparents in the countryside last week Ex 3. Rewrite or combine the sentences, using the suggested words 1. - My brother can swim vaery well but he can’t play badminton 2. - I don’t like watching news because it’s boring 3. - Although I was tired last night I stayed up late to watch a gameshow 4. - Hanoi is is smaller than Ho Chi Minh City 5. - Lan likes (drinking ) soda

Ngày soạn : 4/ 5/ 2015 Ngày dạy: 4/ 5/ 2015

Revision for the second term test I.THE AIMS AND REQUESTS Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1. Knowledge: At the end of this lesson Ss can review all the knowledge what they have learnt in units 10,11,12 2. Skill : reading, writing, listening and speaking. II.PREPARATION. T: Textbook, poster Ss: Textbook, ss' book. III. PROCEDURES

Content

T&Sts’activities

C. Warm-up: I.Choose the best answer I. 1,London is………….than Ho Chi Minh city. 1B A.big B.bigger C.biggest D.the bigger 4D 2,If the river isn’t dirty, there…………….more fish. 7D A.can B.could C.will be D.won’t 3,She………………ride a bike next year. A.will be able to B.am able to C.is able toD.can be able to 4,I ………………..sing an English song. A.am B.do C.couldn’t D.can 5,What are you doing? I………………a paragragh about the ways to protect our environment A.wrting B.is wrting C.am wrting D.wrtie 6,There aren’t ………………….good films on television at the moment. A.some B.any C.a lot D.much 7,Where is the…………………market,please? A.near B.most near C.nearer D.nearest 8,Playing computer games………………….is not good for you. A.too much B.a little C.a few D.so many II. Which one is different? 1, A.wants B.needs 2, A.city B.building D.countryside 3, A.house B.school 4, A.and B.in

C.goes C.village

D.fish

II. 1D 4A

2C 5C

3A 6B

C.classroom D.weather C.about D.at

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

3D 5B

5, A.recycle B.lake C.reuse D.reduce III.Read the following passage and answer the questions Salina lives in a village in Africa. Her day starts at five o’clock. She gets up, and she walks three kilometers to the river. She collects some water, and carries it back to her house. The water is very heavy. It isn’t clean but there isn’t any water in the village. Salina doesn’t go to school. She can’t read or write. Everyday, she helps her mother in the house. Questions: 1,Where does Salina live? 2,What does she do after she gets up? 3,Is the water clean? 4,Can she write ? 5,Where does she help her mother? IV.Make sentences using the words and phrases below to help you 1,I/write/a letter/tomorrow. 2,Turn off/light/when/you/ not use. 3,Robots/will/able/do all /housewok/instead/us 4,we/will have/robot/look after/children. V.Put the verbs in the correct tenses 1,She ever(see) a real robot at work. 2,If it (be) sunny next week,we (go) to Ha Long bay. 3,Nam (ride) his bike to school everyday, but today he ( walk ) to school. 4,Do you think there (be) a city underwater? 5,Please quiet! The baby( sleep). 6, Hung is learning to play the guitar. He ( have) giutar lessons three times a week. VI.Rewrite the following sentences 1, In the future, home robots can do all the housework ->………………………………………………… 2,No one in my class is as beautiful as Hoa. ->…………………………………………………

III. 1,Salina/She lives in a village in Africa. 2,She walks after she gets up. 3,No, it isn’t. 4,No,she can’t. 5,She helps her mother in the house.

IV. 1,I’ll write a letter tomorrow. 2,Turn off the light when you don’t use it. 3,Robots will be able to do all the housework instead of us. 4,We will have a robot to look after the children V.2ms (mỗi câu đúng 0,25ms) 1. Has-seen 2. is 3. will go 4. rides 5. walks 6. will be 7. is sleeping 8. has

VI . 1, In the future, home robots will be able to do all our housework. 2,Hoa is the most beautiful in my cl

Ajustment:…………………………………………………………………………………….

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Reading and writing test for grade 6 Time allowed: 30 minutes Part I- Reading Question 1: Read, then complete the passage.Use the words provided (5pts)

I (1)…..in a house near the sea. It isn’t very a new house. There (2)…..two bedrooms. Next to the kitchen there is (3)…..living-room where there’s a lovely old fireplace. There’s a garden in (4) …..of the house. The garden goes down to the beach and (5)…..spring and summer, there are flowers everywhere. Question 2- Read, then answer T/F (5pts)

Linh is twelve years old . He is in grade 6. He lives in a house with his mother , father and sister . Their house is next to a bookstore . In the neighborhood ,there is a restaurant , a market and a stadium . Linh’s father works in a restaurant . His mother works in a market . Linh goes to school every morning . He has classes from seven to fifteen past eleven. 1. Linh is a student 2. There are three people in Linh’s family 3. There is a market near his house 4. Linh’s mother works in a restaurant 5. Linh begins the lesson at seven Question 3: Read, then answer the questions (5pts)

I am Lan and this writing is about my best friend, Mai. We go to the same school and we’ve been together for three years. Mai is very pretty. She has short black hair and big brown eyes. She is clever and hard-working but she is also funny. She makes jokes and we all laugh. She loves reading and writing short poems. I like being with her. We often do our homework together and she helps me a lot. I also like her because she knows a lot about astronomy and we can chat about it for hours. At the moment we are making a Space minibook. We’re doing a lot of researching on the Internet. This Saturday we are going to the National Museum to take some photos for the project. Then we’re watching a new film on the Disney channel together. It’s going to be fun. 1. Who is Lan’s best friend? 2. Are they both students? 3. What color is Mai’s hair? 4. Are they making a minibook about Space now? 5. What are they going to do this Saturday? Part II- writing Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Question 1- Complete these sentences with a word or a phrase(5pts)

1. In a boarding school, students study and (1) 2. There is a (2) 3. My brother usually(4)

and a (3)

there in my school

to school. He never (5)

Your answer:

1........................... 3. ........................

2. .............................. 4. .............................

5. ............................

Question 2- Fill in the gap(5pts)

Tam is a (1)…….. of grade 6. She is in class 6A. She walks to school in the morning . At school she (2)…….. many subjects. Her classes start at 7:00. She goes (3)……. at 11.00. She has lunch at home with her family. In the afternoon , she plays sports (4)……. friends. After dinner , she does her homework . Then she (5)…….television . She goes to bed at 10:00 . Question 3- Complete these sentences(5pts)

1. You / grade six / or / seven ? …………………………………………………………………………………… 2. There / be / 3 pictures / the wall / Tan’s house. …………………………………………………………………………………… 3. Minh / live / with / brother / apartment / town. …………………………………………………………………………………… 4. Mrs Lan / and / children / travel / London / plane / now …………………………………………………………………………………… 5. there / be / any / flowers / your school yard ? …………………………………………………………………………………… The end

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Reading and writing test for grade 6 Time allowed: 30 minutes

Đáp án và biểu điểm Part I- Reading Question 1: Read, then complete the passage.Use the words provided (5pts):Mỗi từ đúng cho 1 điểm 1.live

2.are

3.a

4.front

5.in

Question 2- Read, then answer T/F (5pts):Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm 1.T

2.F

3.T

4.F

5.T

Question 3: Read, then answer the questions (5pts) :Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm 1.Mai is (Lan’s best friends) 2.Yes,they are 3.It’s black 4.Yes,they are 5.They are going to theNational Museum to take some photos for the project

Part II- writing Question 1- Complete these sentences with a word or a phrase(5pts):Mỗi từ điền đúng cho 1 bức tranh được 1 điểm. 1.live

2.lab 3.library 4.walks 5.cycles

Question 2- Fill in the gap(5pts) Mỗi từ điền đúng được 1 điểm. 1.student

2.studies/learns 3.home 4.with 5.watches

Question 3- Complete these sentences(5pts):Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm 1. Are you in grade six or grade seven ? 2. There are 3 pictures on the wall in Tan’s house. 3. Minh lives with his brother in an apartment in town. 4. Mrs Lan and her children are travelling to London by plane now

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

5. Are there any flowers in your school yard ?

The end

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ex1: find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. Say the words aloud 1a.dad b.hat ` c.plant d. happy 2a.ask b.plastic c.back d. grandparent 3 a.tomato b.natural c.bath d. garden b.tap c.backpack d.classmate 4 a.that 5.palm b.fasten c.classmate d.traffic Ex2: Complete the sentences using the words with the letter given 1. In the future, we have a p - - - to learn English 2. The have a w- - - - to surf the Internet 3. She wil have a - - - w- - - - 4. we will have a - - - - t to look after the children Ex3: Circle one odd out . then read aloud them 1.a.apartment b.house c.cottage d. factory 2.a.and b. in c.on d.at 3.a.kitchen b.window c.bedroom d.livingroom 4.a.computer b.diswasher c.balcony d.robot 5.a.city b.building c.village d.countryside 3. GRAMMAR Ex5: a,Complete the sentences with the correct form of verbs Vy: What are you doing ? Mi: I’m writing a passage about the ways to protect the environment Vy: let me see . if you(take)………… a shower instead of a bath, you(save)………water. Mi: Can you give me some more ideas? Vy: If you(cycle)…….more,there (be)……..less air pollution Mi: Why? Vy: It’s simple. If you(cycle)……….,you(not produce)………fumes. If there(not be)……….,the air (be)……….cleaner MI: I see, I hve an other idea. If people(plant)………more trees, there(not be)……….floods. Vy; That’s right. It’s 5.00. if I(not hurry)……., I’ll(be)…………late for my English class . a,Complete the sentences with the correct form of verbs 1. If it(be)……………sunny next week, we (plant)…………………..the vegetables 2. if we(cycle)……………..more, we (help)……………..the earth 3.We(save)………………a lot of paper if(not waste)………………so much paper 4.More people(have)……………..more fresh water if we only (use)………………the water we need. 5.If the river(not be)………………..dirty,there ……………(be) more fish. Everyday English Ex6:How to reply. 1. I have received a gift from my mother 2.Can you give me the pen please? 3. I want to visit Ha Long Bay Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

a. Certainly b. really c.Me too II. SKILLS Reading Last year, my friends, Nam and Minh, spent theirsummer in Nha Trang. It was the first time they went to Nha Trang. They stayed at Sunrise hotel. They have a friend in Nha Trang. His name’s Quang.He took them to see many interesting places such as Cham temple, Hon Chong, Tri Nguyen Aquarium ... They saw sharks, dolphins and many different types of sea fish at Tri Nguyen Aquarium, Nam and Minh bought many gifts for their friends in a souvenir shop.Minh liked the fish best but Nam didn’t. He liked to take some photographs of all famous places in Nha Trang. They felt happy and healthy after the trip. 6. Was the first time or the second time they went to Nha Trang?.................................................................... 7. Where did stay in Nha Trang?...................................................................................................................... 8. Which places did their friend take them to see?......................................................................................... 9. What did they see at Tri Nguyen Aquarium?.............................................................................................. 10. How did they feel after the trip?....................................................................................................................

Speaking Ex3: Work in groups. Interview your friends about their dream house. Takes notes in the table and report it to your class? Writing I.Complet the sentences 1.If you walk to shool,………………………………. 2. If you use recycled paper,………………… 3. if you turn off the TV when you don’t watch it,………….. 4. If you plant more trees,………………………. II. Combine each pair of sentences below to make a conditional sentence –type one 1.We pollute the air. We have breathing problem 2.people pollute the water. A lot of fish die 3. We cut down trees in the forest. There are more floods 4.The soil is polluted. Plants die 5. There is noise pollution. People and animals have hearing problems Pronunciation: Put The word in the right column Fast,had, bag, plastic, glass, apple, dance,answer, activity,afternoon,stand,have, that, ask,father,glass,dance, family, plant,hand, camera,cat /a:/

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn : 11 / 4/ 2015 Ngày dạy : 17/ 4/ 2015 REVISION FOR THE SECOND TERM I .Objective : Ss can revise present tenses II.Preparations: Exercises III.Procedures Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Content EXERCISE1: Read the following paragraph and do exercises below : Lan’s father (1) …………… a factory worker .He works at night and (2) ……………. to bed in the morning . Her brother is a (3) …………. ,and he goes to a big school in Da Nang .(4) …………… mother is a nurse . She works in a (5)……………. in the town A .Put the suitable word in each blank : 1 A .works B .gets C .are D .is 2 .A .stays B .walks C .goes D .works 3 .A .doctor B .engineer C .student D .farmer 4 .A .She B .Lan C .Her D .His 5 .A .hospital B .bookstore C .museum D .factory B .Answer the questions : ( Class 6A) 1 .What does Lan’s father do ? ………………… 2 .Does he work in the morning or at night ? …………………… 3 .Is Lan’s brother an engineer ? ……………………………………………………… 4 .Is Lan’s mother a nurse ? ……………………………… 5 .Where does Lan’s mother work ? ………………………………

T&Sts’activities -T sets the scene and show the exercises. 1. D-is 2.C- goes 3. C- student 4. C-her 5. A

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

He s a factory worker He works at night no, he doesn’t Yes, she is She works in a hospital

EXERCISE II: Cho dạng đúng của động từ 1. He often (go) toschool on foot. 2. The sun (warm) the air and (give) us light. 3. She (go) to school everyday. 4. Bad students never (work) hard. 5. It often (rain) in the summer. 6.The sun (set) …………………in the West. 7.It usually (rain)……………in the summer. 8.They (build) …………………… 9.Bees (make)…………… honey EXERCISES III 1. Every morning , Linda ( get )………...........up at 6 . She ( have ) ……………Breakfast at 6:10 . After

1. goes 2. warms- gives 3. goes 4. works 5. rains 6. sets 7. rains 8. build 10. make

1. gets – has – brushes – goes - has

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

breakfast , she ( brush ) …………..her teeth . She ( go ) ……………..to school at 6:30 . She ( have ) ……………lunch at 11:30 at school . 2 . We ( watch ) …………….T.V every morning . 3. I (do ) ……………………my homework every afternoon . 4 . Mai and Lan ( play ) ………………….games after school . 5 . Vy ( listen ) ………………to music every night . 6 . What ………….you ( do ) ………………? I ( be ) ……….a student 7 . They ( play ) ………………………volleyball every afternoon . 8 . Mai ( brush ) …………………..her teeth every morning EXERCISES IV. Em hãy tìm 1 từ điền vào chỗ trống hoàn thành câu (Homework) 1. It’s seven thirty and Minh is late ……………… school. 2. David gets up ……………six fifteen every morning. 3. We are ……..grade 12. Our classroom is ………… the 5th floor. 4. Bi ang Fifi are……………a bus 5. My mother is ……………home. 6. Mr. trung! Come…………..me please. 7. They live……….a house ……… 169 Baker street. 8. There are some school things……………. the desk.

2. watch 3. do 4. play 5. listens 6. do – do – am 7. play 8. brushes

1. at 2. at 3.in – on 4. on 5. at 6. with 7. in – at 8. on

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …..………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………..

Buổi 10: Ngày soạn : 4 / 11/ 2013 Ngày dạy : 11 / 11/ 2013 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Content Exercise 1. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc. 1. My brother (not live)…………… in Manchester. He (live)…………. in London. 2. Our school (have)………… a small garden. There (be)………… many Flowers in it. 3. What time your son (get up)…… every morning? 4. I (be)…..a nurse, but my sister (be) …… a doctor. 5. Your parents (go)……. to work at eigth o’clock? 6. Nam (wash)………….his face at six fifteen. 7. We (not have)…….breakfast at 7.30every morning. Exercise 2. Chọn từ có phần gạch chân khác với những từ còn lại. C. bed D. head 1. A. ready B. teacher 2. A. these B. brother C. thank D. that 3. A. my B. country C. family D.every 4. A. have B. lamb C. stand D.wash 5. A. time B. big C. live D. sit Exercise 3.đọc đoạn văn và khoanh tròn đáp án đúng My name is Nam. I’m in class 6A, and this is my school. My school is not big. It is in the suburb of Hanoi. There are over eight hundred student and sixtythree teachers in my school. It has eighteen classrooms and three floors. My classroom is on the second floor. There are forty- six students (twenty boys and twentysix girls) in my class. Every morning I get up at five fifty.I get dressed, clean my teeth and wash my face. Then I do some morning exercise. After that I have breakfast at six thirty and go to school at six forty- five. 0. Nam is in …………….. A. grade 6 B. class 6A C. grade 7 1. Nam’s school is…………… A. big B. small C. in the city centre 2. Nam’s classroom is……………… A. on the 2nd floor B. on the 3rd floor C. on the 4th floor 3. Nam’s class has……………….

T&Sts’activities

1. doesn’t live - lives 2. has – are 3. does your son get up 4. am – is 5. does … go 6. washes 7. don’t have

1. B 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. A

1.B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. C

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

A. 40 students B. 26 boys C. 26 girls 4. Nam washes his face and………………….. A. gets B. brushes his teeth C. does some 5. Nam …………………….at 6.45. A. gets up B. has breakfast C. goes to school Exercise 4. Em hãy cho dạng đúng của từ in đậm cuối câu. ( Class 6A ) VD: There are two.benches.in her living-room. BENCH 1. Mai brushes her….at six o’clock. TOOTH 2. I get up at five fifty and get…… DRESS 3. Her………… are in the yard. CHILD 4. There are many big….in our country. CITY 5. My brother is an …..and he’s 36 years old. ENGINE Exercise 5. Em hãy điền(a, an, the) . 1. Is your father …………….architech or ……doctor? 2. Mrs. Hoa, come to………………police station please. Your son is here. 3. We live in ………………..country. 4. Every morning, Lan has…………….big breakfast. 5. I’m pupil and I am in………………grade 11. 6. There’s ……….armchair in ……living-room. 7. Hien goes to….….school at 7 every morning. Exercise6:(Homework )Đặt câu hỏi cho từ gạchchân 1. My telephone number is 885037 2. Mrs Nhung lives on Hoang Diệu street 3. Her school has forty classrooms 4. Our school is small Exercise 7. ( Homework – 6A )Dùng từ gợi ý viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. Brother / live / small house/Ho Chi Minh City 2. Our school / large / their / small 3. There / three pictures / wall / Tan’s room 4. Mr. Hung / doctor / and / thirty / old 5. Hoa / breakfast / and / school / seven o’clock

1. teeth 2. dressed 3. children 4. cities 5. engineer 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

an – a the a a 0 an – a 0

1. What’s your telephone number ? 2. Where does Mrs Nhung live ? 3. How many classrooms does her school have? 4. How is your school? 1. My brother lives in a small house 2. Our school is larger 3. These three pictures …

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

…..………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………..

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn: 9/ 12/ 2013 Ngày dạy : 16- 23/ 12/ 2013

Buổi 14+15 :

Revision Unit 6: Our Tet holiday

I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 6 với chủ đề Tết.

II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : -

Words related to Tet.

2. Pronunciation : Sounds / s / and / / .

3. Grammar: - should/ shouldn’t, will/ won’t.

4. Communication : - Talking about Tet holiday.

III. Bài tập: Ex 1. Em h·y ®iÒn c¸c d¹ng thøc cña ®éng tõ tobe ®· cho vµo chæ trèng ®Ó hoµn thµnh c¸c c©u sau ®©y. Am ( ‘m) is ( ‘s) are(‘re) am not (‘m not) Is not ( is’nt) are not ( aren’t) 1. Are those your books? - No, they........................................... 2. This...................................her bag, not my bag. 3. My children...................................6 and 11 years old. 4. ..................................you a teacher? - Yes, I........................................... * Keys: 1. are not 2. is 3. are 4. are - am

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ex 2. Em h·y ghÐp mét c©u hái ë cét A víi mét c©u tr¶ lêi ë cét B cho phï hîp. A. B 1. What’s your name? a. There are twenty - six. 2. How are you? b. That is Mr. Cuong 3. How old are you? c. My name is Lan. 4. How do you spell your name? d. Yes, that’s my taecher. 5. Where do you live? e. I’m fine, thank you. 6. What’s that? f. I’m a doctor. 7. How many students are there in your class g. I live in the city. 8. What do you do? h. That’s an eraser. 9. Who’s that? i. N-H-U-N-G, Nhung. 10. Is that your teacher? J. I’m eleven years old. * Keys: 1c

10d

Ex 3. Match the word in column A with the word(s) in column B A B 1. brush a. breakfast 2. get b. my face 3. go c. gressed 4. have d. my teeth 5. wash e. up f. to school * Keys: 1d 2e, c 3f 4a 5b Ex 4(Class 6a). Put the verbs in the correct form. Every morning, Lan.. (a).. (get) up. She ..(b)..(wash) her face. She..(c)..(have) a big breakfast. Then, she..(d)..(brush) her teeth. She..(e)..(get) dressed and ..(f).. (go) to school. * Keys: a. gets b.washes c. has d. brushes e. gets f. goes Ex 5. Complete the following dialogues. a) A: Which grade......................you in ? B: I’m ...................grade6 A: And, which class..........you in? B: I’m ...................class 6A * Keys: a) A: are , B: in A: are B: in b) C: grade, are, in D: in, seven

b) C: Which.............you......................? D: I’m................grade................. C: Which...............are..................? D: ..........‘m in ............7B. C: class, you, in

D: I, class

Ex 6. write the numbers in words. 1st first 6th ................ 2nd ............. 7th ............... Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

3rd ............. 4th ............... 5th ............... * Keys: 2nd second 7th seventh

8th .............. 9th ............... 10th ............ 3rd third 8th eight

4th fourth 9th ninth

5th fifth 6th sixth 10th tenth

Ex 7. ( Class6a )Complete the passage. I live.(1).......Ha noi. I live(2).......Tran Hung Dao street. There are four rooms.(3).........my house. There are forty students..(4)...............my class. I am.(5)...................grade 6. * Keys: 1. in 2. on 3.in 4.in 5. in Ex 8 Choose a correct answer to complete the following statements 1. Do you play games ? - No, I ( do / don’t) 2. Jack’s brother (watches / watch ) TV everyday. 3. We have geography ( on / at ) Wednesday. 4. What time does Lan ( finish / finishes) her classes every Friday? 5. Tuan and Hung ( listen / listens ) to music after school. 6. Our children (have / has) dinner at half past five. 7. He ( don’t / doesn’t) have a big breakfast every morning 8. She goes ( home / house) at a quarter past four in the afternoon 9. (Do / does) your father read newspaper before breakfast? 10. What do your students ( do / does) after school? * Keys: 1. don’t 6. have

2. watches 7. doesn’t

3. on 8. home

4. finish 9. does

5. listen 10. do

Ex 9 ( homework ). Give the correct form of verbs in the brackets 1. Mai ( not have) Math on monday 2. You ( be) in class 6B? 3. What time you ( start) your class? 4. Everyday my sister (watch) TV. 5. Nga ( be ) my friend . He (play) games everyday. 6. We (not read) books after lunch. 7. Your children ( play) soccer every afternoon? * Keys: 1. doesn’t have 5. is

2. are.......in 6. don’t

3. do...........start 7. do ...........play

4. washes

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …..………………………………………………………………………………………………… Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn : 8 / 2 / 2014 Ngày dạy : 14 / 2 / 2014

REVISION UNIT 8 ( Cont ) I. OBJECTIVES

-Revise what they have learnt and do the exercises: + Question words II.CONTENT:

Content I. Các từ dùng để hỏi thường gặp:(7’) What: cái gì Where: ở đâu How: thế nào When: khi nào Who: ai

T&Sts’activities *BRAIN STORM: -Ask sts to give wh words(one by one)

các từ này thường nằm ở đầu câu hỏi

II.Exercises: EX1:. Các câu hỏi và trả lời về bản thân: 1. What’s your name? My name is......./ I’m........ 2. How are you? I’m fine, thanks. 3. How old are you? I’m........... 4. Where do you live? I live in/ on/ at........... 5. How do you spell your name? It’s........... EX 2. Hãy dặt câu hỏi cho các câu trả lời sau: 1. ___________________? - My name’s Tam.

-T explains the question and does the first as a model. -Limits time. -gets feed back and corrects

1. What is your name?

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

2. _____________________? - I’m eleven. 3. ___________________? - I’m fine, thanks. 4. ______________________? - I live in Hue. 5. _______________________? - It’s L-I-E-N. EX3. Hãy sử dụng các từ cho sẵn để đặt câu: ( 6A ) 1. I/ live/ Ly Thuong Kiet Street. 2. morning/ Miss Huong. 3. old/ you? 4. He/ ten/ old. 5. What/ name?

2. How old are you? 3. How are you ?

1. I live on Ly Thuong Kiet Street. 2. Good morning Miss Huong 3. How old are you ? 4. He is ten years old

* Homework - Write a short paragraph to talk about their

5. What is your name ? - T explains how to write :

family.

* Adjustment : …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

Buổi 14 + 15 :

Revision Unit 6: Our Tet holiday.

I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 3 với chủ đề người bạn.

II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to Tet things and activities.

2. Pronunciation : Sounds / / and / s / .

3. Grammar: - Will to express intentions. - Should/ shouldn’t for advice

4. Communication : - Talking about Tet activities and traditions.

III. Bài tập: Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Buổi 14 : Ngày soạn : 2/ 12/ 2013 Ngày dạy : 9/12/ 2013 Ex1: Change these sentences in to interrogative form and answer Yes or No. 1. He gets up at 6 o’clock. 2. She brushes her teeth at 6.10. 3. Nam gets dressed at 6.25 4. Ba and Nam go to school at 6.30. 5. Tuan washes his face at 6.15. 6. My father has breakfast at 6.20. 7. I wash my face at 6. 05. 8. They brush their teeth every morning. 9. He is a big boy. 10.They are small. Ex2: Using: What time.....?to make sentences and answer with these words 1. Hung / wash / face / 6.10 2. I / brush / teeth / 6.05 3. Nga / get / dressed // 6.35 4. She / have / brekfast // 6.25 5. parents / go to work // 6.45 Using: What ......... do at ....? and answer 6. children / go to school / 6.15 7. they / have / breakfast // 6.30 8. I / get / up //5.20 9. I / brush / teeth // 5.50 10. Ba and Nam / get / up //5.15 Ex3. Answer the questions ( 6A) 1. How nany rooms does your house have? 2. How many pens do you have? 3. How many brothers do you have ? 4. How many floors does your school have? 5. What time does your brother go to school? 6. What time do you get up? 7. What time does your sister wash her face? 8. What time do you brush your teeth? 9. What do you do at 6.45? 10.What does your father do at 6.30? Ex4. Put in the appropriate forms of the verbs from the box. get , brush , wash , have , go Lan .... up at 6.45 . She ...... her face and ....... her teeth . Then she ....... a small breakfast. She ........ dressed and ……... to school. Ex5: Write about activities of your father do everymorning(6A) Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Every morning ....... Ex6 Choose the correct answer( Homework) 1. Peter (this / ’s / x) school is small. 2. (‘s / is / it ) Nam’s school big? 3. (Where / How ? Which) grade is he in? 4. (Which / What / What time ) does he do every morning? 5. This is Mai’s house. (They’re / Those are / It’s) small. 6. Where is your classroom? It’s (on / in / at) the second floor. 7. It’s (a big house / a house big / big house) 8. How many floors (are there your school / your school has / does your school have) ? 9. She (brush her teeth / washes her face / get dressed) at 7.30. 10.Is your school yard big? (Yes, they are / No, you aren’t / No, it isn’t)

REVISION FOR THE SECOND TERM TEST Ngày soạn : 19/ 4 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 24 / 4 / 2015

I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 9-16.

II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary :within these units Words related to

3. Grammar: tenses ,…… Teacher’s activities Question I. Give the correct form of the verbs in bracket. 1. What time you ( go ) to school everyday ? – I (go) at 6.30 2. Tuan (meet) you this evening ?

Ss’ activities - Ss work individually - Gives feedback and correct answer. * Answer key : 1. do you go- go

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- He (not meet) me, his sister (meet) me. 3. He (can) draw very well. 4. Tu and his brother (go) swimming now? - No, they (not go) swimming, they (play) 5. You mustn’t (sit) on the table. 6. She ( have) breakfast at 6.30 every morning ? - No. She (not have) at 6.30, she (have) at 6.00. 7. I won’t (go) to Ha Noi next week, I will ( have) a party with my family. 8. Now it (be) 11 o’clock, you ( eat) lunch ? - No, I (not eat) , I (cook) 9. There ( be ) four chairs in the kitchen ? - No, there (not be) four, there (be) one. 10. They like ( read ) books in the library. Question II. Change the adjectives in backet into comparatives or superatives. 1. This house is (tall) than that one 2. My mother cooks (good) than me. 3. This is the (interesting) I’ve seen 4. Lam is the (short) student in my group 5. Today is the (happy) day in my life. 6. This is the (good) school in my village. 7. The roads in my town are ( noisy) than in your town. 8. This bag is (bad) than that one. 9. These books are ( expensive) than those ones. 10. She is the (bad) singer in her group. Question III. Reorder the words to make the meaningfull sentences( 6A) 1. a / is/ the / there / living room / TV / in ? 2. house / next / the / my / is / to / hospital. 3. should / at / well / you / Tet / behave. 4. year / he / study / this / must / hard . 5. five / are / in / people / there / family / his. 6. statue /of / a / the / there / in / lakes / are / front / two / big. 7. we / by /shall /market / the / go / bus / to. 8. the / on / turning / take / the /third / right. Question IV: Complete the following sentences using the given words: have , do , play , is , study , has , are 1. she …… tall and thin. She …… black hair and a round face.

2. Is Tuan meeting – isn’t meeting – is meeting 3. draw 4. Are … going – aren’t go – are playing. 5. sit 6. Does she have – doesn’t have – has 7. go - have ……………………

- Ss work individually - Gives feedback and correct answer. * Answer key: 1. taller 3. most interesting 5. happiest 7. noisier 9. more expensive

2. better 4. shortest 6. best 10. worst

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

2. They …… judo very well. 3. I …….. maths on Monday and Friday. 4. We …… badminton every afternoon. 5. What …… the doing ? 6.They …….. English very well. *Homework : Choose the correct answer. 1. Peter (this / ’s / x) school is small. 2. (‘s / is / it ) Nam’s school big? 3. (Where / How ? Which) grade is he in? 4. (Which / What / What time ) does he do every morning? 5. This is Mai’s house. (They’re / Those are / It’s) small. 6. Where is your classroom? It’s (on / in / at) the second floor. 7. It’s (a big house / a house big / big house) 8.How many floors (are there your school / your school has / does your school have) ? 9. She (brush her teeth / washes her face / get dressed) at 7.30. 10.Is your school yard big? (Yes, they are / No, you aren’t / No, it isn’t)

2. do 3. have 4. play 5. are 6. study - Ss work individually * Answer key: 1. ‘s 2. Is 3. Which 4. What 5. It’s 6. on …..

Ngày soạn : 2 / 5 / 2015 Ngày dạy: 4&…../ 5 / 2015

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Tiết 102+103:

Revision

I. Aim : Revise what Ss study in English 6 - Tenses : + present simple tense + Present progressive tense + future tense + present perfect tense - Grammar : + conditional sentences type 1 II.Practice Exercise 1: Choose a,b,c or d to complete the sentences 1, How .....do you go to the zoo ? Twice a week. a, often b, long c,old d, many 2, She ............sports . a ,likes b, like c, is liking d, liked 3, They .....playing soccer. a, is b, are c, am d, going 4, I’m going to stay.... a week . a, in b, at c, from d, for 5, ....is the weather like in Hue? a, when b, what c, where d, how 6, Let’s ........to the cinema . a, go b, going c, goes d, to go 7, How ...............is the cake ? a , long b, much c, many d, often 8, He .......TV at the moment a ,watches b, watch c, watching d, is watching * Answer key : 1A 2A 3B 4D 5B 6A 7B 8D Exercise 2: Put the verb in the correct tense 1, We...............................(play) volleyball now. 2, This summer vacation, Hoa ....................(be) going to visit Ngoc Son temple. 3, How ........... ........Lan.............(travel) to school? 4, I usually .....................(go ) camping in the summer . * Answer key : 1. Are playing 2. is 3. often does – travel Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

4. go Exercise 3: Match the questions in colum A with the answer in the colum B A B 1 How often do you go fishing ? a , He watches TV 2, What weather does she like? b , I’d like some milk . 3, What does Ba do when it’s cold ? c, Once a week 4, What does he do in the morning d, She likes cool weather 5, What would you like? e, Two kilos 6, How much rice do you want? f, He plays tennis when it’s cold * Answer key : 1c 2d 3f 4a 5b 6e Exercise 4: Read the passage andwrite T(true ) and F (False) : Nga is a teacher, so she is free in the summer. She’s going on vacation this summer. First, she is going to visit Ha long bay. She is going to stay in a hotel for two days. Then she is going to visit Da lat for three days. Finally she is going to visit some friends in Ho Chi Minh city.They are going to walk along Sai gon river . She is going to travel by coach. 1, She is going to visit Ha long bay first, then Ho Chi Minh city and finally in Da lat. 2, She is going to travel by coach. 3, She is going to visit Da Lat for three days. 4, She is going to visit her uncle in Ho Chi Minh city. * Answer key : 1F 2T 3T 4F

* Adjustment : ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn : 19/ 7 / 2015 Ngày dạy 6a: 21/ 7/ 2015& / 7 /2015

Revision:

Tenses

I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong chương trình lớp 6 với chủ đề trường học.

II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to : - School things and activities.

3. Grammar: - The present simple and the present continuous. - Verbs ( study, have, do, play) + Noun

4. Communication : - Talking about and describing a school. - Talking about and describing school activities.

III. Bài tập: Buổi 1 Content

I. “Tobe” Tobe: is, are, am. I- am He, She, It – is You, We , They – are - Asks Ss to do exercise: Question 1: Cho đúng của động từ “tobe” trong ngoặc rồi chuyển các câu đó sang dạng phủ định, nghi vấn và trả lời với “yes” hoặc “no”. 1. He (be) ………. a teacher 2. They (be) ………. farmers. 3. Nga (be) ………. short. 4. I (be) ………. a student. 5. We (be) ……….fine. 6. HCM City (be) ………. bigger than HN . 7. Tu and Hai (be) ……….friends. 8. This pen (be) ……….mine. 9. It (be) ………. hot today.

Ngày dạy 6a: 21/ 7/ 2015& / 7 /2015 Teacher’s &students’ activities - Asks Ss to give the forms of “tobe” and how to use. - Gives feedback and correct answers: - Give the answer Tobe: is, are, am. I- am He, She, It – is You, We , They – are

- Do exercise individually. - Asks Ss to come to the board and give the answer. - Givesfeedback and correct answer 1. ( + ) He is a teacher ( - ) He isn’t a teacher ( ? ) Is he a teacher ?

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

10.She (be) ………. very beautiful.

Yes, he is. ? No, he isn’t 2. (+) They are farmers. (-) They aren’t farmers. (?) Are they farmers? Yes, they are/ No, they aren’t 3. (+)Nga is short. (-) Nga isn’t short. (?) Is Nga short? Yes, she is/ No, she isn’t 4. (+) I am a student. (-) I am not a student. (?) Are you a student ? Yes, I am / No, I am not. …………………..

II.The present simple tense: Revises the present simple tense

1. Form:

- Revise and write on the notebook.

- Affirmative: S + V(s,es) - Negative: S + do/does + not + V….. - Interrogative: Do/Does + S + V….? I, We, You, They+ do He, She, It: does +does

2. Use: 3. Advs : every, always, usually, often, sometimes, never, …. - Asks Ss to do exercise 2: Question 2: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn rồi chuyển các câu đó sang dạng phủ định và nghi vấn rồi trả lời. 1. They ( come ) from Thanh Hoa. 2. She ( watch ) TV every evening. 3. Tung ( live ) near my house. 4. I ( teach ) English. 5. He ( walk ) to school. 6. Lan and Hue ( study ) English very well. 7. My sister ( work ) in Hop Luc hospital. 8. Her parents ( read ) books every night. 9. He ( have ) Maths at 8.35. 10. Mai ( do ) the housework very carefully.

- Asks Ss to come to the board and give the answer. - Givesfeedback and correct answer - Do exercise individually. 1. (+)They come from Thanh Hoa (-) They don’t come from Thanh Hoa (?) Do they come from Thanh Hoa ? Yes, they do / No, they don’t 2. (+) She watches TV every evening. (-) She doesn’t watch TV every evening. (?) Does she watches TV every evening? Yes, she does / No, she doesn’t 3. (+) Tung lives near my house (-) Tung doesn’t live near my house (?) Does Tung live near your house ? Yes, he does / No, he doesn’t 4. (+) I teach E

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

(-) I don’t teach E (?) Do you teach E ? Yes, I do / No, I don’t …………….. - Revise and write on the notebook.

III. The present continuous tense. Revises the present continuous tense

1. Form: - Affirmative: S + tobe+ Ving - Negative: S + tobe not + Ving….. - Interrogative: Tobe + S + Ving….?

IV.Verbs ( study, have, do, play) + N

- Do exercise individually. - Asks Ss to come to the board and give the answer. - Do exercise individually. - Givesfeedback and correct answer

1. (+) He is watching TV at the moment (-) He isn’t watching TV at the moment (?) Is he watching TV at the moment? Yes, he is / No he isn’t 2. (+) They are listening to music now (-) They aren’t listening to music now (?) Are they listening to music now ? Yes, they are / No, they aren’t. 3. (+) She is having lunch now (-) She isn’t having lunch now (+) Is she having lunch now? Yes, she is / No, she isn’t 4. (+) Look! The baby is sleeping (-) Look! The baby isn’t sleeping (+) Is the baby is sleeping ? Yes, he/ she is / No, he/ she isn’t ………………….. - Do exercise - Asks Ss to come to the board and give the answer.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Question 2: Matching :

- Givesfeedback and correct answer

1. play 2. study 3. have 4. do

a. homework b. English c. badminton d. dinner

- Work ( the whole class) - ask students to underline the subject and verb in each sentence Question 5 ( good students ): Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn - Work individually hoặc hiện tại tiếp diễn . 6. go 1. They ( go ) to school at 6.30 every day. 7. is- are having 2. Now it ( be ) 10 o’clock and we ( have ) 8. are you going – am going – are you history lesson. going – am not going – am visiting 3. Hi, Ha! Where you ( go ) ? 9. do you often play – are often - Hi, Lan. I ( go ) to the market. You ( go ) watching to the market, too ? 10.has – doesn’t have - No, I ( not go) to the market, I ( visit ) my grandma. 4. you often ( play ) soccer after school ? – No we often ( watch ) TV. 5. He usually ( have ) breakfast at 6.15. He ( - Write exercise on the notebook and do it not have ) at 6.00. Question 6 ( Homework ): Tìm và sửa at home. lỗi sai trong các câu sau: 1. He haves maths on Mondays and Wednesdays. 2. We talking with our teacher now. 3. She washs her face every morning. 4. Are you do homework everyday ? 5. They are rideing to school. 6. Binh don’t go out at night.

* Answer key: 1. haves -> has 2. talking -> are talking 3. washs -> washes 4. Are you -> do you 5. rideing -> riding 6. don’t -> doesn’t

Buổi 2: Ngày soạn : 19/ 7 / 2015 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày dạy 6a : Teacher’s activities

/ 7/ 2015 Students’s activities

I. Revision So sánh thì hiện tại hoàn thành và thì quá khứ đơn. T- Ss. a. Thì quá khứ đơn diễn tả hành động đã hoàn thành ở - Ss revise and copy on the quá khứ và có xác định rõ thời gian. notebook. Ví dụ : I met him yesterday. b. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trong quá khứ mà không xá định rõ thời gian. Ví dụ: I have met him somewhere. a. Thì quá khứ đơn diễn tả một hành động đã hoàn thành trong khoảng thời gian trong quá khứ, không còn liên quan đến hiện tại. Ví dụ: She taught in that school for 6 years. b. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành dien tả hành động đã hoàn thành trong khoảng thời gian bây giờ chưa qua. Ví dụ: I have seen him thí morning. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và còn tiếp tục ở hiện tại. Ví dụ: We have learned English for 3 years. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động bắt đầu trong quá khứ và dừng lại ở hiện tại. Ví dụ: I haven’t seen you for ages. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động vừa mới xảy ra, trong trường hợp này thường có “ just” đi kèm giữa have/ has và PP. Ví dụ: She has just come. Thì hiện tại hoàn thành thường được dùng với các từ như: ever, never, always, since, for, yet, already. Thì quá khứ thì được dùng với ago và for. Exercise I. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form, present perfect or past simple. 10.“Where’s your key?” - “I don’t know. I (lose) ____it. 6. have lost 11.Mary (go) ______ to Australia for a while but she’s 7. has gone back again now. 8. has gone 12.“Where’s Ken?” - “He (go) ______ out. He’ll be back 9. has been in about an hour.” 10.haven’t finished 13.Look! There’s an ambulance over there. There (be) ……….. _______ an accident. 14.They’re still building the new road. They (not/ finish) ________ it. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

15.The police (arrest) _______ three people but later they let them go. 16.“Is Helen still there?” - “No, she (just/ go) ________ out.” 17. What do you think of my English? Do you think I (improve) ______? 18. Exercise II. Put “since” or “for”.

13.I haven’t seen Tom _____ Monday. 14.Sarah has lived in London _____ 1985. 15.The house is very dirty. We haven’t cleaned it _____ ages. 16.I haven’t had a good meal ______ last Tuesday. 17.Kevin has been looking for a job _____ he left school. 18.___ Christmas, the weather has been quite good. 19.We’ve known each other ______ a long time. 20.She’s been in France _____ the last three weeks. 21.Ann has been in hospital _____ Monday. 22.I have learned to use a computer _____ I was a child. 23.Mr. Robinson has taught English _____ ten years. 24.We have known each other _____ 1986. III. ( Homework )Make sentences from the words in brackets. Use present perfect or past simple. 9. it/ not/ rain/ this week. 10.the weather/ be/ cold/ recently. 11.it/ cold/ last week. 12.I/ not/ read/ a newspaper yesterday. 13.Ann/ earn/ a lot of money/ this year. 14.she/ not/ earn/ so much/ last year. 15.you/ ever/ be/ to/ Hanoi? 16.I/ not/ read/ a newspaper/ today.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

since since for since since since for ……

1. It hasn’t rained since this week. 2. The weather has been cold recently 3. It has been cold since last week. ………………

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …..………………………………………………………………………………………………… Hoằng lưu, 20/7/2015 Duyệt giáo án

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn : 15/ 1/ 2016 Ngày dạy : 19/ 1/ 2016

Revision Unit 9: The body I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 9 với chủ đề the body

II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to adjectves and parts of the body

2. Grammar: - - Wh- question , tobe

III. Bài tập: Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Ex 1.Rearrange the words to form a meaningful - Do exercise individually. sentence. a. very /my/ beautiful /is/ sister . 1. My sister isvery beautiful b. oval / an / face / has / she / . 2. She has an oval face. C .are / and / ound / brown / her / eyes /. …………….. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

d. long / she / hair / black / has / e.is / my/ sister / but / thin / weak / not /. - Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 2

Ex 2. Make sentences using the words given 1. children / strong 2. we / light 3. Lan / short 4. she / tall / ? 5. you / thin 6. he / not weak 7. they / fat / ? 8. your mother / not heavy - Ss come to the board and write down the answer - Give feedback and correct answer - Asks Ss to do exercise 2

Ex 3. Correct form of the Verbs 1.My father (travel) ………………to work by car everyday. 2.They (play) ………………..volleyball in the school now. 3.What time he (go) ………………to work? 4.Your mother (do) …………………the housework every morning? 5.Where they( live)……………………..? 6.How you (spell) …………………..your name? 7.When she (have) ……………Math and History? 8.We (not drive) ………………..a car to school everyday. 9.I (not listen) ………………to the teacher now. 10.Hai (wash) ……………….his hair every afternon.

Ex 4: Make questions with What color ..?

- Do exercise in pair. 1. The children are strong 2. We are light 3. Lan is short 4. Is she tall ? ………

- Do exercise individually 1. travels 2. are playing 3. does he go 4. does your mother go 5. do they live 6. do you spell 7. does she have 8. don’t drive 9. am not listening 10. washes

- Do exercise individually

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1. Her eyes / brown 2.Thu’s shirt / yellow 3. Phong’s pens / black 4.My sister ‘s shoes / white 5.Mai’s hair / grey.

Homework : Write complete sentences using opposite adj 1.Nam isn’t tall . -> He is 2.Thuy isn’t strong . -> She’s 3. Lan isn’t thin . -> She is 4. Her nose isn’t big. -> It’s 5.Chi’s school isn’t small.-> It’s 6. His lips aren’t full. -> They are 7. Mr. Ha isn’t old . -> He’s 8. Her face isn’t round . -> It’s 9. This book isn’t old .-> It’s 10. These couches aren’t new.-> They are

1. What color are her eyes? - They are brown 2. what color is Thu’s shirt ? - It’s yeelow. - Write homework on notebook and do it at home 1. He is short 2. She’s weak 3. She is fat 4. It’s small 5. It’s big 6. They are thin 7. He’s young 8. It’s long 9. It’s new 10. They are old

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

Buổi 1:

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày soạn : 11 / 9/ 2019

Revision Unit 1

Tiết 1+2+3: Present simple tense Future simple I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 1 với chủ đề sở thích. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to hobbies. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / / and / / 3. Grammar: - The present simple and the future simple. - Verbs of liking + Ving 4. Communication : - Talking about and describing hobbies. - Giving opinions about hobbies. III. Bài tập: Teacher and students Content and board I. Present simple tense - Asks Ss to give the forms of present - Give the answer simple tense and how to use it. ? (Wh) do / does + S + Vinfi ? - Gives feedback and correct answers: Ex;1. Do you like music ? Tobe: is, are, am. 2. Where does he live ? I- am (-) S + don’t/ doesn’t + Vinfi He, She, It – is Ex: 1. I don’t go to school on Sundays. You, We , They – are 2. He doesn’t have many friends. - Asks Ss to do exercise: (+) S + Vinfi/Vs/es Question 1: Complete the following Ex: They play soccer everyday sentences using the present simple tense. - Do exercise individually. 1. They often (play).... soccer after school ? (?) What kind of each sentence (+)(-)(?) 2. My aunt is a teacher. She (work) …….. in - Gives correct answer: 1. play a primary school. 3. They (not go) to school by bus, they often 2. works 3. don’t go- go (go) by bike. 4. come 4. They ( come ) from Thanh Hoa. 5. does she watch 5. She ( watch ) TV every evening? 6.doesn’t live 6. Tung ( not live ) near my house. 7. teach 7. I ( teach ) English. 8. He ( walk ) to school everyday. 8. walks 9. Lan and Hue ( study ) English very well. 9. study 1 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 10. My sister ( work ) in Hop Luc hospital. 10. works 11. read ( Class 7A ) 11. Her parents ( read ) books every night. 12. has 12. He ( have ) Maths at 8.35. 13. doesn’t do 13. Mai (not do) the housework very 1. Use: to express an action in the future carefully. 2. Form : - Givesfeedback and correct answer (+) S + will + Vinfi Ex : He will meet you next week II. The future simple : ( - ) S + won’t + Vinfi 1. Use? Ex: He won’t meet you next week 2. Form ? (?) Will + S + Vinfi ? 3. Advs ? Ex: Will you go camping next week? Exercise 2: Give the correct form of the verbs using future simple tense. 3. Advs ? Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở Tomorrow , next …., in the future… thì hiện tại đơn rồi chuyển các câu đó sang - Ss do individually dạng phủ định và nghi vấn rồi trả lời. - Ss come to the board and give answer. - Givesfeedback and correct answer - corrects: 1. will come 4. won’t teach III. Verbs of liking + Ving Revises some verbs of liking + Ving 2. won’t go 5. will he walk Like 3. will be 6. will … be Love + Ving - Do exercise individually Enjoy - Give answer keys : Hate 1. She likes watching TV 2. They dislike eating out Exercise 3 : Complete the following 3. Tuan loves listening to music. sentences : 1. She / like / watch TV 4. He doesn’t enjoy playing soccer 2. They / dislike / eat out - Write exercise on the notebook and do 3. Tuan / love / listen / music. it at home. 4. He / not enjoy / play soccer - Key : IV. Homework : Find and correct 1. to reading -> reading mistakes : 1. Her parents enjoy to reading books at 2. doesn’t -> don’t nights. 3. goes > go 2. My friends doesn’t like cooking 4. likes -> like 3. Will he goes out tomorrow ? 5. has -> have 4. Does she likes skipping ? 6. washs - > washes 5. He doesn’t has breakfast every morning. 7. haves -> has 6. She washs her face every morning. 7. He haves maths on Mondays and Weds. * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….……………………… 2 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

Buổi 2: Tiết 4+5+6:

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày soạn : 16/ 9/ 2019

Revision Unit 1 ( Cont ) Verbs of liking + Ving

I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 1 với chủ đề sở thích. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to hobbies. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / / and / / 3. Grammar: - Verbs of liking + Ving 4. Communication : - Talking about and describing hobbies. - Giving opinions about hobbies. T and Ss Content and board I. Checking old lesson : Give correct form of the following verbs: 1. He ( not drive ) to work, he ( walk ) 2. They ( live ) in Ha Noi in the future, they ( not live ) in Thanh Hoa. 3. She likes ( wear ) Jeans

II. Practice : - Retell what they have learnt in the last period. Exercise 1: Give the correct form of the verbs: 1. your mother ( read ) book every night ? - No, she ( watch ) TV. 2. The usually (play) soccer every afternoon ? 3. They like ( read ) books in the library. 4. There ( be ) four chairs in the kitchen ? - No, there (not be) four, there (be) one. 5. I (go) to Ha Noi next week, I ( have) a party with my family. 6. She ( have) breakfast at 6.30 every

- Ss do exercise individually. (?) Which tense in each sentence ? sentence 1,2 ? ( present simple and future simple ) - doesn’t drive - walks - will live – won’t live (?) Which structure in sentence 3: -> wearing - verbs of liking + Ving -> wearing - Present simple - future simple - verbs of liking + Ving (?)Which tense in each sentence?Why? 1. Does …. read - watches 2. Do they.. play 3. reading 4. are there …. are not … is 5. will go – will have 6. Does she have- doesn’t have-has 7. do you go – go

3 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school morning ? - No. She (not have) at 6.30, she (have) at 6.00. 7. What time you ( go ) to school everyday ? – I (go) at 6.30 Exercise 2: Reorder the words to make the meaningfull sentences 1. a / is/ the / there / living room /TV/ in ? 2. house / next /the / my / is / to / hospital. 3. should / at / well / you / Tet / behave. 4. year / he / study / this / must / hard . 5. five / are / in / people / there / family / his. 6. statue /of / a / the / there / in / lakes / are / front / two / big. ( good students) 7. we / by /shall /market / the / go/ bus/ to. 8.the /on / turning / take / the /third / right. III. Homework : Change the adjectives in backet into comparatives or superatives. 1. This house is (tall) than that one 2. My mother cooks (good) than me. 3. This is the (interesting) I’ve seen 4. Lam is the (short) student in my group 5. Today is the (happy) day in my life. 6. This is the (good) school in my village. 7. The roads in my town are ( noisy) than in your town. (good students) 8. This bag is (bad) than that one. 9. These books are ( expensive) than those ones. 10. She is the (bad) singer in her group.

English lesson plan for grade 7

- Ss do individually - Give the answer: 1. Is there a TV in the living room ? 2. My house is next to the hospital …………………

- Write exercise on the notebook and do it at home. - Key : 1. taller 2. better 3. most interesting 4. shortest

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 4 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày soạn : 22 / 9/ 2019

Buổi 3: Revision Unit 2 Tiết 7+8+9: - Imperatives with more and less. - Compound sentences I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 2 với chủ đề sức khỏe. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to health problems and health tips. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds /f / and /v / 3. Grammar: - Imperatives with more and less. - Compound sentences 4. Communication : - Talking about health problems. - Giving advice on heathy lifestyle. III. Bài tập: Teacher and students Content and board I. Check old lesson : - Asks Ss to give the forms of present simple tense , future - Give the answer simple and how to use it. ? (Wh) do / does + S + Vinfi ? (-) S + don’t/ doesn’t + Vinfi II. New lesson : ……….. Question 1: Call the names of the health problems. ( good students) Call the names of the health problems and give advice.

- Do exercise individually. - Answer: + spots + flu + sunburn + headache …….

- Corrects . - Asks Ss to do exercise 2 : Exercise 2: Reorder the words to make the meaningful sentences. 1. apple/ keep/ An/ day/ doctor/ a/ the/ away. => ……………………………………………………… - Ss do exercises in pairs 2. sleep/ are/ the/ cures/ A/ good/ and/ best/ laugh/ a/ long. - some Ss come to the => ………………………………………………………… board and give the answer. 5 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 3. eat/ not/ live/ eat/ to/ live/ to - corrects: => …………………………………………………….. 1. An apple a day keeps 4. thirds/ health/ Hygiene/ two/ is/ of. the doctor away. => 2. A good laugh and a long …………………………………………………………….. sleep are the best cures 3. eat to live, not live to 5. good/ eat/ cheerfully/ To/ health/ lightly/ ensure/ and/ eat laugh. 4. Hygiene is two thirds of => …………………………………………………………….. health 5. To ensure good health: Exercise 3. Match the beginnings in A with the endings eat lightly and laugh cheerfully. in B: A : 1. Wear a hat, 2. I have oily skin, 3. He keeps sneezing, - Explains some new 4. I do not have a temperature, words. 5. To say healthy, you eat more vegetable - Answer key: B: a. and his nose is running. It’s flu. b. or you’ll get sunburnt. 1b ; 2d ; 3a ; 4e ; c. and you eat less high-fat food 5c d. so I wash my face regularly ?What noun goes with e. but my face is read. each. Give some examples for each Exercise 4:Write the form of comparison T gives the answers and A little A few Many Much how to use each of them A little- less- the least+ * Homework : - Learn by heart vocab related to health problems uncoun-noun A few – fewer- the fewest + plurals Many- more – the most+ plurals Much- more – the most + uncoun-noun - Do exercise individually at home. * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………

6 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày soạn : 02 /10 / 2019

Buổi 4: Revision Unit 2 Tiết 10+11+12: - Compound sentences I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 2 với chủ đề sức khỏe. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to health problems and health tips. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds /f / and /v / 3. Grammar: - Compound sentences 4. Communication : - Talking about health problems. - Giving advice on heathy lifestyle. III. Bài tập: Teacher and students Content and board I. Check old lesson : - Call the names of the health problems and - Answer: give advice. + spots + flu + sunburn + headache ……. II. New lesson : Question 1: Fill in the gaps using “ more” (?) The meaning of “more” and “less” and “less” 1. Do …… exercise. and how to use them. 2. Wash your hands …… - Ss do exercises individually. 3. Watch …… TV - some Ss come to the board and give the 4. Eat …… fruit and vegetables. answer. 5. Spend …… time playing computer games - corrects: 6. Eat …… junk food. 1. more 7. Eat …… fish. 2. more 8. Eat …… ice-cream. 3. less 4. more - Corrects . 5. less 6. less 7. more - Asks Ss to do exercise 2 : 8. less - Revision some words: and, so, but, or Exercise 2: Combine one independent - Explains some new words. clause 1 with the opposite independent 7 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school clause 2 by using an appropriate coordinating conjunction. * Independent clause 1: 1. This afternoon you can go swimming. 2. The Asian diet is low in calories 3. My town has a small population with little traffic and a lot of trees, 4. To prevent flu, we eat a lot of garlic. 5. People in the countryside have less stress. * Independent clause 2: a.You can ride on the path through the forest. b. The Western diet is high in calories. c. It is quiet and peaceful. d. We keep our bodies, especially our feet, warm. e. They usually live longer. * Coordinating conjunction: and, so, but, or Exercise 3: Combine two sentences into one( more, less, fewer) as many ways as possible 1. I drink two littres of water a day . He drinks 2.5 littres of water a day. 2. He has ten comics . His friend has two comics. 3. She ate two cakes. He ate three cakes 4. Lan has ten books . Na has twelve books. - good students : Make sentences using “more” and “less” w Homework : - Learn by heart vocab related to health problems.

English lesson plan for grade 7 - Ss work in pairs. - some pairs give the answer. - corrects: - Answer key: 1-or-a ; 2-but-b ; 3-so-c ; 4-and-d ; 5-so-e

- Make sentences. How should you do this ? Note: More + Uncountable nouns/ plurals Less+ Uncountable nouns Fewer + plurals

- Do exercise individually at home.

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… 8 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày soạn : 08 /10 / 2019

Buổi 5 :

Revision Unit 3 Tiết 13+14+15 : Past simple and present perfect Sounds /g / and /k /

I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 3 với chủ đề công việc vì lợi ích cộng đồng. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to community service and volunteer work. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds /g / and /k / 3. Grammar: - Past simple and present perfect; contrast past simple tense with present perfect simple tense 4. Communication : - Talking about community service and volunteer work. - Using because for giving. III. Bài tập: Teacher and students Content and board - Give the answer I. Check old lesson : ? (Wh) do / does + S + Vinfi ? - Revise the forms of present simple tense , (-) S + don’t/ doesn’t + Vinfi future simple and how to use it. 1. The past simple . II. New lesson : Revision: Revise the past simple and present * Usage : ………… perfect. * Form : (+) S + V(qk) + O 1. The past simple . Ex : He played soccer They went to the market. (- ) S + didn’t + V(infi) + O He didn’t play soccer. ( ? ) Did + S + V(infi) ? Did he played soccer ? Where did they go ? * Adv: yesterday, ago , last …. 2. The present perfect. 2. The present perfect. * Usage : ………… * Form : (+) S + has/ have + V(pp) + O Ex : - He has studied English for 2 years 9 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

Exercise for good students : - Make 2 sentences using past simple tense and 2 sentences using present perfect, then change them into (-) and (?). Ex 1: Give the correct form of the verbs: 1. It (rain) for 3 hours ? -No, it (not rain) for 3 hours, it (rain) for 4 hours. 2. Last night we (not do) homework, we ( watch) TV. 3. How long you (live) here ? - I (live) here since 1992. 4. You (get up) late yesterday? - No, I (not get up) late, I (get up) early, at 5a.m. 5. Your brother ( go ) to HN 5 days ago ? - No, he (not go) 5 days ago, he (go) yesterday. Exercise 2: Make meaningful sentences: 1. They / finish / housework/ last night. 2. He / write / letter / yesterday ? 3. We / build / house / for 20 years. 4. She / not learn / E / since last year. 5. You / wait / him / an hour ?

English lesson plan for grade 7 - They have gone to the market. (- ) S + hasn’t/ haven’t + V(pp) + O He hasn’t studied…. ( ? ) Have/ Has + S + V(pp) ? Have they seen him since lastweek? * Adv: since , for …. Exercise 1: Give the correct form of the verbs: - Ss find adv in each sentence, then find out what tense used in each sentence? 1. Has it rained – hasn’t rained- has rain. 2. didn’t do – watched 3. have you lived have lived 4. Did you get up Didn’t get – got up. 5. Did your .. go Didn’t go - went Ex 2: Make meaningful sentences: 1. They finished their housework last night. 2. Did he write a letter yesterday ? 3. We has built our house for 20 years. 4. She has not learnt E since last year. 5.Have you waited him for an hour? Guides Ssto write the sentences Note: S+ started / began+ Ving/ to Vinfi at/ in /on + period of time = S + have / hass + Vpp Since + period of time S+ started / began+ Ving/ to Vinfi last week S + have / hass + Vpp +Since last week

Exercise 3: Rewrite sentences, keep the same meaning 1. I started learning Enhlish two years ago I have…………………………………….. 2. They began cooking for the party at 2.00 They have………………………………….. * Homework : - Revise the past simple and present perfect. - Do exercise individually at home. - Make sentences using past simple and present perfect. * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….…………………………………

10 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày soạn : 17 /10 / 2019

Buổi 6 : Tiết 16+17+18: Revision Unit 3 I. Objectives: Revision what Ss have learnt in units 1,2,3 II. Language content : - knowledge in unit 1,2,3 III. Procedures: Teacher and students

Content and board

Exercise 1: Find the word which has a differrent sound in the past underlined. 1. A. blanket B. calories C. donate D. allergy 2. A. help B. benefit C. elderly D. garden 3. A volunteer B. collage C. community D.doctor 4. A. provide B. individual C. situation D. children 5. A. tutor B. student C. university D. discuss

Exercise 1: Find the word which has a differrent sound in the past underlined. 1. C ; 2D ; 3C ; 4A ; 5D

Exercise 2: Put the words in the box into two groups. Gold , book , get , garden , clothes , glass , clean , homework , skill , give. /k/ /g/

Exercise 2: Put the words in the box into two groups.

Exercise 3: Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense form. 1. you ever (do) volunteer work? - Yes. I (do) volunteer work last month. 2. I (collect) hundreds of old books and clothes for street children so far. 3. My sister wants to raise funds for street children so she (make) hundreds of postcards to sell them. 4. My hobby is carving eggshells and now I (carve) nearly 100.

Exercise 3: Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense form. 1. have you ever done - did 2. have collected 3. has made 4. have carved 5. helped 6. went 7. has done

/k/ book clean homework skill clothes

/g/ Gold Get Garden Glass Give

11 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 5. Going home from school yesterday, I (help) an 8. has never eaten 9. have known old man to go across the street. 6. Last Tuesday, I (go) home late because there was a traffic jam near my school. 7. At Tet, my mother and her close friends often go to the hospitals to donate cakes, sweets and toys for the sick children there. She (do) it for many years. 8. Lan never (eat) Banh tet. She will try some this year. 9. Linh is my close friend. We (know) each other for 5 years. Exercise 4: ( for class 7A) Correct the tense in these Correct the tense in these sentences: 1. We clean the beach last Sunday sentences: 1. clean -> cleaned 2. I didn’t see her for two weeks. 2. didn’t see -> hasn’t seen 3. Do you do your homework yet? 3. do you do -> have you done 4. I have collected coins when I was a little boy. 4. have collected -> collected 5. I see a real elephant when I went to Ban Don 5. see -> saw last year. * Homework : - Revise the past simple and present perfect. - Make sentences using past simple and present perfect. * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..…………………………………………………………………

12 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

Buổi 7 : Tiết 19+20+21:

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày soạn : 01 /11 / 2019

Revision Unit 4 - Comparisons :( not ) as ….. + the same as + different from

I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 4 với chủ đề âm nhạc và Mĩ thuật. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to music and arts. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / ʃ / and / ʒ / 3. Grammar: - Comparisons : + ( not ) as ….. as + the same as + different from - Expressing agreement : too and either 4. Communication : - Talking about music and arts. - Writing an informal letter of invitation. III. Bài tập: Teacher and students Ex 1: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. cough B. laugh C. enough D. high 2. A. collect B. clean C. city D. cracket 3. A.pottery B. melody C. modal D. profit 4. A. near B. clear C. dear D. learn 5. A.knocked B. needed C.founded D. wanted Exercise 2: Give the correct form of the verbs: 1. We like (come) to school by bus, but we hate (stand) and (wait) in the rain. 2. We (decorate) my house last week. (7A) 3. There is nothing like (walk) as a means of (keep) fit.

Content and board - Ss read silently in 5 minutes - Ss give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1D, 2C, 3A, 4D, 5A

(?) Ss find out the tenses and structures in 5 sentences. 1. coming ( like + Ving) 2. decorated ( yesterday ) 3. walking – keeping 13

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school (7A) 4. The Silver medal (give) to him yesterday in the formal atmosphere by the Vice Director of the company. 5. The weather last year (be) not so cold as this year. Exercise 3: Complete the sentences by using too and either : 1. My dog never barks, and (your dog) -> My dog never barks, and your dog doesn’t either. 2. You have to take a bath right way,and (she) 3. She’d like to join in the army, and ( he). 4. We’d rather go to school on time, and (Tom) 5. Everything is not OK, and ( this problem) 6. Nothing can prevent him from going there, and ( you) 7. Everyone knows him, and (I). 8. Nobody knew why he was absent, and (I) 9. The workers must be working very hard, and (you). 10. You’d have come, and (I). Exercise 4:Complete the sentences by using : as … as, not as… as, different… from 1. Her daughter ………… her ( beautiful). 2. That dog ……… it looks (not dangerous) 3. Schools in Viet Nam ………… schools in the USA. (different ) 4. These trees ………… those (same) 5. His appearance ………… what I have expected. (different) * Homework : - Revise the use “too” and “neither “ - “ as … as, not as… as, different… from” - Make sentences using these structures.

English lesson plan for grade 7 4. was given 5. was

(?) How to use “too” and “neither “ 2. You have to take a bath right way,and she has to, too. 3. She’d like to join in the army, and he’d like too. 4. We’d rather go to school on time, and Tom’d rather 5. Everything is not OK, and this problem isn’t either. 6. Nothing can prevent him from going there, and you can’t either. 7. Everyone knows him, and I know too. 8. Nobody knew why he was absent, and I didn’t know either. 9. The workers must be working very hard, and you must be too.. 10. You’d have come, and I’d have too. (?) The meaning of “ as … as, not as… as, different… from” 1. is as beautiful as 2 is not as dangerous as. 3. are different from 4. the same as 5. is different from

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….…………………………………

14 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày soạn : 14 /11 / 2019

Buổi 8 : Revision unit 4 Tiết 22+23+24: - Expressing agreement : too and either Sounds / ʃ / and / ʒ / I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 4 với chủ đề âm nhạc và Mĩ thuật. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to music and arts. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / ʃ / and / ʒ / 3. Grammar: - Expressing agreement : too and either 4. Communication : - Talking about music and arts. - Writing an informal letter of invitation. Teacher and students

Content and board

Exercise 1: Find the odd one out. 1. A. usual B. design C. version D.pleasure 2. A.musician B.official C.ocean D.concerto 3. A. question B.tradition C.exhibition D. action 4. A.exposure B.ensure C. treasure D. closure 5. A. machine B. chef C. chorus D. brochure Exercise 2: Match the verbs in A with the phrases in B A B 1NguyenDu a. painter 2.BuiXuanPhai b. singer 3. Thu Hien c. actress 4.TrinhCongSon d.poet 5.PhamThiThanh e. musician 6. Tra Giang f.drama director

Exercise 1: Find the odd one out. 1. B ; 2D ; 3A ; 4B ; 5C

Exercise 2: Match the verbs in A with the phrases in B 1d ; 2a ; 3b; 4e ; 5f; 6c

Exercise 3: 15

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school GOOD STUDENTS Exercise 3:Fill each blank with the corect form of word in the blanket1. Tra Giang is one of the most famous_____(ACT) 2. The _____she gave last night was marvelous (PERFORM) 3. the Đàn Bầu is a Vietnamese traditional _________ instrument (music) 4. I don’t like pop music because it isnot ________ as roc and roll.(EXCITE) 5. Tran Van Can is my favorite _______. He is famous for the painting ‘little sister Thuy” (ART) 6.Mai wanted to share ___ with other. (please) 7. _____ is the art of taking and processing photogaphs. (photogaph) 8.Water puppetry ____ in the villages of the Red River Delta(origin). 9. Peter has received a letter of _____ to see a water puppet show this Sunday ( INVITE). 10.I think a good knowledge of arts and music is a _______ for anyone.(NECESSARY) Exercise 4: rewtite 1. plays are usually longer than films( not as….as) 2. the painting is bigger than the photograph(not as…..as) 3. This picture is the same as the picture in our room ( not different from) 4. This film is more interesting than the one we saw last week(not as……..as) 5. The journey was shorter than we thought at first(not as…….as) * Homework :

English lesson plan for grade 7 1ACTRESS PERFORMANCE musicIAN EXCITING ARTIST pleasURE photogaphY originATED INVITATION NECESSITY Note: artistic ; co tinh nghe thuat Original (adj)

1. films arenot usually as long as plays 2. my painting isnot as big as This picture 3.This picture isnot different from the picture in our room 4. the film we saw last week is not as interesting as This film 5.The journey was not as short as we thought at first Answer key 1.the tickets to the show cost too much for us 6. is different from 7. her sister didn’t, either 8.is the same as 9. paint as well as Khanh 10. her brother is, too 11. is the same as

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..……………………………………………………………… 16 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày soạn : 21 /11 / 2019

Buổi 9: Revision Unit 5: Vietnamese food and drink Tiết 25+26+27: - Nouns ( countable/ uncountable). - How much/ How many ? - a/ an, some, any. I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 5 với chủ đề đồ ăn và đồ uống Việt Nam. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to food and drink, verbs of cooking. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / ɒ / and / ɔ: / 3. Grammar: - Nouns ( countable/ uncountable). - How much/ How many ? - a/ an, some, any. 4. Communication : - Talking about recipe. - Asking and aswering questions about food preferences. Bài tập : Teacher and students Content and board Ex 1: Find the word which has a different - Ss read silently in 5 minutes sound in the part underlined. 1.A. apple B. fragrant C. fragile D. traffic - Ss give the answer. 2. A.bitter B. delicious C.diet D.music - T corrects and give the answer: 3. A.pepper B.vegetarian C.shelter D. pen 1B, 2C, 3B, 4D, 5A 4. A.food B.tooth C.noodles D.flood 5. A.sunburn B.tuna C.tutor D.unusual ( Class 7A ) Exercise 2: Put the words in the box into two group Perform, photography, model, sausage, broth, warm, salt, sause, watch, water / ɔ: / /ɔ/ /ɔ/ / ɔ: / photography perform,water model, sausage warm, salt, broth, watch sause, - Ss read all the words again. Ex 3: Fill in the blanks with How much or (?) How to use “how much” and How many. “how many “ 1. …….…. petrol is there in the motorbike ? How much + Un.nouns 2. …….…. eggs do you need ? How many + Cou.nouns 17 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school 3. …….…. languages can your sister speak? 4. …….…. is this dictionary ? 5. …….…. milk does your son drink every day? 6. …….…. days are there in a year? 7. …….…. kilos of rice do you want? 8. …….…. apple juice is there in the fridge ? 9. …….…. dishes can she cook ? 10. …….…. days off do you have in a week? Ex 4: a/ an/ some/ any ? 1. I would like ….. dozen eggs. 2. They are planting ….. trees in the garden. 3. There aren’t ….. pictures in the album. 4. Would you like ….. coffee ? 5. There is ….. orange in the box. 6. Do you have ….. brothers or sisters? 7. There is ….. milk in the bottle. 8. They don’t want ….. meat. 9. We have ….. rice and fish for lunch. 10. Mrs. Brown doesn’t have ….. children. * Homework - Revise the way to use how much/ how many; a/an; some/ any. - Do ex 5. Ex 5: Complete the conversation. Mother: Can you go to the market for me, Mai? Mai :Yes, Mum.(1)……………………………… Mother:I need a bottle of cooking oil and some beef Mai: (2)……………..………………………… Mother:Three hundred grams

English lesson plan for grade 7 (?) Ss find nouns in the sentences from 1-> 10 and states which are countable or which are uncountale - Ss read silently and give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1. How much 6. How many 2. How many 7. How many 3. How many 8. How much 4. How much 9. How many 5. How much 10.How many (?) How to use a/ an/ some/ any ? - a/ an + singular nouns - some/ any + plural nouns. Some : (+) Any: (-); (?) - Ss read silently the Ex - Ss give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1. a 6. any 2. some 7. some 3. any 8. any 4. some 9. some 5. an 10. any - Ss do this exercise at home - Answer key: 1. What do you need? 2. How much beef do you want ? 3. Do you need anything else ? 4. How many eggs do you need ? 5. Do you need any vegetables ?

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..…………………………………………………………………

18 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày soạn : 28 /11 / 2019

Buổi 10: Revision Unit 6: The first University in VN Tiết 28+29+30: Passive voice I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 6. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - historic places and things - Things to take on a trip. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / tʃ / and / dӡ / 3. Grammar: - Passive voice 4. Communication : - Giving advice about going on a trip. - Writing about a historic place. Bài tập : Teacher and students Content and board Ex 1: Find the word which has a different - Ss read silently in 5 minutes sound in the part underlined. 1.A.looked B.watched C.stopped D.carried - Ss give the answer. 2. A.bath B. father C.theater D.health - T corrects and give the answer: 3. A.study B.success C.surprise D. sugar 1D, 2B, 3D, 4D, 5A 4. A.children B.charity C.charmD.champagne 5. A.danger B.angry C.language D.passage Exercise 2: Put the words in the box into two groups Itchy, subject, sculpture, children, originate, teacher, chest, sandwich, sausage,strange, jam, / tʃ / / dӡ / cheerful. Itchy,sculpture, subject,originate, / tʃ / / dӡ / children,teacher, sandwich,sausage, chest, cheerful. strange, jam, - Ss read all the words again. + Active : S + V + O Revise passive form: (?) Ss give the way to change from active into + Passive : S + be + Vpp+ by O passive. Be : is/ are/ am/ was/ were Vpp Ved V3 Don’t use : by people, by them, by every... (?) Ss find S, V, O in each sentence 19 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school Ex 3: Turn these sentences into passive voice. 1. My father waters these flower trees every morning. 2. John invited Liona to his birthday party last night 3. Her mother is preparing the dinner in the kitchen. 4. We should clean our teeth twice a day. 5. Our teachers give us a free period this Saturday to prepare the festival. (Class 7A) Ex 4: Turn these sentences into active voice. 1. Another accident was caused on this road this afternoon. 2. Tom was given a new bike yesterday afternoon by his parents. 3. The secretary wasn’t phoned this morning by the manager. 4. Was this beautiful dress bought by Mary? 5. Which pictures were chosen to send your sister on her birthday ? * Homework - Revise Passive form. - Do ex 5. Ex 5: Rewite sentences using the passive voice. 1. I want him to repair my car. 2. People don’t expect the police to find out the stolen car. 3. She suggests drinking beer at the party. 4. Don’t leave him alone, Mum! 5. We get him to look after our house when we are on business.

English lesson plan for grade 7 - Ss read silently and give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1. These flower trees are watered every morning. 2. Liona was invited to John’s birthday party by him last night 3. the dinner is being prepared in the kitchen by her mother. 4. our teeth should be cleaned twice ... 5. We are given a free period this Saturday to prepare the festival by… (?) Ss find S, V, O in each sentence - Ss read silently the Ex - Ss give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1. They caused another accident on … 2. Tom’s parents gave him a new bike yesterday afternoon. 3. The manager didn’t phone the … 4. Did Mary buy this beautiful dress? 5. Which pictures did you choose to send your sister on her birthday ? - Ss revise Passive form. - Ss do this exercise at home - Answer key: 1. I want my car to be repaired by him. 2. The police aren’t expected to find out the stolen car. 3. She suggests beer should be drunk at the party. 4. Don’t let him be left alone, Mum 5. We get our to be looked after (by him) when we are on business.

20 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

Ngày soạn : 29 /11 / 2017 Ngày dạy :30 /11 / 2017

Buổi 11: Revision Unit 6: The first University in VN Tiết 31+32+33: Passive voice Sounds / tʃ / and / dӡ /

I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 6. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - historic places and things - Things to take on a trip. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / tʃ / and / dӡ / 3. Grammar: - Passive voice 4. Communication : - Giving advice about going on a trip. - Writing about a historic place. Bài tập : Teacher and students Exercise 1: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.. 1. A.spring B.swimming C.think D. realize 2. A.country B.hungry C.fly D.every 3. A. why B.who C.when D. what 4. A.finished B.reported C. landed D. succeeded 5. A.celebrate B. lazy C. vacation D.mechanic Exercise 2: Correct the mistakes 1. Which time do your classes finish? 2.Our summer vacation last for about three months 3. I think we have few vacations than American pupils. 4. Our cows produce little milk than Mr.Tuan’s. 5. How much hours a day do you do your homework ? Exercise 3: Use the past simple tense to

Content and board

Exercise 1: Find the …….. 1. D ; 2C ; 3B ; 4A ; 5D

Exercise 2:Correct the mistakes 1.which -> What 2. last -> lasts 3. Few -> fewer 4. little -> less 5. much -> many Exercise 3: Use the past simple 21

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school complete the sentences. 1. I (visit) my grandparents yesterday. 2. She (buy) a lot of souvenirs last summer vacation. 3. My mother (give) me a yellow cap. 4. They (arrive) at the airport at eight o’clock this morning. 5. I ( speak) to her about my vacation. 6. Mr. Quang (teach) mathematics for many years. 7. I (see) you at the party last night. 8. The children (be) very happy on their trip to Nha Trang. 9. Minh (put) the cake on the table. 10. They (live) here two years ago. Class 7A : Exercise 4: Rewrite the sentences. 1. My school is the same as my sister’s -> My sister’s school ………….. 2. What beautiful buildings ! -> How …….. 3. What is the price of the bicycle ? -> How much ………. 4. It isn’t necessary to finish the work to day. -> You don’t …….. 5. Listening to music is more interesting than watching TV. -> I prefer ……… * Homework : Compete the dialogue with the words given in the box.

English lesson plan for grade 7 tense to complete the sentences. 1. visited 2. bought 3. gave 4. arrived 5. spoke 6. taught 7. saw 8. were 9. put 10. lived

Ex 4: Rewrite the sentences. 1 My sister’s school isn’t different from mine. 2. How beautiful the buildings are! 3. How much is the bicycle ? 4. You don’t have to finish the … 5. I prefer listening to music to watching TV.

Compete the dialogue with the words given in the box. - Ss do it at home.

What about , take, never, often, energetic, portable, with, have, can, exciting.

1. often 6. what about 2. take 7. with 3. energetic 8. can 4. have 9. portable John: What do American students (1)……… do at 5. never 10. exciting recess, Kate ? Kate: They often (2)……… part in different activities. Some (3)……… students play basketball. John:Do they (4)……… enough time? Kate: No. They (5)……… have time to play the 22 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school whole game. They just practice scoring goals. John: (6)……… other students? Kate: They read, study, eat or drink, talk (7)……… friends and listen to music. John:Listen to music ? How (8)……… they do ? Kate: Well, they usually have (9)……… CD player with small earphones. John:Oh. What (10)……… recess !

English lesson plan for grade 7

23 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

Ngày soạn : 6 /12 / 2017 Ngày dạy : 7 /12 / 2017

Buổi 12: Tiết 34+35+36: Revision Exercise 1: Find the odd one out. 1. A. usual B. design C. version D.pleasure 2. A.musician B.official C.ocean D.concerto 3. A. question B.tradition C.exhibition D. action 4. A.exposure B.ensure C. treasure D. closure 5. A. machine B. chef C. chorus D. brochure 6.A. camping B.recycle C. vacuum D. community 7.A. giant B. target C. finher D.garbage 8. A.chemist B. school C. chance D. chaos 9. A. frog B. drag C. page D. mug 10.A.kite B. cookie C. hike D. knit Exercise 2: Match the verbs in A with the phrases in B A 1NguyenDu 2.BuiXuanPhai 3. Thu Hien 4.TrinhCongSon 5.PhamThiThanh 6. Tra Giang

B a. painter b. singer c. actress d.poet e. musician f.drama director

Exercise 3: rewtite 1. plays are usually longer than films( not as….as) 2. the painting is bigger than the photograph(not as…..as) 3. This picture is the same as the picture in our room ( not different from) 4. This film is more interesting than the one we saw last week(not as……..as) 5. The journey was shorter than we thought at first(not as…….as) Exercise 4:Rewrite the sentences, keeping the meaning as the first given 1. the tickets to the show are very expensive for us - The tickets to the show cost-----------------2. Kkanh is a better painter than Giang 24 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 Giang isn’t_____________________ 3. Charle Dickens’ novel is very interesting to children -Children find________________________ -Charle Dickens’ novel_________________ - Children are_______________________ 4. her book is not the same as mine. Her book is_____________________ 5. We can get to the art gallery in hafh an hour - It only_____________________________ 6. I like pop music but my brother likes rock music. My taste in music _________ my brother’s. 7. Neither Mary nor her sister studied Arts at school(either) Mary never studied Arts at school and…… 8. I think Vinh acted better than Quang in that play I think Quang didn’t ………………… 9.Khanh is a better painter than Giang Giang can’t_____________________ 10. Both Anna and her brother are fond of watching water puppet (too) Anna is fond of fond of watching water puppet and________________ 11.My hobby is drawing and john’s hobby is also drawing. (same) My hobby_______________________ Exercise 5:Use the words/ phrases below to write complete sentences 1.my friends / enjoy / children’s painting / I/ too. 2. perfomace / she / give / last night / marvellous. 3. each / my three sisters/ be / very different/ the others. 4. the children / rehearse / play / school/ celebration / moment. 5. painting / he / make/ recently / much / same / old one. Exercise 6: put the correct form of verbs 1.Mr and Mrs. Phuong (offer) ……………....free for the poor in ha Noi so far 2. We (clean)……………up all the dirty streets last Sunday. 3. You ever (recycle)…………..things such bottles and paper. 4. My sister (tutor)……………..children from poor family. 5. you (PROVIDE) …………….evening classes for sixty children last summer. 6. I think Mr. Quang (donate)…………… blood several times. 7. Tom (participate)………….in “Green Summer” programme before. 8. They(not start)…………community garden project in 2012 9. your friends (sing)…………..for the elderly people twice a week. 10. The children(not finish) ………….paint the mural over graffiti yet? Exercise 7: choose the correct answer A,B,C or D to finish the sentences 1. We often organise concerts to ……….funds for poor children. a. donate B. raise c. volunteers d. grow 25 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 2. The Vietnamese have had the……….. of helping one another since the early days of the country. a. custom b. legend c. tradition d. religion 3. A volunteer always helps other people willingly and…………payment a. for b. within c. about d. without 4. Community service is the work we do for the ………of the community. a. benefits b. forces c. problems d. events 5. You can volunteer by……children from poor families in your community. a. talking b. singing c. encouraging d. tutoring 6. They ……..coupons for free chicken noodle soup for the poor since last week. A. offer b. offered c. have offered d. will offer 7. It’s a pity that I………. “ Green Summer” programme last year. a. don’t join b. didn’t join c. won’t join d. haven’t joined 8. We’ve cleaned up the lake………..it is full of rubbish. a. so b. therefore b. Exercise 8 :Put the words or the phrases in right order to make sentences. 1. enough / Jane / stay / to / alone / old / isn’t / at home. 2. you / going / to / are / what/ do /next / weekend/ 3. She/ hair / black / has / long / straight . 4. in the East/ rises / sun / the / in /the West/ sets/ and. 5. table / large / was / in the kitchen / there/ a /wooden / round. 6. have / money / buy / that / we / enough / to / didn’t / car. 7. free / he / most /time / sports / spends / of /his / playing. * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..…………………………………………………………………

26 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

Ngày soạn : 19 /12 / 2017 Ngày dạy : 20 /12 / 2017

Buổi 13: Tiết 37+38+39: Revision I.Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức từ Unit 4 đến unit 6. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - historic places and things - Things to take on a trip. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / tʃ / and / dӡ / 3. Grammar: - Passive voice 4. Communication : - Giving advice about going on a trip. - Writing about a historic place. Bài tập : Teacher and students Ex 1: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. cough B. laugh C. enough D. high 2. A. collect B. clean C. city D. cracket 3. A.pottery B. melody C. modal D. profit 4. A. near B. clear C. dear D. learn 5. A.knocked B. needed C.founded D. wanted Exercise 2: Give the correct form of the verbs: 1. We like (come) to school by bus, but we hate (stand) and (wait) in the rain. 2. We (decorate) my house last week. (7A) 3. There is nothing like (walk) as a means of (keep) fit. (7A) 4. The Silver medal (give) to him yesterday in the formal atmosphere by

Content and board - Ss read silently in 5 minutes - Ss give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1D, 2C, 3A, 4D, 5A

(?) Ss find out the tenses and structures in 5 sentences. 1. coming ( like + Ving) 2. decorated ( yesterday ) 3. walking – keeping 4. was given 5. was 27

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school the Vice Director of the company. 5. The weather last year (be) not so cold as this year. Exercise 3: Complete the sentences by using too and either : 1. My dog never barks, and (your dog) -> My dog never barks, and your dog doesn’t either. 2. You have to take a bath right way,and (she) 3. She’d like to join in the army, and ( he). 4. We’d rather go to school on time, and (Tom) 5. Everything is not OK, and ( this problem) 6. Nothing can prevent him from going there, and ( you) 7. Everyone knows him, and (I). 8. Nobody knew why he was absent, and (I) 9. The workers must be working very hard, and (you). 10. You’d have come, and (I). Exercise 4:Complete the sentences by using : as … as, not as… as, different… from 1. Her daughter ………… her ( beautiful). 2. That dog ……… it looks (not dangerous) 3. Schools in Viet Nam ………… schools in the USA. (different ) 4. These trees ………… those (same) 5. His appearance ………… what I have expected. (different) * Homework : - Revise the use “too” and “neither “ - “ as … as, not as… as, different… from” - Make sentences using these structures.

English lesson plan for grade 7

28 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

Exercise 10: Read the passage and answer the questions. Long long time ago, there was a king who loved to eat fish. His love for fish was so great that he could eat almost nothing if there was no fish on the table. It happened one year that there was no rain. Month after month , there was less and less water in the river, and less and less fish, until there was no fish at all, even for the king. The king could not eat anything. He sent men to all the fishermen’ villages in the country to announce that the man who brought fish to the king’s table could have any reward he asked for Some time passed and a poor fisherman appeared in front of the king’s palace, carrying a tremenduos fish. When the guard at the gate saw the fish, he asked the fisherman to give him. Needless to say, the fisherman did not agree and insisted on giving the fish to the king himself. The guard greeded to let him go on the condition the fisherman had to give him half of his reward. After the fisherman met the king, the king asked him what he wanted for the reward. Surpringly, the man asked him for a thuosand blows and he shared his reward with the guard at the gate. This gave the guard a lesson about being dishonest. 1. What was special about the king in the Tibet?

29 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

GOOD STUDENTS Exercise 3:Fill each blank with the corect form of word in the blanket1. Tra Giang is one of the most famous_____(ACT) 2. The _____she gave last night was marvelous (PERFORM) 3. the Đàn Bầu is a Vietnamese traditional _________ instrument (music) 4. I don’t like pop music because it isnot ________ as roc and roll.(EXCITE) 5. Tran Van Can is my favorite _______. He is famous for the painting ‘little sister Thuy” (ART) 6.Mai wanted to share ___ with other. (please) 7. _____ is the art of taking and processing photogaphs. (photogaph) 8.Water puppetry ____ in the villages of the Red River Delta(origin). 9. Peter has received a letter of _____ to see a water puppet show this Sunday ( INVITE). 10.I think a good knowledge of arts and music is a _______ for anyone.(NECESSARY)

30 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

1. Viết câu với both...and.../neither...nor.../either...or... a. Tom was late . So was Ann . ......................................... b. She didn't write and she didn't phone . ............................................ c. Jim is on holiday and so is Carrol. ............................................ d. John doesn't smoke and he doesn't drink . .................................................. e. Jim hasn't got a car. Carrol hasn't got a car either. .................................................. .. f. It was a very boring film . It was verry long too. .................................................. ... g. Is that the man's name Richard? Or is it Robert? It's one of the too. .................................................. .......... h. I haven't got item to go on holiday. And I haven't got the money. .................................................. ......... i. We can leave today or we can leave tomrrow- whichever you prefer. .................................................. ........ . Tom was late . So was Ann . -> Both Tom and Ann were late b. She didn't write and she didn't phone . 31 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school -> She neither write nor phone

English lesson plan for grade 7

c. Jim is on holiday and so is Carrol. -> Both Jim and Carrol are on holiday d. John doesn't smoke and he doesn't drink . -> Jonh neither smoke nor drink e. Jim hasn't got a car. Carrol hasn't got a car either. -> Both Jim and Carrol have not got car f. It was a very boring film . It was verry long too. -> It was both boring and long film g. Is that the man's name Richard? Or is it Robert? It's one of the too. -> The men's name is either Richard or Robert h. I haven't got item to go on holiday. And I haven't got the money. -> I haven't got both item and the money to go on holiday. i. We can leave today or we can leave tomrrow- whichever you prefer. -> We can leave either today or tomorrow Bai 2. Hãy viết lại các câu dưới ñây bằng cách dùng liên từ trong ngoặc. 1. The chickens haven’t been fed; the pigs haven’t been fed (NEITHER…NOR&hellip - Neither the chickens nor the pigs have been fed. 2. She carried me in her arms AND she lutted me to sleep. (NOT ONLY…BUT ALSO&hellip - Not only did she carry me in her arms but also she lutted me to sleep.---> em ko biet nghia cua dong tu nay thay a? 3. You were mad OR drunk. (EITHER…OR&hellip - You were either mad or drunk. 4. You can find it in the library OR in a second-hand book shop (EITHER…OR&hellip - You can find it either in library OR in a second-hand book shop. 5. The boy is intelligent AND hardworking. (BOTH…AND&hellip - The boy is both intelligent AND hardworking. 32 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

6.Jane owns a shop. She owns a restaurant. (both ....... and) - Jane owns both a shop and a restaurant. 7. Helen likes cats. Mary likes cats. ( both ........... and) - Both Helen and Mary like cats. 8. She’s at the office. She’s at the airport. (either ............. or) - She is either at the office or at the airport. 9. Paul’s at home. Paul’s at the gym. (either .................... or) - Paul is either at home or at the gym. 10. Chris didn’t have time to take a holiday. Sheila didn’t have time to take a holiday.(neither .... nor) - Neither Chris nor Sheila has time time to take a holiday. NEITHER he NOR his friends were seen at the meeting. * EITHER the boy OR his brothers have been there. * EITHER you OR I am to blame. * NEITHER you NOR she was wrong. Tuy nhiên, người ta thường tránh lối ñể chủ ngữ như vậy và tách riêng chủ ngữ ra hai vế khác nhau. Ví dụ: * EITHER you are to blame OR I am. * You were not wrong, NOR was she. . Both of.../neither of.../either of... Khi bạn dùng both/neither/either + of, bạn luôn luôn cần thêm the.../these/those.../my/your/his/Tom’s... (.v.v.) . Bạn không thể nói "both of restaurant". Bạn phải nói “both of the restaurants”, “both of those restaurant” v.v...: Both of these restaurants are very good. Cả hai nhà hàng này đều rất ngon Neither of the restaurants we went to was (or were) expensive. Không có cái nào trong số hai nhà hàng mà chúng ta đã tới là đắt cả. I haven’t been to either of those restaurants. (= I haven’t been to one or the other) Tôi chưa tới nơi nào trong số hai nhà hàng đó. Bạn không cần thêm of sau both. Vì thế bạn có thể nói: Both my parents are from London. hay Both of my parents... Hai bố mẹ tôi đều là người Luân đôn. 33 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 Bạn có thể dùng both of /neither of /either of + us /you /them: (talking to two people) Can either of you speak Spanish ? (nói với hai người) Một trong hai bạn nói được tiếng Tây Ban Nha chứ ? I asked two people the way to the station but either of them knew. Tôi hỏi hai người đường đến sân vận động nhưng cả hai đều không biết. Bạn phải nói both of trước us/you/them (of là cần phải có) : Both of us were very tired. (không nói 'Both us were...') Cả hai chúng tôi đều rất mệt. Sau neither of... động từ có thể chia ở số ít hay số nhiều đều được; Neither of the children wants (hay want) to go to bed. Không đứa nào trong bọn trẻ muốn đi ngủ cả. C. Bạn cũng có thể dùng both/neither/either đứng một mình: I couldn’t decide which of the two shirts to buy. I like both. (hay I like both of them) Tôi đã không thể quyết định mua cái nào trong hai cái áo đó. Tôi thích cả hai. “Is your friend British or American?” “Neither. She’s Autralian” 'Bạn của anh là người Anh hay Mỹ ?' 'Đều không phải, Cô ấy là người úc “Do you want tea or coffee?” “Either. I don’t mind.” 'Anh muốn trà hay cà phê?' 'Thứ nào cũng được. Tôi không bận tâm' D. Bạn có thể nói: both... and...: Both Ann and Tom were late. Cả Ann và Tom đều đến muộn. neither...nor...:

Ghi chú: Khi chỉ có “either”/ “neither” đứng trước danh từ số ít hoặc đại từ số ít thì “either” có nghĩa là: một trong số hai đối tượng được đề cập, “neither” có nghĩa là: không có đối tượng nào trong số hai đối tượng được đề cập. Nếu nó đứng trước một danh từ ở vị trí chủ từ thì động từ theo sau phải được chia ở số ít. VD: Either student has a book. Mỗi sinh viên có một quyễn sách. Câu trên có nghĩa là: có hai sinh viên, mỗi người trong số hai người này có một quyển sách. Hai người hai quyển. Neither student has a book. Không sinh viên nào có sách. 34 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 Câu trên có nghĩa là: có hai sinh viên nhưng không có người nào có sách. a) EITHER & NEITHER Either tourist speaks English. Neither umbrella is mine. Either student is good at maths, aren’t they? Neither person witnessed the accident, did they? Từ những ví dụ trên chúng ta có thể rút ra những kết luận về cách dùng “either” & “neither” - Danh từ mà “either”, “neither” thêm nghĩa, không bao giờ có mạo từ “a”, “an” đứng trước, cho dù danh từ ấy là một danh từ đếm được. -“Either”, “neither” cúng không chấp nhận mạo từ “the”, “this”, “that” hay một tính từ sở hữu nào đó. - “Either”, “neither” chỉ thêm nghĩa cho danh từ số ít, do đó khi danh từ là chủ ngữ thì động từ ở số ít. Tuy nhiên, trong tiếng Anh hiện đại, khi danh từ ấy bao gồm cả nam lẫn nữ, thì đại từ thay thế phải ở số nhiều. Tính từ sở hữu của danh từ ấy cũng ở số nhiều: o Either student left their books behind 1) BOTH ... AND ( vừa..vừa... , cả .... lẫn..) Ví dụ: Both Mary and Tom are students ( cả Mary lẫn Tom ñều là sinh viên) I like both aranges and apples. ( tôi thích cả cam và táo) 2) NOT ONLY ... BUT ALSO ( không những ... mà còn ... ) Công thức giống như both ..and Ví dụ: Not only Mary but also Tom likes dogs ( không những Mary mà Tom ñều thích chó ) 3) NEITHER ... NOR ( không.... cũng không..., cả 2 ñều không..) Ví dụ: Neither Mary nor Tom likes dogs ( cả Mary lẫn Tom ñều không thích chó )

35 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 4) EITHER ... OR ( hoặc là ....hoặc là ...) Ví dụ: Either Mary or Tom likes dogs ( hoặc là Mary hoặc là Tom thích chó )

Lưu ý: Tất cả các cấu trúc trên chỉ dùng cho 2 ñối tượng.

CÁCH NỐI CÂU VỚI CÁC CẤU TRÚC TRÊN: Nguyên tắc cơ bản: Tất cả các vị trí dấu 3 chấm ( ... ) trong các cấu trúc trên ñều phải cùng loại từ với nhau. Ví dụ: I like both dogs and cats ( danh từ - danh từ) I am both tall and fat ( tính từ - tính từ ) I not only drank some wine but also ate a cake. ( ñộng từ - ñộng từ ) Not only did I drink some wine but also I ate a cake. ( mệnh ñề mệnh ñề ) Trong câu trên khi not only ñứng ñầu câu thì phải ñảo ngữ. Riêng trường hợp not only .... but also .... có thể có vài biến thể không tuân thủ nguyên tắc này, tuy nhiên khi các em học thì nên học cái chuẩn nhất và một khi ñã nắm vững cách dùng rồi thì mới học thêm biến thể, nếu không sẽ dễ dẫn ñến hiểu sai. Các biến thể có thể có của not only ...but also là : Not only clause ( ñảo ngữ)...... but clause .....as well ( as well ñể ở cuối ) 36 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 Not only clause ( ñảo ngữ)...... but clause..... ( chỉ dùng but mà thôi ) Not only clause ( ñảo ngữ)...... but S also V ....( chen chủ từ vào giữa ) Cách nối 2 câu: Nhìn 2 câu từ ngoài vô, nếu gặp những yếu tố nào giống nhau thì nhập lại thành một, khi gặp các chữ khác nhau thì tách ra làm hai cho vào hai vị trí .... của công thức. Ví dụ: I like dogs. I like cats. ( both ... and...) Nhìn 2 câu thấy có I like giống nhau nên ta gom lại thành một: => I like Tiếp ñến dogs và cats khác nhau nên ta chia ra vào 2 chỗ ( ... ) => I like both dogs and cats. Riêng cấu trúc neither .. nor... phải bỏ not Ví dụ: I don't buy the book at that store. I don't buy the pen at this shop. ( dùng neither .. nor ... ) Thấy I don't buy nên ta gom lại ( bỏ not) : => I buy Hai ñoạn sau khác nhau ta ñặt vào 2 chỗ ( ... ) => I buy neither the book at that store nor the pen at this shop. Nếu ngay ñầu câu mà ñã có sự khác nhau thì ta cũng chia ra ngay và ñem ñặt vào chỗ ( ... ) ñến ñoạn nào giống nhau thì ta mới gom lại. Ví dụ: 37 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 My father likes dogs. My mother likes dogs. ( both ...and ... ) Thấy từ ñầu ñã có sự khác nhau nên ta dùng ngay cấu trúc ở ñầu câu: Both my father and my mother .... Đoạn sau giống nhau ta gom lại: => Both my father and my mother like dogs. Lưu ý về chia ñộng từ: Khi gặp both ...and ... thì ñộng từ luôn chia số nhiều. Khi gặp either ...or..., neither ....nor..... , not only... but also ..., thì ñộng từ chia theo danh từ nào ñứng gần ñộng từ nhất g:

Noone = Neither = Either of us are wrong.

right. of

Either us

you are

me. right

---

Trần Thị Tuyết Buổi 10: Ngày soạn : 20/ 11/ 2014 Ngày dạy : 26/ 11/ 2014 Teacher and students Ex 1: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. cough B. laugh C. enough D. high 2. A. collect B. clean C. city D. cracket 3. A.pottery B. melody C. modal D. profit 4. A. near B. clear C. dear D. learn 5. A.knocked B. needed C.founded D. wanted Exercise 2: Give the correct form of the verbs: 1. We like (come) to school by bus, but we

Content and board - Ss read silently in 5 minutes - Ss give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1D, 2C, 3A, 4D, 5A

(?) Ss find out the tenses and 38

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school hate (stand) and (wait) in the rain. 2. We (decorate) my house last week. (7A) 3. There is nothing like (walk) as a means of (keep) fit. (7A) 4. The Silver medal (give) to him yesterday in the formal atmosphere by the Vice Director of the company. 5. The weather last year (be) not so cold as this year. Exercise 3: Complete the sentences by using too and either : 1. My dog never barks, and (your dog) -> My dog never barks, and your dog doesn’t either. 2. You have to take a bath right way,and (she) 3. She’d like to join in the army, and ( he). 4. We’d rather go to school on time, and (Tom) 5. Everything is not OK, and ( this problem) 6. Nothing can prevent him from going there, and ( you) 7. Everyone knows him, and (I). 8. Nobody knew why he was absent, and (I) 9. The workers must be working very hard, and (you). 10. You’d have come, and (I). Exercise 4:Complete the sentences by using : as … as, not as… as, different… from 1. Her daughter ………… her ( beautiful). 2. That dog ……… it looks (not dangerous) 3. Schools in Viet Nam ………… schools in the USA. (different ) 4. These trees ………… those (same) 5. His appearance ………… what I have expected. (different) * Homework : - Revise the use “too” and “neither “ - “ as … as, not as… as, different… from” - Make sentences using these structures.

English lesson plan for grade 7 structures in 5 sentences. 1. coming ( like + Ving) 2. decorated ( yesterday ) 3. walking – keeping 4. was given 5. was

39 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

Buổi 12: Ngày soạn : 5/ 12/ 2014 40 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

Teacher and students Ex 1: Find the odd A,B,C or D. 1.A. meal B. breakfast C. lunch D. dinner 2.A.lemonade B. soda C.orange juice D.bread 3. A.meat B.milk C.egg D. fish 4. A.sour B.sweet C.bitter D.cook 5. A.pork B.pancake C.beef D.chicken Exercise 2: Put the words in the box into groups apple, banana, bean, bread, cabbage, chicken, coffee, grape, lemonade, lettuce, meat, milk, noodles, onion, orange, pea, pear, rice, soda, tea fruit vegetables drinks other

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày dạy : 7A: 12/ 12 / 2014 7B : 10/ 12/ 2014 Content and board - Ss read silently in 5 minutes - Ss give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1A, 2D, 3B, 4D, 5B

- Ss find out the meaning of the words fruit Apple Banana grape orange pear

vegetables Bean Cabbage Lettuce Onion pea

drinks Coffee Lemonade Tea soda

Other Chicken Bread Meat Noodles Rice

- Ss add some more . Ex 3: a/ an/ some/ any ? 1. There’s ….. eraser in the box. 2. We have ….. friends. Do we have ….. beer in the fridge. 3. Is there …… telephone in your room ? 4. Would you like ….. help ? 5. I want to buy ……. ink-pot. 6. I want to make ….. sandwiches, but we don’t have …. bread. 7. Excuse me, do you have …. Pencils ? - No, I’m sorry. We have …. pens over there, but we don’t have …. pencils. . 8. Take ….. umbrella with you in case it rains. 9. I’m tired I want …. cup of cold water . 10. I’d like first .. girl and then …. boys.

(?) How to use a/ an/ some/ any ? - a/ an + singular nouns - some/ any + plural nouns. Some : (+) Any: (-); (?) - Ss read silently the Ex - Ss give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1. an 6. some-any 2. some - any 7. any-some-any 3. a 8. a 4. some 9. a 5. an 10. a-some

41 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school Ex 4: Supply the correct verb form. 1. I(not be) hungry. I (not want) any rice. 2. Wait! Miss Mai (have) breakfast. 3. There (be) any oranges? - Yes, there (be) one. 4. your sister (like) lemonade? 5. My mother (cook) in the kitchen at the moment. She likes(cook) very much. 6. They are tired and they’d like (have) a rest. 7. you (write) the essay yet? - Yes. I (write) it yesterday. 8. Minh’s sister (fly) to Da Nang tomorrow.

English lesson plan for grade 7

- Answer key: 1. am not / don’t want 2. is having 3. Are there / is 4. Does …. Like 5. is cooking / cooking 6. to have 7. Have … written/ wrote 8. will fly

- Ss do this exercise at home * Homework - Revise the way to use how much/ how many; a/an; some/ any. - Make sentences with how much/ how many; a/an; some/ any. * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….…………

Buổi 15 + 16: Revision Unit 7: Traffic I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 7. 42 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - Means of transport - Road signs. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / e / and / eI / 3. Grammar: - It indicating distance - Used to 4. Communication : - Talking about road signs and traffic rules. - Talking about traffic problems. Bài tập : Buổi 15: Ngày soạn : 10/ 1/ 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 16/ 1 / 2015- 7B : 14/ 1/ 2015 Content and board Teacher and students Ex 1: Find the word which has a different - Ss read silently in 5 minutes sound in the part underlined. 1.A.traffic B.pavement C.plane D.station - Ss give the answer. 2. A.recycle B.vehicle C.helicopter D.reverse - T corrects and give the answer: 3. A.railway B.mail C.sail D. captain 1A, 2C, 3D, 4B, 5A 4. A.sign B.mistake C.triangle D.drive 5. A.nearest B.head C.bread D.health Ex 2: Put the words in the box into 2 groups safety, way, internet, red, ahead, melody, wait, break, lane, bed. / eI / /e/ /e/ / eI / internet, red,bed safety, lane ahead, melody way, wait,break - Ss read all the words again. Revision: * Ask and answer about distance

(?) How far is it from A to B ? It’s (about) .. metres / kilometer….

* Used to … Ss give the way to use and the form of used to

(+) S + used to + V(infi) (-) S + didn’t use to +V(infi) (?) Did S use to +V(infi)? 1. It’s about 30 km from my town to Ha Long Bay. 2. My family used to go on holiday to the seaside in the summer. 3. How long does it take you from Ha Noi to Sa Pa.

Ex 3: Make up sentences using the words and phrases given. Ex: We/ used/ school/ on/ foot -> We used to go to school on foot 1. about/ 30 km/ my town/ Ha Long Bay. 2. My family/used/go/holiday/ seaside/ summer

43 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 4. There used to be a factory in the 3. how/ long/ it/ take/ you/ Ha Noi/ Sapa?. 4. there/ used/ be/ a/ factory/ town centre/ but/ it/ town centre but it has been moved to the suburbs move/ the/ suburbs. 5. You must learn about road safety 5. you/ must/ learn/ about/ road safety/ before/ before riding your bike on the road. riding/ your/ bike/ road. (Class 7A) Ex 4: Rewrite the following - Ss give the answer. sentences so that their meaning stays the - T corrects same, using the word given. 1. The distance from my house to school is about 1. It’s about 500 metres from my house to school. 500 metres. (it). 2. My father went used to work by 2. My father went to work by car some years car , but now he goes by bus. ago, but now he goes by bus ( used to ). 3. Don’t drive too fast or you’ll have an accident. 3. If you drive too fast or you ‘ll have an accident. ( If ). 4. Can we go to Sa Pa by motorbike ? 4.Is it possible to go to Sa Pa by motorbike?(Can) 5. My mother drives carefully. 5. My mother is a careful driver. ( drives ) * Homework - Make sentences using “used to”. - Make sentences using “used to” - Do ex 5. and do ex 5. Ex 5: Make dialogues. 1. Ex : 0. your house / school / 3km / go / bicycle. S1 : How far is it from Ms.Nga’s S1 : How far is it from your house to school ? house to the hospital ? S2 : It’s three kilometers. S2 : It’s 10 kilometers. S1 : How do you go to school ? S1 : How does she go to the hospital? S2 : I go by bicycle. S2 : I go by motorbike. 1. Ms. Nga’s house / hospital / 10km / travel / 2. motorbike. S1 : How far is it from your house to 2. Your house / university / 400m / walk. the university ? 3. Ly and Lan’s house/uncle’s farm/ 5km / cycle S2 : It’s 400 kilometers. 4. Mirs. Chi’s town / Ho Chi Minh City / over S1 : How do you go to the university? 1,000km / there / plane. S2 : I walk. 5. Mr. Thanh’s house / factory /16km /car. * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..…………………………………………………………………

44 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school ……………………………………….…………

English lesson plan for grade 7

Ngày 12 , tháng 1 , 2015 Tổ trưởng

Trần Thị Tuyết Ngày soạn : 17/ 1/ 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 28/ 1 / 2015- 7B : 23/ 1/ 2015 Buổi 16: Teacher and students

Content and board

Ex 1: Find the odd one out. 1.A.riding B.driving C.gardening D.flying 2. A.no cycling B.no parking C.no right turn D.sign 3. A.train B.plane C.car D. sail 4. A.by car B.on foot C.by bus D.by bicycle 5. A.rule B.ride C.reverse D.drive

- Ss read silently in 5 minutes to find the meaning of the words - Ss give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1C, 2D, 3D, 4B, 5A

Ex 2: Choose the correct option A,B,C or D 1.Nam used to ………. his homework late in the evening. - Ss read silently to find the answer A.does B. do C.doing D.did - Ss give their answer and explanation 2. If people ………. the rules, there are no more - T corrects and give the answer: accidents 1C, 2C, 3B, 4D, 5D A. follow B.take care of C.obey D.remember 6A, 7C, 8B, 9C, 10D 3. you should ………. right and left when you go across the roads. A.see B.look C.be D.take 4. Hurry up or we can’t ………. the last bus home A.keep B.follow C. go D.catch 5. Lan used to go to school ………. A.with bicycle B.by foot C.in car D.by bus 6. Public ………. in my town is good and cheap. 45 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 A.transport B.tour C. journey D.travel 7. ………. is not very far from here to the city center. A. That B. This C.It D.There 8. When there is a traffic jam, it ………. me a very long time to go home. A.costs B.takes C.lasts D.spends 9. Mai’s dad usually drives her to school ………. her school is very far from her house. A.but B.though C.because D.or 10. Yesterday Hoa and Lan ………. round West Lake. It took them an hour. A.cycle B.cycles C.cycling D.cycled Ex 3:Fill each blank with a word from the box - Ss give the meaning of the words in the box. vehicles across did ride feels - Ss do the ex individually. break it rules accidents after - some Ss give the answer - T correct and give the answer. 1. What ………… you do last Sunday ? 1. did 2. after 3. break 2. I stayed at home and looked ………… my 4. rules 5. it 6. ride younger brother yesterday. 7. accident 8. vehicles 3. Does your bike ever ………… down on the 9. feels 10. across. way to school ? 4. We must always obey traffic ………… for our safety. 5. How far is ………… from your house to the bus stop? 6. He used to ………… a tricycle when he was three years old. 7. Now there are more traffic ………… than there used to be in this city. 8. There did not use to be many ………… on the roads in my home town. 9. He lives in a small village in the mountains so he never ………… worried about traffic jams 10. You should remember to walk ………… the streets at the rebra crossings. For class 7A: Ex 4. Compare what Tommy said five years ago and what he says today ( Hãy so sánh những gì Tommy đã nói cách đây 5 năm với những gì anh ta nói ngày nay ): 46 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school FIVE YEARS AGO I travel a lot. / I play the piano. / I’m very lazy./ I don’t like cheese. / I’ve got a dog. / I’m a hotel receptionist. / I’ve got lot of friends. / I never read newspapers. / I don’t drink tea. / I go to a lot of parties. TODAY I eat lots of cheese now. / I work very hard these days. / I don’t know many people these days. / I work in a bookshop now. / I don’t go away much these days. / My dog died two years ago. / I read a newspaper every day now. / I haven’t been to a party for ages. / I haven’t played the piano for years. / Tea’s great! I like it now. Now write sentences about how Tommy has changed. Use “used to / didn’t use to / never used to” in the first part of your sentence. 1. He used to travel a lot but she doesn’t go away much these days. 2. He ………… but ……………. 3. He…………..but ……………. 4. He ………… but …………..... 5. He ………….but ……………. 6. He ………….but……………... 7. He ………….but……………… 8. He ………….but……………… 9. He ………….but……………… 10.He…………..but……………… * Homework: Revision: Used to Ex 5: Write sentences about Kaka with “used to” and “didn’t use to” Ex: 1. ( He stopped studying hard ) He used to study hard. 2. ( He started smoking ) He didn’t use to smoke. 3. He stopped going to bed early 4. He started going out in the evening 5. He stopped running three miles every morning 6. He started spending a lot of money 7. He stopped reading books

English lesson plan for grade 7 1.He used to play the piano but He don’t play any more. 2.He used to very lazy now he works very hard. 3. He used to have got a lot of friends but now he doesn’t know many people.

- Ss Revise used to and do ex 5 at home. (+) S + used to + V(infi) (-) S + didn’t use to +V(infi) (?) Did S use to +V(infi)?

3. He used to go to bed. 4. He didn’t use to go out ….evening. 5. He used to run three ….morning. 47

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school 8. He started playing computer games 9. He stopped listening to the radio 10. He started watching films

English lesson plan for grade 7 6. He didn’t used to spend a lot ….

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….………… Ngày 19 tháng 1 năm 2015 Tổ trưởng

Trần Thị Tuyết

Buổi 17 + 18: Revision Unit 8: Films I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 8 vơi chủ đề về phim. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - Types of films - ed and ing adjectives. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / t / , /d/ and / id / 3. Grammar: - connectors: although, desspite/ in spite of, however, nevertheless 4. Communication : - Talking about fovourite films. - Asking and answering questions about film posters. Bài tập : Buổi 17: Ngày soạn : 27/ 1/ 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 30/ 1 / 2015- 7B : 4/ 2/ 2015 Teacher and students Content and board - Correct answer: Checking homework: - Ss come to the bord and do homework exercise 3. He used to go to bed. 48 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school that they did at home:

Revise how to read “ed” Ex 1: Put the words in the box into 2 groups acted, walked, washed, waited, lived, watched, terrified, needed, bored, departed, amazed, brushed, cleaned, danced, disappointed. /t/ /d/ /id/

English lesson plan for grade 7 4. He didn’t use to go out ….evening. 5. He used to run three ….morning. 6. He didn’t used to spend a lot …. /t/ after an unvoiced consonant Ex: washed, matched… /d/ after a voiced vowel or voiced consonant Ex: filled, stayed…. /id/ after the sound /t/ or /d/ Ex: wanted, needed /t/ walked, washed watched brushed danced

/d/ terrified, bored cleaned amazed lived

/id/ acted waited needed departed disappointed

- Ss practice reading these words again Ex 2: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1.A.animation B.female C.safely D.pavement 2. A.critic B.direct C.illegal D.sign 3. A.recommentB.seatbeltC.vehicleD.investigate 4. A.cooked B.booked C.talked D.naked 5. A.opened B.played C.wanted D.filled

- Ss read silently in 5 minutes - Ss give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1A, 2D, 3C, 4D, 5C

* Revision: ing and ed adjectives

We can form adjectives by adding “ed” or “ing” endings to some verbs. - We used “ed” adj to describe someone’s feelings. - We used “ing” adj to describethings or people ( that cause the feelings ) - Ss do Ex 3. - correct answer: 1. disappointed 2. interested 3. exciting

Ex 3. Choose the correct word : 1. She was disappointing / disappointed with the play. She had expected it to be better. 2. Is he interesting / interested in tennis? 3. The volleyball match was quite exciting / excited. We enjoyed it. 4. Is it sometimes embarrassing / embarrassed when you have to ask people for money.

- Ss practice reading these words again

49 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school 5. Do you easily get embarrassing/embarrassed ? 6. Mr Ba had never expected to het the job. He was really amazing / amazed whne he was offered it. 7. Trinh was really learnt very fast. She has made astonishing / astonished progress. 8. We didn’t find the situation funny. We were no amusing / amused. 9. It was really terrifying / terrified experience. Afterwards everyone was shocking/shocked. 10. Why does she always look so boring /bored ? Is her life really boring/bored ? Ex for Class 7A: Make up sentences using the words and phrases given. Ex: Titanic / moving film Titanic is a moving film. 1. Mickey mouse/ my/ favourite/ character/ cartoons. 2. there / various/ kinds/ films/ such/ as/ science/ fiction/ horror/ romantic/ comedy/ thriller. 3. audience/ was/ irritated/by/ delay/performance 4. We/ all/ amused/ by/ his/ funny/ stories. 5. this/ film/ tells/ exciting/ story/ about/ murder. Homework: Write the correct tense of the verbs in parentheses: 1. What you (do) ………………..next week? 2. Our roommates (travel) ..…..to Tokyo next June. 3. The girl (learn) ….. Chemistry at the moment. 4. What the officers (do)……………..now? 5. If he (not get) ………up early, he (be) ……. late for school. 6. Would you please (bring) ……me a cup of milk tea? 7. The girl wants (buy) .... a few pens and pencils. 8. What should we (do) ………..in the evening. 9. You may (stay) ……….at home on weekends. 10. We (get) ….good marks if we (study)…hard.

English lesson plan for grade 7 4. embarrassing 5. embararrsed 6. amazed 7. astonishing 8. amused 9. terrifying 10. bored, boring

- Ss make sentences individually - T corrects and give the correct answer: 1. Mickey mouse is my favourite character in cartoons. 2. there are various kindsof films such as science fiction, horror, romantic comedy and thriller. …….. - Ss do ex at home _ answer key: 1. will…do 2. will travel 3. are learning 4. are…doing 5. doesn’t get / will be 6. bring 7. to buy 8. do 9. stay 10. will (shall) get / study

50 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….………… Ex 1: Put the words in the box into 2 groups acted, walked, washed, waited, lived, watched, terrified, needed, bored, departed, amazed, brushed, cleaned, danced, disappointed. /t/ /d/ /id/

Ex 2: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1.A.animation B.female C.safely D.pavement 2. A.critic B.direct C.illegal D.sign 3. A.recommentB.seatbeltC.vehicleD.investigate 4. A.cooked B.booked C.talked D.naked 5. A.opened B.played C.wanted D.filled * Revision: ing and ed adjectives Ex 3. Choose the correct word : 51 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 1. She was disappointing / disappointed with the play. She had expected it to be better. 2. Is he interesting / interested in tennis? 3. The volleyball match was quite exciting / excited. We enjoyed it. 4. Is it sometimes embarrassing / embarrassed when you have to ask people for money. 5. Do you easily get embarrassing/embarrassed ? 6. Mr Ba had never expected to het the job. He was really amazing / amazed whne he was offered it. 7. Trinh was really learnt very fast. She has made astonishing / astonished progress. 8. We didn’t find the situation funny. We were no amusing / amused. 9. It was really terrifying / terrified experience. Afterwards everyone was shocking/shocked. 10. Why does she always look so boring /bored ? Is her life really boring/bored ? Ex for Class 7A: Make up sentences using the words and phrases given. Ex: Titanic / moving film Titanic is a moving film. 1. Mickey mouse/ my/ favourite/ character/ cartoons. 2. there / various/ kinds/ films/ such/ as/ science/ fiction/ horror/ romantic/ comedy/ thriller. 3. audience/ was/ irritated/by/ delay/performance 4. We/ all/ amused/ by/ his/ funny/ stories. 5. this/ film/ tells/ exciting/ story/ about/ murder. Homework: Write the correct tense of the verbs in parentheses: 1. What you (do) ………………..next week? 2. Our roommates (travel) ..…..to Tokyo next June. 3. The girl (learn) ….. Chemistry at the moment. 4. What the officers (do)……………..now? 5. If he (not get) ………up early, he (be) ……. late for school. 6. Would you please (bring) ……me a cup of milk tea? 7. The girl wants (buy) .... a few pens and pencils. 8. What should we (do) ………..in the evening. 9. You may (stay) ……….at home on weekends. 10. We (get) ….good marks if we (study)…hard. Rewrite the following sentences so that their meaning stays the same, using the words given. 1. This film made a strong impression on me. ( impressed ) 2. Horror films terrify my younger sister. (terrified) 3. His new film is really surprising me. (surprised) 4. I found the film exciting. ( excited ) 5. The film bored us so we left halfway through it. ( boring ) 52 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

Buổi 18: Ngày soạn : 30/ 1/ 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 5/ 2 / 2015- 7B : 11/ 2/ 2015 Teacher and students Checking homework: - Ss come to the bord and do homework exercise that they did at home:

Content and board - Correct answer: 1. will…do 2. will travel 3. are learning 4. are…doing 5. doesn’t get / will be 6. bring 7. to buy 8. do 9. stay 10. will (shall) get / study

Revise how to read “ed”

/t/ after an unvoiced consonant Ex: washed, matched… /d/ after a voiced vowel or voiced consonant Ex: filled, stayed…. /id/ after the sound /t/ or /d/ Ex: wanted, needed 53

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school Ex 1: Put the words in the box into 3 groups brushed changed ironed rented needed combed filled touched neglected talked stopped fixed decided laughed showered /id/

/t/

/d/

Ex 2: Find the odd one out A,B,C or D 1.A.cinema B.comedy C.film D.cartoon 2. A.actor B.actress C.character D.audience 3. A.frightening B.exciting C.terrifying D.entertaining 4. A.documentary B.romantic C.science fiction D.animation 5. A.enjoy B.like C.feeling D.annoy

* Revision: ing and ed adjectives

English lesson plan for grade 7 - Ss read the words silently and put them in correct column. - Some Ss read aloud and give the answer. - correct answer: /id/ /t/ /d/ rented changed brushed needed touched ironed neglected talked,fixed combed decided stopped filled laughed showered

- Ss practice reading these words again - Ss read silently in 5 minutes - Ss give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1A, 2D, 3D, 4B, 5C - Ss practice reading these words again We can form adjectives by adding “ed” or “ing” endings to some verbs. - We used “ed” adj to describe someone’s feelings. - We used “ing” adj to describethings or people ( that cause the feelings ) - Ss do Ex 3. - correct answer: 1. surprising 2. bored 3. confusing 4. disgusting 5. interested 6. annoyed 7. boring 8. interested 9. exhausted 10. excited 54

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school particularly ………….in art. 6. There’s no need to get ………only because I’m a few minutes late. 7. His lecture was ……….. . We fell asleep. 8. I asked Anna if she wanted to come out with me but she wasn’t …….. . 9. Sheva’s been working very hard all day and now he’s ………. . 10. David’s starting a new job next week. He’s quite …….about it. Ex 4: ( Class 7A) Fill each blank with a word from the box amazing, relaxed, fantastic, films, successful, cinema, awards, section, boring, interested

English lesson plan for grade 7

- Ss think the meaning of the words. 1. All the cristics said the film was 1. boring really……… . Nevertheless, I was so interested 2. amazing that I saw it from beginning to end. 3. interested 2. Avatar is a big hit-the special effects are…… 4. successful 5. films 3. I am very……… in watching TV late on 6. cinema Saturday evenings. 7. fantastic 4. Kirsten Dunst’s most ……… films are the 8. relaxed Spiderman films. 9. awards 5.What type of ……… do you like, Peter ? 10. section 6. Have you been to the ……… lately ? 7. Spiderman 2 has a lot of ……… action scenes 8. I feel very………when I see romantic comedy. 9. His film has won a lot of ……… 10. If you want to know which films are on at the cinemas, you should look at the film ……… of this magazine. Ex 5: ( Class 7A) Rewrite the following sentences so that their - answer key: 1. I was strongly impressed by the film. meaning stays the same, using the words 2. My younger sister is terrified of given. horror film. 1. This film made a strong impression on me. 3. I am surprised at his new film. ( impressed ) 4. I was excited about the film 2. Horror films terrify my younger sister. 5. The film was boring so we left (terrified) 55 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 3. His new film is really surprising me. halfway throught it. (surprised) 4. I found the film exciting. ( excited ) 5. The film bored us so we left halfway through it. ( boring ) * Homework: - Revise the way to read “ed” - Redo the exercises above. * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….………… Ngày 2 tháng 2 năm 2015 Tổ trưởng

Trần Thị Tuyết

Ngày soạn : 8/ 2 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 12/ 2 / 2015- 7B : 4/ 3/ 2015 Buổi 19: Revision I. Objectives : Revise what Ss learnt in units 7,8 II. Language content: 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - Means of transport 56 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 - Road signs. - Types of films - ed and ing adjectives. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / e / and / eI / Sounds / t / , /d/ and / id / 3. Grammar: - It indicating distance - Used to - connectors: although, desspite/ in spite of, however, nevertheless 4. Communication : - Talking about road signs and traffic rules. - Talking about traffic problems. - Talking about fovourite films. - Asking and answering questions about film posters. III. Practice: Teacher and students Content Exercise 1: Find 5 words which have sound / - Ss rethink and find the words. Ex: head, dealth…. e / and 5 words which have sound / eI /. sail, train ….. - Ss come to the board and write the words - T checks and helps Ss read the words correctly. /t/ after an unvoiced consonant Ex: laughed, mixed… /d/ after a voiced vowel or voiced consonant Ex: travelled, enjoyed…. /id/ after the sound /t/ or /d/ Ex: wanted, needed Exercise 2 : Find 5 words which have sound - Ss rethink and find the words which have ending with “ed” and the way to / t / , 5 words which have sound / d / and 5 read them. words which have sound / Id /. - Revise the way to ask and answer about the (?) How far is it from … to … ? It’s (sbout) …. metre/ km distance * Revise the way to read “ed”

Exercise 3: Ask and answer about distance using the given words. 1. Thanh Hoa / Ha Noi - 158 km

1. How far is it from Thanh Hoa to Ha Noi? - It’s (about) 158 km 57

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school 2. Ham Rong bridge/Hop Luc Hospital2km 3. BigC supermarket/ Sam Son- 8km

English lesson plan for grade 7 2. How far is it from Ham Rong bridge to Hop Luc Hospital? - It’s (about) 2km 3. How far is it from BigC supermarket to Sam Son? - It’s (about) 8 km

* Revise the usage of although, desspite/ in spite of, however, nevertheless. Exercise 4: Choose the best answer to complete these sentences. 1. ___ he likes chocolate, he tries not to eat it. A. As B .Though C. Since D. Despite 2. He is a very intelligent boy, __he is very lazy A. but B. And C. or D. so 3. _______I moved house, I haven’t had much contact with those friends A. though B. since C. because of D. so that 4. Last night we came to the show late _______ the traffic was terrible. A. although B. despite C. and D. because 5.Lan couldn’t pass the exam__she was too lazy. A. because B. because of C. although D. in spite of 6. _______ his broken leg, he didn’t come to class yesterday. A. because B. because of C. Despite D. so 7. _______there is a lot of noise in the city, I prefer living there. A. despite B. in spite of C. because of D. though 8. _______ the weather, we went sailing. A.despite B.in spite of C.although D.A and B

- Ss do exercises - Correct answer: 1B 6B 2A 7D 3B … 4D 5A

58 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school 9. _______Hudson led early, he lost the race. A. though B. although C. eventhough D. all are correct 10.___it was raining heavily he went out without a raincoat. A. In spite B. In spite of C. However D. Although ( For class 7A ) Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences with the word given. 1. Although he has a very important job, he isn’t particularly well-paid. =>In spite of .......... 2. Although I had never seen her before, I recognized her from a photograph. => Despite ........... 3. She wasn’t wearing the coat although it was quite cold. =>In spite of ............ 4.We thought we’d better invite them to the party although we don’t like them very much => Despite .......... 5. Although I didn’t speak the language, I managed to make myself understand. =>In spite of

English lesson plan for grade 7 - Ss do exercises - Correct answer: 1. In spite of having a…job, he…. 2. Despite the fact that I had never …. 3. In spite of cold weather she wasn’t ….

- Redo all exercises

* Homework * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….………… Ngày 9 tháng 2 năm 2015 Tổ trưởng 59 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7 Trần Thị Tuyết

Buổi 20: Revision Unit 9: Festivals around the world I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 9 vơi chủ đề về lễ hội. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - Types of festivals - Festival activitives. 2. Pronunciation : Stress in two-syllable words 3. Grammar: - H/Wh-questions - Adverbial phrases 4. Communication : - Describing festival. - Asking and answering questions about fesivals. Bài tập : Buổi 20: Ngày soạn : 28/ 2 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 6/ 3 / 2015- 7B :11 / 3/ 2015 T and Ss’activities Ex 1: Put the words in the box into 2 groups. Agree, people, listen, receive, enjoy, perform, polite, season, harvest, poster Stress on 1st syllable

Stress on 1st syllable

Content - Ss read and rethink about the rules of stress in two-syllable words. - Give the answer: Stress on 1st syllable People, listen, season, harvest, poster

Stress on 1st syllable Agree, receive, enjoy, perform, polite

Ex 2: Find the odd one out A,B,C or D 60 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school 1.A.happy B. funny C. joyful D. prefer 2.A.fascinating B. shopping C. exciting D. amazing 3. A.attend B.celebrate C.organize D. held 4. A.celebration B.performer C.artist D.dancer 5. A. festival B. cultural C. traditional D. local ( 7A )Ex 3: Fill each blank with a word from the box.

English lesson plan for grade 7 - Ss find the kind of word - Give the answer: 1D 2B 3D 4A 5A

celebrate, seasonal, decorate, went, music attend, performers, harvest, festival,parade

1. Carnival is popular … in many countries in South America 2. South America people ….. Carnival in different ways 3. At Carnival, people wear costomes and … through the streets, playing samba music and dancing. 4. She is going to Rio Carnival to watch … dance. 5. A lot of dancers go to Rio de Janeiro to … the Rio Carnival. 6. I think nobody is at home now because they have gone to the … festival. 7. We … to the Flower Festival in Dalat last year. 8. During Tet, the Vietnamese … their house with many beautiful flowers. 9. Thanksgiving is a …. Festival only held in the USA. 10. Do you have …… festival in your country ? Ex 4: Write down the name of the festivals Ss have learnt.

- Ss find the meaning and kind of words in the box. - Answer key: 1. festival 6. music 2. celebrate 7. went 3. parade 8. decorate 4. perform 9. seasonal 5. attend 10. harvest

- Ss think and write on their notebook without their book the name of the festivals Ss have learnt. Homework: Give the activities in each festival from Ex 4 - Calls some Ss come to the board and write down the answer 61 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Trần Thị Tuyết Ngày soạn : 8/ 3 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 13/ 3 / 2015- 7B :18 / 3/ 2015 Buổi 21: Revision Unit 9 ( Cont ) T and Ss’activities Ex 1: Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1.A.cannon B.chaos C.circle D.direct 2.A.festival B.disaster C.pavement D.station 3.A.documentary B.entertaining C.helicopter D.superstitious 4.A.horror B.highlight C.project D.perform 5.A.hilarious B.violent C.serious D.seasonal Ex 2 : Choose the correct option for each gap in the sentences. 1. …………….. festival do you choose? - I choose Elephant Race Festival. A. What B. How C. Which D. When 2. He thinks elephants are …………….. animals. A. fascinated B. fascinating C. fascinates D. fascinate 3. It must be amazing …………….. elephants racing.

Content - Ss revise about stress V? N? - Give the answer - T corrects: 1D 2B 3C 4D 5A - Ss revise about the festival, Whquestions - Give the answer - T corrects: 1C 2B 3B 4D 5C 6A 7B 8C 9D 10C

62 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school A. see B. to see C. seeing D. saw. 4. La Tomatina is …………….. in Spain, in a small town. A.holds B.hold C. holding D. held 5. La Tomatina is a seasonal …………….. to celebrate the tomato harvest. A.celebration B.parade C. festival D.game 6. …………….. do you like about La Tomatina ? A. What B. Which C. When D. Why 7. Do you …………….. anything about music festival called Burning man ? A. like B.know C.understand D. have 8. ……….. do people do at Burning Festival ? A. Why B.Which C. What D. How 9. …………….. often is Burning Festival held ? - It’s held every year. A. Which B. When C. What D. How 10. …………….. does the teacher say La Tomatina sounds unusual ? - Because people throw tomatoes at each other for one hour at the festival A. What B When C. Why D. How Ex 3: ( Class 7A ) Make up sentences using the words and phrases given. 1. people/ love/ festivals/ because of / advantages/ they/ bring/ about. 2. festivals/ good/ for/ community. 3. festivals/ create/ opportunity/ for/ the/ people/ take/ part/ festival/ activities. 4. festivals/ help/ people/cooperate/ with/ one/ onother. 5. people/ can/ understand/ more/ about/ and/ appreciate/ their/ cultural/ values.

English lesson plan for grade 7

* Answer key 1. people love the festivals because of the advantages they bring about. 2. festivals are good for the community. 3. festivals create an opportunity for the people to take part in the festival activities. 4. festivals help people to cooperate with one onother. 5. people can understand more about and appreciate their cultural values. - Ss do this exercise at home. - Answer: 1. People can listen to various types Homework: of music at Rock in Rio. Rewrite the following sentences so that the meaning stays the same, using the words given. 2. Japanese people celebrate Japanese Boy’s Day on May 5th 1. There are various types of music for people to listen at Rock in Rio. ( listen ) 3. Carp kites are hung up outside th 2. Japanese Boy’s Day is celebrated on May 5 Japanese people’s houses on 63 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 (celebrate) Japanese Boy’sDay 3. Japanese peope hang up carp kites outside their 4. There is a special celebration for houses on Japanese Boy’sDay (hung up ) Japanese Girls on March 3rd every 4. Japanese people celebrate a special day for year rd Japanese Girls on March 3 every year 5. Is it possible for me to ask you some questions about your favourite (celebration ) festival ? 5. Can I ask you some questions about your favourite festival ? (possible) * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….………… Ngày 9 tháng 3 năm 2015 Tổ trưởng

Trần Thị Tuyết Buổi 22 + 23: Revision Unit 7,8,9 I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 7,8,9 vơi chủ đề về giao thông, phim ảnh và lễ hội. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - Means of transport - Road signs. - Types of films - ed and ing adjectives. - Types of festivals - Festival activitives. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / e / and / eI / Sounds / t / , /d/ and / id / Stress in two-syllable words 3. Grammar: 64 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 - It indicating distance - Used to - connectors: although, desspite/ in spite of, however, nevertheless - H/Wh-questions - Adverbial phrases 4. Communication : - Talking about road signs and traffic rules. - Talking about traffic problems. - Talking about fovourite films. - Asking and answering questions about film posters. - Describing festival. - Asking and answering questions about fesivals. 5. Bài tập: * Buổi 22: Ngày soạn : 14/ 3 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 20 / 3 / 2015- 7B : 25/ 3/ 2015 T and Ss’activities Content Ex 1: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. played B.travelled C. planned D.watched. 2. A.buffalo B.unhappy C.pollution D.structure B.comic 3. A.collection C.concert D.volunteer 4. A.bread B.really C.head D.death 5. A.walked B.crowed C.needed D.excited Ex 2: Fill each blank with a word from the box.

- Ss read and reed the words silently and give the answer. - corrects and gives the answer: 1D 2C 3A 4B 5A

- Ss understand the meaning of the words’ - Do ex in pairs disappointing , annoying , surprising, - Give the answers. moving , satisfied - Corrects : 1. We found his behaviour ……….. 1. annoying 2. In spite of his spending millions of dollars 2. disappointing 3. satisfied on the film, it was ……….. 4. moving 3. We were all ……….. with the service at 5. surprising this hotel. 4. The end of Romeo and Ruliet film is 65 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school quite……….. 5. His new film is really……….. . You should see it. Ex 3. Make sentences for uderlined parts. 1. Vietnamese teenagers help old people by cleaning their yards or painting their houses. 2. Viet doesn’t want to go to my house because he has too many assignments. 3. It is Thursday tomorrow. 4. Lien’s brother is practicing the guitar now. 5. My uncle and I go to the tennis club once a week. 6. They will fly to Brazil next month. 7. We are going to visit the Natural Science Museum next weekend. 8. You should invite our former classmates to your birthday party. 9. Trung usually borrows his brother’s motorbike. 10. Our children have to do a lot of homework every day. ( Class 7A ) Ex4. Word form. 1. Ba has a large ……… of foreign stamps. COLLECT 2. Nam is not very ……… . He never plays games. SPORT 3. If you want to have a ……… body, you should play sports. HEALTH 4. In most countries, there are organizations especially for ……… TEEN 5. There are many kinds of ……… for young people. ENTERTAIN Homework :Em hãy chọn dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành mõi câu sau: 1. Why you (make) ……….so much noise in your room, Lan? - We (rehaearse)…………..a play for the school anniversary celebrations. 2. My sister (practice) ………the violin in

English lesson plan for grade 7

- Revise the question words. - How to make sentences 1. How do teenagers help old people ? 2. Why doesn’t Viet want to go to your house ? ………………

- Ss find the form of word - Give the answer: 1. collection 2. sporty 3 healthy 4. teenagers 5. entertainment

- Ss do this exercise at home individually Answer: 1. are you making are rehearing 2. practices 66

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school the club twice a week. 3. They (give) ……..a farewell party next week. 4. What your father usually (do) ……….in the evening? - He usually (watch) ……….TV, but sometimes he (read) ……………….books. 5. We (not go) …..to the cinema very often. 6. I (see) ………….a movie next Saturday. You (go)……..with me?

English lesson plan for grade 7 3. are going to give 4. does your father do …………..

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….………… Ngày 15 tháng 3 năm 2015 Tổ trưởng

Trần Thị Tuyết

Ngày soạn : 21/ 3 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 27 / 3 / 2015- 7B : 1/ 4/ 2015 Buổi 23: Revision Unit 7,8,9( Cont) T and Ss’activities

Content 67

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school * Checking homework :Em hãy chọn dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành mõi câu sau: 1. Why you (make) ……….so much noise in your room, Lan? - We (rehearse)…………..a play for the school anniversary celebrations. 2. My sister (practice) ………the violin in the club twice a week. 3. They (give) ……..a farewell party next week. 4. What your father usually (do) ……….in the evening? - He usually (watch) ……….TV, but sometimes he (read) ……………….books. 5. We (not go) …..to the cinema very often. 6. I (see) ………….a movie next Saturday. You (go)……..with me? Ex 1: Match the first halves in column A with the second ones in column B to make sentences. A B 1.The “festival of a. when he was at lights” is primary school. 2.He used to go to b. before you cross school on foot. the street. 3.We must always c. another name obey traffic rules. for Diwal. 4.Wait for the traffic d. that he couldn’t light to turn green sleep last night. 5.The boy was so e. for our safe frightened by the film Ex 2. odd one out. our Eg : me him them Trả lời: our 1. February Saturday December June 2. nevous worries happy moment 3. third twelve fourteen twenty 4. tell see will let 5. directory sometime calendar distance Ex 3. Read and answer the questions Our neighbor, Mr. Duong , will sail

English lesson plan for grade 7 - Ss gives the answer - T corrects and gives the answer: 1.are you making – are rehearing 2. practices 3. are going to give 4. does your … do-watches- reads 5. don’t go 6. am gong to see- will you go

- Ss understand the meaning of the words’ - Do ex in pairs - Give the answers. - Corrects : 1. annoying 2. disappointing 3. satisfied 4. moving 5. surprising

- Revise the meaning of the words. - find the word that is different meaning with others. - Ss give the answers - T corrects. 1. Saturday 2. moment 3. ……….. - S read the text and answer the questions 68

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school from Cam Ranh tomorrow. We will meet him at the harbor early in the morning. He will be in his small boat, Lac Viet. Lac Viet is a famous little boat. Mr. Duong will leave at eight o’ clock, so we will have a lot of time . We will see his boat and then we will say goodbye to him. He will be away for two months. We are very froud of him . We will take part in an important race across the Atlantic. 1. Who will you meet at Cam Ranh Habor early tomorrow morning ? 2. Where will he be ? 3. What time will he leave ? 4. Will you say goodbye to him or will you travel with him ? 5. What will he take part in ? Ex 4. Give the correct form of the verbs 1. Mr Thanh…. ( be ) a doctor. He…… ( work) in a hospital in the city center. Every day he ……( catch ) the bus to work. 2. What your sister ….. ( do ) now? - she …… ( cook ) dinner in the kitchen . 3. We … ( not go ) camping next week. We …( visit ) the museum. 4. Miss Van is a journalist. She (not write) for Lao Dong Newspaper.She ….. ( write ) for Nhan Dan Newspaper. 5. I’d like ……… (join) your club. Ex 5. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. Ví dụ : a. name b. happy c. late d. date Trả lời : b. happy 1. a. great b. beautiful c. teacher d. means 2. a. wet b. better c. rest d. pretty 3. a. horrible b. hour c. house d. here 4. a. party b. lovely c. sky d. empty

English lesson plan for grade 7 question words. - Ss give the answers - T corrects. 1. Mr. Duong will 2. He will be in his small boat, Lac Viet. 3. Mr. Duong will leave at eight o’ clock 4. we will say goodbye to him

- Ss find the advs and tense in each sentence - Ss give the answers - T corrects. 1. is – works – catches 2. is your sister doing – is cooking 3. aren’t going – are going to visit 4. doesn’t write – writes 5. to write

- Ss read find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. - Give the answer: 1. a 2a 3b 4b 5c

69 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school 5. a. stove b. moment c. sometime d. close Homework: Ex 6. Em hãy chọn một từ ở cột bên trái không cùng nhóm nghĩa với từ in hoa. Ví dụ: MONTH Friday February July November May Trả lời: Friday 1. MUSICAL INSTRUMENT guitar violin piano song flute 2. SPORTS : volleyball soccer badminton tennis concert 3. SUBJECTS : Comics Biology Math physics Literature 4. ENTERTAINMENT : do assignment listen to music watch TV see a movie collectstamps 5. CAREER worker teenager singer engineer painter

English lesson plan for grade 7

- Ss do this ex at home

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….………… Ngày 23 tháng 3 năm 2015 Tổ trưởng

Trần Thị Tuyết

70 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

Buổi 24+25: Revision Unit 10: Sources of energy I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 10 với chủ đề về năng lượng. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - Types of energy sources - Words to describe energy sources. 2. Pronunciation : Stress in three-syllable words 3. Grammar: - The future continuous - The future simple passive 4. Communication : - Talking about types and energy sources. - Talking about the advantages and disadvantages of different sources of energy. Bài tập : Buổi 24: Ngày soạn : 28/ 3 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 3/ 4 / 2015- 7B :8 / 4/ 2015 * Checking homework: (?) Em hãy chọn một từ ở cột bên trái không cùng nhóm nghĩa với từ in hoa. - Ss come to the board do do homework. - T corrects Ex 1: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. new B. sew C. few D. knew 2. A. noon B. tool C. blood D. spoon 3. A. plays B. looks C. wants D. helps 4. A. decided B. played C. listened D. enjoyed 5. A. feed B. heat C. meat D. pleasure ( Class 7A) Ex 2: Put the words into two groups. Energy, abundant, partnership, afternoon, Pollution, describe, countryside, audience,,

- Answer: 1. song 2. corncert 3. comic 4. do assignment 5. teenager - Ss read all the words silently and find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.. - T corrects and gives the answer. 1B 2C 3A 4A 5D - Ss practices reading and find the stress on each word. Stress on 1st Stress on 2nd 71

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school expansion, expectant, tomorrow, pensioner. Stress on 1st syllable

Stress on 2nd syllable

Ex 3: Put a word from the box in each gap to complete the following passage. 1. You (wait) for her when her plane arrives tonight ? 2. Don’t phone me between 7 and 8. We (have) dinner then. 3. I (send) in my application tomorrow. 4. Next week at this time, you (lie) on the beach. 5. You (meet) your former teachers at 9am tomorrow morning, will you? Ex 4: Rewrite the sentence so that it has similar meaning as the sentence before, using the words given. 1. They will build a new school for poor children next month. -> A new school …. 2. They sell these chemicals everywhere in my hometown. -> These chemicals … * Homework: - Ss do 3 following sentences at home. 3. Some people will interview the new president on TV. -> The new president … 4. they will widen the road to our village next year. -> The road … 5. He got the first prize at the competition. His mother is very happy. -> His mother ….

English lesson plan for grade 7 syllable syllable Pensioner, enegy, Expansion partnership, Expectant afternoon, audience Abundant countryside Tomorrow Pollution Describe - Ss read this exercise silently and find the tense in each sentence. - T corrects. 1. will you be waiting 2. will be having 3. will send 4. will be lying 5. will be meeting

- Asks Ss to understand the way to changes sentences ( active -> passive) - Ss underline S,V,O in each sentence. - Ss rewrite the sentences. - T corrects . 1. A new school will be built for poor children next month. 2. These chemicals will be sold everywhere in my hometown. 3. The new president will be interviewed on TV 4. The road will be widened to our village next year. 5. His mother is very happy because he got the first prize at the competition.

* Adjustment: 72 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….………… Ngày 30 tháng 3 năm 2015 Tổ trưởng

Trần Thị Tuyết Ngày soạn : 28/ 3 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 10/ 4 / 2015- 7B :15 / 4/ 2015 Buổi 25:

Revision Unit 10 ( cont)

T & Ss’activities * Checking homework: Rewrite the sentence so that it has similar meaning as the sentence before, using the words given. 3. Some people will interview the new president on TV. -> The new president … 4. they will widen the road to our village next year. -> The road … 5. He got the first prize at the competition. His mother is very happy. -> His mother …. ( Class 7A ) Ex 1: Choose the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. 1. A. generous B. suspicious C. constancy D. sympathy. 2. A. acquaintance B. unselfish C. attraction D. humorous

Content

- Ss come to the board and give the answer of their homework - T corrects . 3. The new president will be interviewed on TV 4. The road will be widened to our village next year. 5. His mother is very happy because he got the first prize at the competition.

- Ss read all the words silently and find the stress in each word. - Call Ss read sentence by sentence and give their answer. 73

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school 3. A. loyalty B. success C. incapable D. sincere 4. A. carefully B. correctly C. seriously D. personally 5. A.excited B. interested C. confident D. memorable Ex 2: Combine the two sentences into one, using the word in brackets: 1/ She’s feeling very tired. She’s feeling very hungry. (and) 2/ My father eats this food. He gest better quickly. (if) 3/ Quang has to go to the dentist`s. He has a toothache. (because) 4/ They’ll come late tonight. Don`t worry. (if) 5/ Minh and Thu can`t go out. They`re having flu. (because) 6/ Vinh wants to go to school. He has a cold. (but) 7/ The woman`s going to wear warm clothes. She doesn`t want to catch cold again. (becase) 8/ My uncle is very is very ill. The doctor can visit him 9/ Linh is young. She is lovely. (not only…but also) 10/ I study hard. I can pass the exams.(if) Ex 3: Write questions , using the underline phrases as suggestions 1.The boy is playing computer games. 2.Danh has to take a panadon because he is having a headache. 3.Her English teacher is thirty – two years old. 4.Nam and Hoa can’t go together because he’s having a cold. 5.I’ll have bacon ,eggs and milk for breakfast . 6.Yes,I’ll come to the meeting on time tomorrow 7.No, the woman can’t swim. 8.Sang will see a dentist because he is having a decaying tooth.

English lesson plan for grade 7 - T corrects. 1B 2D 3A 4B 5A

- Ss revise the meaning of the verds in bracket: and, if, because, but ….. - Ss combine sentences. - Some Ss come to the board and write down the answer. - T corrects. 1/ She’s feeling very tired and hungry. 2/ If my father eats this food, he’ll get better quickly. 3/ Quang has to go to the dentist’s because He has a toothache. 4/ If they’ll …. tonight, don’t worry. 5/ Minh and Thu can’t go out because they’re having flu. 6/ Vinh wants...school but he has a cold. 7/ The woman’s going to wear warm clothes bacause she doesn’t want to catch cold again. 8/ My uncle is very is very ill so the doctor can visit him 9/Linh is not only young but also lovely. 10/ If I study hard. I can pass the exams. - Ss revise how to make sentences. - Ss find the question words in each sentence and then make questions. 1. What is the boy playing ? 2. Why does Danh have to take a panadon ? 3. How old is her English teacher ? 4. Why can’t Nam and Hoa go together? ……….

74 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school 9.They are my brother’s gloves. 10.Nhi’s pen is on the chair. Ex 4: Complete the following sentences 1. I was worried ……………….. Mai was late. 2. …………… I was tired, I went home. 3. We were late …………………….. the rain. 4. I can’t buy that house ……………… I don’t have enough money. 5.… his laziness, he couldn’t pass the exam. 6. They didn’t come to the meeting in time ……………… the traffic jam. Homework. Ex 5. pick out the word that does not belong to the others . 1/ a.listen b. read c.clean d.equipment 2/ a.young b.modern c.grandma d.immediate 3/ a.nice b.ugly c.pretty d.beautiful 4/ a.tack b.job c.work d.career 5/ a.father b.mother c.sister d.festival 6/ a.teacher b.king c.queen d.prince 7/ a.weekly b.quickly c.sadly d.highly 8/ a.duty b.rain c. snowy d.cluody 9/ a.in b.of c.and d.with 10/ a.gold b.water c.silver d.bronze

English lesson plan for grade 7 - Ss read the sentences silently and understand the meaning of the sentences - Ss give the answer, T corrects. 1. because 2. Because 3. because of 4. because 5. because of 6. because of

- Ss do this ex at home ( Ss read all the words and find the meaning of these words.) 1. d 2c 3b 4c 5d 6a 7

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… 75 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school ……………………………………….…………

English lesson plan for grade 7

Ngày 6 tháng 4 năm 2015 Tổ trưởng

Trần Thị Tuyết

Buổi 26+27: Revision Unit 11: Travelling in the future I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 11. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - Means of transport in the future - Movement words. 2. Pronunciation : Rising and falling intonation for questions 3. Grammar: - Will for future prediction : review. - Possessive pronouns. 4. Communication : - Talking about travelling in the future. - Giving facts and opinions. Bài tập : Buổi 26: Ngày soạn : 12/ 4 / 2015 76 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7 Ngày dạy : 7A: 17/ 4 / 2015- 7B : / 4/ 2015

T and Ss’activities * Checking homework: (?) Em hãy chọn một từ ở cột bên trái không cùng nhóm nghĩa với từ in hoa. - Ss come to the board do do homework.T corrects Ex 1: Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A.dear B. fear C. hear D. heart 2. A. stupid B. studio C. study D. student 3. A. brother B. thick C. they D. that 4. A. machine B. parachute C. champagne D. cheer 5. A. doctor B. hopital C. pollution D. tomorrow Ex 2: Read and decide which sentences have rising intonation or falling intonation. Rising Falling intonation intonation 1. What’s the time ? 2. Is this the blue one ? 3. Have you got a pen ? 4. Where do you live? 5. What’s your name ? 6. Is Jenny with you ? Ex 3: Choose the best one which fits the space to complete the sentence. 1. This is ….. sister. That’s ….. ( his, my ) 2. ….. pen is red. ….. is blue. (hers, yours ) 3. They aren’t ….. keys. They are ….. ( theirs, ours) 4. It isn’t ….. hat. It’s ….. ( mine, her ) 5. ….. books are here. ….. are there ( ours, theirs) 6. These are ….. shoes. Those are ….. ( your, his)

Content - Ss do this ex at home ( Ss read all the words and find the meaning of these words.) 1d 2c 3b 4c 5d 6a 7….. - Ss read all the words silently and find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. - Ss give the answer, T corrects. 1D 2C 3B 4D 5C

-Ss revise how to read question - T calls some Ss read aloud - T corrects Rising Falling ٧ 1. What’s the ٧ time ? 2. Is this the blue ٧ ٧ one ? ٧ 3.Have you got a ٧ pen ? 4.Where do you live? 5. What’s your name ? 6. Is Jenny with you ?

- Revise the using of possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns. - Asks Ss to give the answer and asks Ss to explain the reason. - Answer key: 1. my – his Ex 4: ( Class 7A) 2. your – hers Re arrange the words given to make meaningful 3. our – theirs sentences. 4. her mine 77 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school 1. There/ been/ have/ transport/ interesting/ many/ inventions/ nowadays. 2. The/ a/ is/ single-wheel/ bike/ mono-wheel. 3. The/ sits/ driver/ the/ to/ wheel/ inside/ and/ pedals/ go/ forward. 4. The/ pulls/ handle/ to/ driver/ to/ go/ forward/ back/ or/ pushes/ the/ it/ go. 5. I/ it/ way/ convenient/ is/ guess/, / green/ to/ travel/ a.

English lesson plan for grade 7 5. their – ours 6. your – those - T explains how to do this ex. - Ss read all sentences and understand the meaning of the sentences. - Ss come to the board to the answer. - T corrects 1. There have been many interesting transport inventions nowadays. 2. The mono-wheel is a single-wheel Ex 5: (Homework)Rewrite the sentences so that bike. 3. The driver sits inside the wheel and it has simlar meaning as the sentence before, pedals to go forward. using possessive pronouns. 4. The driver pulls the handle to go Ex: It’s my hat -> It’s mine back of pushes it to go forward. 1. They’re my glasses. 5. I guess it is a convenient, green way 2. Here’re his shoes. to travel. 3. It’s her cup. 4. They’re our pencils. - Ss do this ex at home 5. It’s their picture. * Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….………… Ngày 13 tháng 4 năm 2015 Tổ trưởng

Trần Thị Tuyết Ngày soạn : 18/ 4 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 24/ 4 / 2015- 7B : / 4/ 2015 Buổi 27:

Revision Unit 11 ( Cont ) T and Ss’activities

Content 78

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school * Checking homework: (?)Rewrite the sentences so that it has simlar meaning as the sentence before, using possessive pronouns. - Ss come to the board do do homework. - T corrects Ex 1: Put the verb in brackets in the correct tense form. 1. What you (do) when you graduate from the school ? 2. Next week we (have) many kinds of examinations. It (be) a very busy week, I think. 3. In the future, most of Vietnamese people (be able) (speak) English well. 4. We hope the new director (find) more jobs for his employees. 5. Nam is a hard-working student. He (pass) the exam easily this year. Ex 2: Give the correct comparison form of adjectives. 1. Nam is ……than his sister.(tall) 2. Mr.Tan works …… hours than my father.(many) 3. Vietnamese students have …… vacations than American students.(few) 4. He drinks …… wine than Mr.Hai. (little) 5. Bill studies …… than you. (good) Ex 3: Match the phrases in A with the one in B, using the prepositions given. for – to – with – in – on Eg: 1-F Thankyou for your telephoning us. Column A 1. thankyou 2. We look forward 3. Children usually get bored 4. Rome is famous 5. Too much sugar is bad 6. Is it easy to keep in touch 7. Our new classmate prefers playing basketball. 8. Are you interested 9. He take part

English lesson plan for grade 7 - Ss come to the board and do ex. 1. They’re mine. 2. Here’re his . 3. It’s hers. 4. They’re ours. 5. It’s theirs. - Ss find the tense in each sentence. - Ss give the answer, T corrects. 1. will you do 2. will have – will be 3. will be able – to speak. 4. will find 5. will pass.

-Ss revise the comparison - Ss change the words in brackets into comparison. - T calls some Ss come to the board and give the answer. - T corrects 1. taller 2. more 3. fewer 4. less 5. better - Ss read silently and understand the meaning of all sentences, then match. - Some Ss read aloud the answers -T corrects. 2-D; to 3- H: of 4- I: for 5- A: for 6- C: with 7- J: to 8- E: in 9- B: in 10- G: on 79

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school 10. Whether we will go or not depends much . Column B A, your teeth. B, different. C, your old school friends. D, meeting a lot of different people. E, going on holiday. F, telephoning us . G, the weather. H, reading long books. I, its beautiful building. J, badminton . Ex 4: ( Class 7A) Complete the sentences using the words given. plant people clothing solution should 1. How many …… are there in your family? 2. Our city will have to find …… to reduce traffic jams. 3. They …… trees in their school. 4. We …… use public transport. 5. Poor people need more food and ……

English lesson plan for grade 7

- T explains how to do this ex. - Ss do this ex and give the answer. - T corrects. 1. people 2. solution 3. plant 4. should 5. clothing

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….………… Ngày 20 tháng 4 năm 2015 Tổ trưởng

Trần Thị Tuyết

80 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

Ngày soạn : 2/ 5 / 2015 Ngày dạy : 7A: 8/ 5 / 2015 Buổi 28: Revision Unit 12: An overcrowded world I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 12. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to overcrowded places 2. Pronunciation : Word stress: review 3. Grammar: - Comparisons of quantifiers: more, less/ fewer. - Tag questions . 4. Communication : - Talking about the causes and effects of overcrowed. Bài tập : T and Ss’activities * Revision: - Comparisons of quantifiers: more, less/ fewer. - Tag questions . * Exercises: I. Choose the word that has the underlined parts pronounced differently from the others in each group: 1. A. there B. healthy C. gather D. northern 2. A. raised B. practised C. talked D. liked 3.A. days B. ways C. bays D. says

Content * Ss revise - Comparisons of quantifiers: more, less/ fewer. - Tag questions . - Ss do exercises Ex 1: 1. doesn’t he 2. do you 3. doesn’t he 4. isn’t it 5. will they ……..

Ex 2: Put the words in the box into two 81 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school groups. Natural , water, energy, enormous, enjoy, pollution, festival, perform, Easter, disaster Stress on 1st syllable

English lesson plan for grade 7

Stress on 2nd syllable

Ex 2: Stress on 1st syllable Ex 3: Give the correct comparison form of Natural, Easter, adjectives festival, energy, 1. Nam is …… than his sister (tall) 2. Mr.Tan works … hours than my father. (many) water 3. Vietnamese students have …… vacations than American students (few) Ex 3: 4. He drinks …… wine than Mr.Hai (little) 1. taller 5. Bill studies …… than you. (good) 2. more 3. fewer 4. less 5. better

Stress on 2nd syllable Disaster, pollution, enjoy , perform, enormous

* Adjustment: ………………………………………………………….………………………………… ………………..…………………………………………………………………………… …………………………..………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………….…………

82 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school

English lesson plan for grade 7

Ngày soạn : 15/ 4 / 2016 Ngày dạy : 22/ 4 / 2016 Buổi 28: Revision for the second term test I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 12. II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to overcrowded places 2. Pronunciation : Word stress: review 3. Grammar: - Comparisons of quantifiers: more, less/ fewer. - Tag questions . 4. Communication : - Talking about the causes and effects of overcrowed. Bài tập : T and Ss’activities * Revision: - Comparisons of quantifiers: more, less/ fewer. - Tag questions . * Exercises: I. Choose the word that has the underlined parts pronounced differently from the others in each group: 1. A. there B. healthy C. gather D. northern 2. A. raised B. practised C. talked D.

Content * Ss revise - Comparisons of quantifiers: more, less/ fewer. - Tag questions . - Ss do exercises Ex 1: 1. B 2. A 3. D

II. 1C 83

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school liked 3.A. days B. ways C. bays D. says II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the other words in each group. 1. A. diver B. vessel C. affect D. chopstick 2. A. relax B. marbles C. comic D. atlas III. Choose the best answer from the four choices (A or B,C,D) to complete each of the following sentences. 1. Our school will ______ the school festival next week.(organize / take / rehearse/ play ) 2. ______ silly mistake! (/What/ What a / how/ How How a) 3. We are free now. Shall we go to our club’s party? - ……………………… (yes, I shall/ Yes, we should/ Yes, we go? Yes, let’s) 4.I and my brother usually spend two hour … ………… our homework every evening. ( do / to do / doing/ to do) 5. Of the two students , he is ……………….…… (tall/ taller / the taller/ the tallest) 6. When I saw your teacher this morning, I found that he looked very ……………….…… (happy/ happily/ to be happy/ being happy 7. Come here. We have …………good news for you and your family.( a / many/ a lot/ some) 8. Mr. Truong feels sick now because he drank too………………wine this morning. (many/ few/ lots/ much) 9. I didn’t break those glass windows but my classmates, Tuan and Hoang……………….……

English lesson plan for grade 7 2A

Ex III:

organize What a Yes, let’s doing the taller happy some much did A

1.his broken leg, he managed to get out of the car 2. It is a month since I last saw my 84

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school (do/ didn’t/ did / didn’t, either) 10. - “Would you like some corn?” “______.” A. No, thanks. I’m full B. Ok. I don’t like corn C. All right D. Yes, I would V- Writing Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one: 1. Although he broke his leg, he managed to get out of the car. In spite of …………………………………… 2. I haven’t met my grandmother for a month. It …………………………………………… 3. We have two- month summer vacation. Our summer vacation ……………………… 4. My father spent two hours repairing my bike. It …………………………………………… 5. I prefer playing outdoor games to indoor games I’d …………………………………………

English lesson plan for grade 7 grandfather. 3. Our summer vacation lasts two months 4. It took my father two hours repairing …… 5. play outdoor games rather than indoor games.

Bài tập tiếng Anh - Thì hiện tại hoàn thành Chia động từ ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành 1. There is no more cheese. I (eat)……………. it all, I’m afraid. 2. The bill isn’t right. They (make)………….. a mistake. 85 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 3. Don’t you want to see this programme? It ………….(start). 4. It’ll soon get warm in here. I (turn)……….. the heating on. 5. ………They (pay)…….. money for your mother? 6. Someone (take)………………. my bicycle. 7. Wait for few minutes, please! I (finish)……………. my dinner. 8. ………You ever (eat)………….. Sushi? 9. She (not/come)…………… here for a long time. 10. I (work…………..) here for three years. 11. ………… You ever …………..(be) to New York? 12. You (not/do) ………….yor project yet, I suppose. 13. I just (see)………. Andrew and he says he ……..already 14. (do)………. about half of the plan. 15. I ………..just (decide)……… to start working next week. 16. He (be)…………. at his computer for seven hours. 17. She (not/have) ……………any fun a long time. 18. My father (not/ play)……….. any sport since last year. 19. I’d better have a shower. I (not/have)………. one since Thursday. 20. I don’t live with my family now and we (not/see)…………. each other for five years. 21. I…… just (realize)…………... that there are only four weeks to the end of term. 22. The train drivers (go)……… on strike and they stopped working at twelve o’clock. 23. How long…….. (you/know)………. each other? 24. ……….(You/ take)………… many photographs ? 25. (She/ eat)………………. at the Royal Hotel yet ? 26. He (live) ………….here all his life.. 27. Is this the second time he (lose)……………. his job ? 28. How many bottles………… the milkman (leave) ………….? He (leave) ……….. six. 29. I (buy)…………. a new carpet. Come and look at it. 30. She (write)………….. three poems about her fatherland. 31. We (finish) ……………………three English courses. 32. My granfather (live)………………with us for thirty years. He (die) ten years ago. 33. Shake Spears (write)…………………….many good poems about love 34. I can’t find my clothes . someone (take)……………………….them away. 35. You(find)………………………….the key you lost yesterday?- yes, I find it an hour ago 36. I (wash)……………my hand. I (repair )…………………my car. Chuyển đổi từ hiện tại hoàn thành sang quá khứ đơn (và ngược lại) 1. Viết lại câu không thay đổi nghĩa: 1) This is the first time he went abroad.=> He hasn't...................................................................................................................... 86 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 2) She started driving 1 month ago. => She has................................................................................................................. 3) We began eating when it started to rain. => We have................................................................................................................ 4) I last had my hair cut when I left her. => I haven't................................................................................................................ 5) The last time she kissed me was 5 months ago. => She hasn't............................................................................................................. 6) It is a long time since we last met. => We haven't............................................................................................................. 7) When did you have it ? =Howlong................................................................................? 8) This is the first time I had such a delicious meal . => I haven't................................................................................................................ 9) I haven't seen him for 8 days. => The last ................................................................................................................ 10)Ihaven't takena bath since Monday. => I last……………………………………………………………………………… 11. When did you started learning English? How long 12. I haven’t been to the hairdresser’s for ages. It’s ……………………………………………………………………………………………… ……… 13. He hasn’t been back to his village for 20 years. It’s………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… The last………………………………………………………………………………………… ………….. 14. This is the most fabulus film I have ever seen. I…………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… 15. I have never met such a tall man. 87 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 This………………………………………………………………………………………… ………… 16. I have written to him for ten moths. It’s………………………………………………………………………………………… ….. III. make sentences using the words given 1. We/ just /finish / repair / most of / house / and now it / look / very nice. 2. he / work / bank / since / he / leave / collage. 3. it/ 15 years / since / he / last / leave / his hometown. 4.Nowadays / our lives / be / much / improved / by / science and technology. 5. science / bring/ us / a lot / benefits / now. 6. What / weather / like / tomorrow/?. 7. We / spend / time /learn /how / take care/ ourselves last year. 8. This / be / best movie / I / see 10. they / not see/ one other / long time 11Noone/ live / this / for ages. 12. We / never / see / this/ man / before. 13. The children / not / see / that / film / TV last week. 14. Lan / prefer / classical music / opera. 15. She / beautiful/ weman / I / meet. 16. She / never / see / fabuluos / film / this 17. He/ be / to / zoo / ten times.

2. Chia các động từ trong ngoặc ra thì simple past hoặc present perfect: 1) We (study) ...............a very hard lesson the day before yesterday............................ 2) We (study) ................................................almost every lesson in this book so far................. 3) We (have never watched)..........................that television program ........................... 4) We (watch) .....................an interesting program on television last night ............... 5) My wife and I ........................................(travell) by air many times 6) My wife and I (travell).................................. to Mexico by air last summer 7) I (read) ..................that novel by Hemingway sevaral times before. 8) I (read) .........................that novel again during my last vacation. 9) I (have) .........................a little trouble with my car last week. 88 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 10) However,I (have )......................... no trouble with my car since then. Ngày

, tháng 9 , 2014 Tổ trưởng

Trần Thị Tuyết Ngày soạn : 16/ 10/ 2014 Ngày dạy : 7B: 22/ 10 / 2014 7A: 30/ 10/ 2014

Bài tập : I. Choose the word that has the underlined parts pronounced differently from the others in each group: 1. A. there B. healthy C. gather D. northern 2. A. raised B. practised C. talked D. liked 3.A. days B. ways C. bays D. says 1. A. there B. healthy C. gather D. northern 2. A. raised B. practised C. talked D. liked 3. A. days B. ways C. bays D. says II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the other words in each group. 1. A. diver B. vessel C. affect D. chopstick 2. A. relax B. marbles C. comic D. atlas III. Choose the best answer from the four choices (A or B,C,D) to complete each of the following sentences. 1. Our school will ______ the school festival next week. (organize / take / rehearse/ play ) 2. ______ silly mistake! (/What/ What a / how/ How How a) 3. We are free now. Shall we go to our club’s party? - ……………………… (yes, I shall/ Yes, we should/ Yes, we go? Yes, let’s) 2. I and my brother usually spend two hour … ………… our homework every evening. 89 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 ( do / to do / doing/ to do) 5. Of the two students , he is ……………….…… (tall/ taller / the taller/ the tallest) 6. When I saw your teacher this morning, I found that he looked very ……………….…… (happy/ happily/ to be happy/ being happy 7. Come here. We have …………good news for you and your family.( a / many/ a lot/ some) 8. Mr. Truong feels sick now because he drank too………………wine this morning. (many/ few/ lots/ much) 9. I didn’t break those glass windows but my classmates, Tuan and Hoang……………….…… (do/ didn’t/ did / didn’t, either) 10. - “Would you like some corn?” - “______.” A. No, thanks. I’m full B. Ok. I don’t like corn C. All right D. Yes, I would IV- Reading Read the following passage and choose the best answers. My Television My television is an important (1) _____of furniture to me. I can’t get (2) ____ the house very often, but my TV brings the whole (3) ______to me. From the evening news and the “all-news” channels. I learn about events(4) ______ the outside world: politics, the environment, recent changes in technology and medicine, and (5) ______on. I like game shows and travel programs, (6) ______. And I love comedies: I think it’s important to be (7) _____to laugh. I can even watch shows (8) _____other languages and “go shopping” by TV. With the major national networks, I have a (9) ______of fifty different programs (10) ___the same time! 1. A. bit B. piece C. slice D. pair 2. A. out B. in C. out of D. in to 3. A. world B. places C. towns D. cities 4. A. on B. in C. out D. over 5. A. such B. this C. that D. so 6. A. too B. so C. either D. neither 7. A. ability B. enable C. able D. inability 8. A. of B. in C. at D. by 9. A. choose B. chose C. choice D. choosing 10.A. in B. at C. on D. of V- Writing Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one: 1. Although he broke his leg, he managed to get out of the car. In spite of ………………………………………………………….. 90 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 2. I haven’t met my grandmother for a month. It ………………………………………………………………….. 3. We have two- month summer vacation. Our summer vacation ……………………………………………………. 4. My father spent two hours repairing my bike. It ………………………………………………………………………… 5. I prefer playing outdoor games to indoor games I’d ……………………………………………………………………….

at one time: thời gian nào đó đã qua - back to square one: trở lại từ đầu - be at one with someone: thống nhất với ai - be/get one up on someone: có ưu thế hơn ai - for one thing: vì 1 lý do - a great one for sth: đam mê chuyện gì - have one over th eight: uống quá chén 91 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school - all in one, all rolled up into one: kết hợp lại

English lesson plan for grade 7

- it's all one (to me/him): như nhau thôi - my one and only copy: người duy nhất - a new one on me: chuyện lạ - one and the same: chỉ là một - one for the road: ly cuối cùng trước khi đi - one in the eye for somone: làm gai mắt - one in a thousand/milion: một người tốt trong ngàn người - be in two minds: chưa quyết định được - for two pins: xém chút nữa - in two shakes: 1 loáng là xong - a black day (for someone/sth): ngày đen tối Trong một câu tiếng Anh, chủ ngữ và động từ phải phù hợp với nhau về ngôi và số (số ít hay số nhiều). Quy tắc chung: chủ ngữ số ít đi cùng động từ số ít và chủ ngữ số nhiều đi cùng động từ số nhiều. Tuy nhiên, đôi khi chủ ngữ còn hòa hợp với động từ tùy theo ý tưởng diễn đạt hoặc danh từ/đại từ đứng trước theo các quy tắc nhất định. Chúng ta hãy ghi nhớ những quy tắc dưới đây để tránh những nhầm lẫn không đáng có khi học tiếng Anh nhé. 1. Các trường hợp chủ ngữ đứng tách khỏi động từ – Trong câu tiếng Anh, có nhiều trường hợp rất khó xác định được đâu là chủ ngữ của câu do chủ ngữ và động từ không đi liền với nhau. The boys in the room are playing chess. – Thông thường trong các trường hợp đó, một ngữ giới từ (một giới từ mở đầu và các danh từ theo sau – in the room) thường nằm giữa chủ ngữ và động từ. Các ngữ giới từ này không ảnh hưởng đến việc chia động từ. The study of languages is very interesting. Serveral theories on this subject have been proposed. The view of these disciplines varies from time to time. The danger of forest fires is not to be taken lightly. 92 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 – Chú ý rằng trong các ví dụ trên các danh từ nằm trong ngữ giới từ đều trái ngược với chủ ngữ về số ít / số nhiều nhưng động từ luôn được chia theo chủ ngữ chính. – Các cụm từ sau cùng với các danh từ đi theo sau nó tạo nên hiện tường đồng chủ ngữ. Chúng đứng giữa chủ ngữ và động từ, phân tách khỏi 2 thành phần đó bởi dấu phảy. Chúng cũng không có ảnh hưởng gì đến việc chia động từ. – Nếu hai danh từ làm chủ ngữ nối với nhau bằng ” and” nhưng cùng nói về 1 đối tượng thì động từ chia ở ngôi thứ 3 số ít. VD: Bread and butter is all he asked for. Together with

along with

accompanied by

as well as

Mary, along with her manager and some friends, is going to a party tonight. Mr. Robbins, accompanied by her wife and children, is arriving tonight. – Nếu 2 danh từ làm chủ ngữ nối với nhau bằng “and” thì động từ phải chia ở ngôi thứ 3 số nhiều (tương đương với they) Mary and her manager are going to a party tonight. Nhưng nếu 2 đồng chủ ngữ nối với nhau bằng “or” thì động từ phải chia theo danh từ đứng sau “or”. Nếu danh từ đó là số ít thì động từ phải chia số ít và ngược lại. Mary or her manager is going to answer the press interview. 2. Các từ luôn đi với danh từ hoặc đại từ số ít Đó là các danh từ ở bảng sau (còn gọi là các đại từ phiếm chỉ). any + singular noun anybody anyone anything

no + singular noun nobody no one nothing

some + singular noun Somebody someone something

every/ each + singular noun everybody everyone everything

neither * either * * “Either” và “neither” là số ít nếu chúng không đi với “or“ hoặc “nor“. Either (có nghĩa 1 trong 2) chỉ dùng cho 2 người hoặc 2 vật. Nếu 3 người (vật) trở lên phải dùng any. Neither (không một ai trong hai) chỉ dùng cho 2 người, 2 vật. Nếu 3 người (vật) trở lên dùng “not any“. Everybody who wants to buy a ticket should be in this line. Something is in my eye. Anybody who has lost his ticket should report to the desk. Neither of his pens is able to be used. If either of you takes a vacation now, we will not be able to finish the work. 93 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 No problem is harder than this one. Nobody works harder than John does. 3. Cách sử dụng None và No “None” và “No” đều dùng được với cả danh từ số ít và số nhiều. · Nếu sau “None of” the là một danh từ không đếm được thì động từ phải ở ngôi thứ 3 số ít. Nếu sau nó là một danh từ số nhiều thì động từ phải chia ở ngôi thứ 3 số nhiều. None of the + non-count noun + singular verb None of the + plural count noun + plural verb None of the counterfeit money has been found. None of the students have finished the exam yet. · Nếu sau “No” là một danh từ đếm được số ít hoặc không đếm được thì động từ phải ở ngôi thứ 3 số ít. Nếu sau nó là một danh từ số nhiều thì động từ phải ở ngôi thứ 3 số nhiều. No + {singular noun / non-count noun} + singular verb No + plural noun + plural verb No example is relevant to this case. No examples are relevant to this case. 4. Cách sử dụng cấu trúc either… or (hoặc…hoặc) và neither… nor (không…mà cũng không) Điều cần lưu ý nhất khi sử dụng cấu trúc này là động từ phải chia theo danh từ đi sauor hoặc nor. Nếu danh từ đó là số ít thì động từ chia ở ngôi thứ 3 số ít và ngược lại. Nếu or hoặc nor xuất hiện một mình (không có either hoặc neither) thì cũng áp dụng quy tắc tương tự (như đã đề cập ở phần trên). Neither John nor his friends are going to the beach today. Either John or his friends are going to the beach today. Neither the boys nor Carmen has seen this movie before. Either John or Bill is going to the beach today. Neither the director nor the secretary wants to leave yet. 5. V-ing làm chủ ngữ Khi V-ing dùng làm chủ ngữ thì động từ cũng phải chia ở ngôi thứ 3 số ít. Learning English is not Not studying has caused him many Washing with special cream is recommended for scalp

easy.. problems. infection. 94

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 Being cordial is one of his greatest assets. Writing many letters makes her happy. Người ta sẽ dùng V-ing khi muốn diễn đạt 1 hành động cụ thể xảy ra nhất thời nhưng khi muốn diễn đạt bản chất của sự vật, sự việc thì phải dùng danh từ. Dieting is very popular today. Diet is for those who suffer from a certain disease. Động từ nguyên thể cũng có thể dùng làm chủ ngữ và động từ sau nó sẽ chia ở ngôi thứ 3 số ít. Nhưng người ta thường dùng chủ ngữ giả “it” để mở đầu câu. To find the book is necessary for him = It is necessary for him to find the book. 6. Các danh từ tập thể Đó là các danh từ ở bảng sau dùng để chỉ 1 nhóm người hoặc 1 tổ chức nhưng trên thực tế chúng là những danh từ số ít, do vậy các đại từ và động từ theo sau chúng cũng ở ngôi thứ 3 số ít. Congress family group committee class

Organization team army club crowd

Government jury majority* minority public

The committee has met, and it has rejected the proposal. The family was elated by the news. The crowd was wild with excitement Congress has initiated a new plan to combat inflation. The organization has lost many members this year. Our team is going to win the game. Tuy nhiên nếu các thành viên trong nhóm đang hoạt động riêng rẽ, động từ sẽ chia ở ngôi thứ 3 số nhiều: Congress votes for the bill. (Quốc hội bỏ phiếu cho dự luật, gồm tất cả mọi người) Congress are discussing about the bill. (Quốc hội đang tranh luận về dự luật, tức là một số tán thành, một số phản đối). * Danh từ “majority” được dùng tuỳ theo thành phần sau nó để chia động từ The majority + singular verb The majority of the + plural noun + plural verb The majority believes that we are in no danger. The majority of the students believe him to be innocent. · The police/the sheep/the fish + plural verb. The sheep are breaking away The police come only to see the dead bodies and a ruin in the bank ·A couple + singular verb 95 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 A couple is walking on the path · The couple + plural verb The couple are racing their horses through the meadow. · Các cụm từ ở nhóm sau chỉ một nhóm động vật hoặc gia súc. Cho dù sau giới từ“of“ là danh từ số nhiều thì động từ vẫn chia theo ngôi chủ ngữ chính – ngôi thứ 3 số ít: flock of birds/ sheep, school of fish, herd of cattle, pride of lions, pack of dogs. The flock of birds is circling overhead. The herd of cattle is breaking away. A school of fish is being attacked by sharks. · Tất cả các danh từ tập thể chỉ thời gian, tiền bạc, số đo, … khi được đề cập đến như một thể thống nhất thì đều được xem là một danh từ số ít. Do đó các động từ và đại từ theo sau chúng phải ở ngôi thứ 3 số ít. Twenty-five dollars is too much for the meal. Fifty minutes isn’t enough time to finish this test Twenty dollars is all I can afford to pay for that radio. Two miles is too much to run in one day. He has contributed $50, and now he wants to contribute another fifty. 7. Cách sử dụng “a number of, the number of”: A number of = “Một số những …”, đi với danh từ số nhiều, động từ chia ở số nhiều. A number of + plural noun + plural verb A number of students are going to the class picnic (Một số sinh viên sẽ đi …) A number of applicants have already been interviewed. The number of = “Số lượng những …”, đi với danh từ số nhiều, động từ vẫn ở ngôi thứ 3 số ít. The number of + plural noun + singular verb... The number of days in a week is seven. (Số lượng ngày trong tuần là 7) The number of residents who have been questioned on this matter is quite small. 8. Các danh từ luôn ở số nhiều Bảng sau là những danh từ bao giờ cũng ở hình thái số nhiều vì chúng bao gồm 2 thực thể nên các đại từ và động từ đi cùng với chúng cũng phải ở số nhiều. scissors shorts pants Nếu The A

jeans tongs trousers muốn

eyeglasses pliers tweezers

chúng thành ngôi số ít pants are in pair of pants is in

phải the

dùng a the

pair of… drawer. drawer. 96

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 These scissors are dull. (Cái kéo này cùn. Chú ý chỉ có 1 cái kéo nhưng cũng dùng với these) 9. Cách dùng “there is, there are” Được dùng để chỉ sự tồn tại của người hoặc vật tại một nơi nào đó. Chủ ngữ thật của câu là danh từ đi sau động từ. Nếu nó là danh từ số ít thì động từ to be chia ở ngôi thứ 3 số ít và ngược lại. Mọi biến đổi về thời và thể đều ở to be còn there giữ nguyên. There has been an increase in the importation of foreign cars. Threre is a storm approaching. There was an accident last night. There was water on the floor. There have been a number of telephone calls today. There were too many people at the party. Lưu ý: • Các cấu trúc: there is certain/ sure/ likely/ bound to be = chắc chắn là sẽ có There is sure to be trouble when she gets his letter. (Chắc chắn là sẽ có rắc rối khi cô ấy nhận được thư anh ta) Do you think there is likely to be snow. (Anh cho rằng chắc chắn sẽ có tuyết chứ) • Trong dạng tiếng Anh quy chuẩn hoặc văn chương một số các động từ khác ngoài to be cũng được sử dụng với there: Động từ trạng thái: stand/ lie/ remain/ exist/ live Động từ chỉ sự đến: enter/ go/ come/ follow/ develop In a small town in Germany there once lived a poor shoemaker. (Tại một thị trấn nhỏ ở Đức có một ông thợ giày nghèo sống ở đó) There remains nothing more to be done . (Chả còn có gì nữa mà làm) Suddenly there entered a strange figure dressed all in black. (Bỗng có một hình bóng kì lạ mặc toàn đồ đen đi vào) There followed an uncomfortable silence. (Sau đó là một sự im lặng đến khó chịu) • There + subject pronoun + go/ come/ be: kìa/ thế là/ rồi thì There he comes (Anh ta đã đến rồi kia kìa) There you are, I have been waiting for you for over an hour. (Anh đây rồi, tôi đang chờ anh đến hơn một tiếng rồi đ ách dùng Be used to: Đã quen với Be used to + cụm danh từ hoặc verb-ing (trong cấu trúc này, used là 1 tính từ và to là 1 giới từ). You are used to do something, nghĩa là bạn đã từng làm việc gì đó rất nhiều lần hoặc đã có kinh nghiệm với việc đó rồi, vì vậy nó không còn lạ lẫm, mới lạ hay khó khăn gì với bạn nữa. Ex: • I am used to getting up early in the morning. (Tôi đã quen với việc dậy sớm vào buổi sáng). • He didn’t complain about the noise nextdoor. He was used to it. 97 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 (Anh ta không than phiền về tiếng ồn bên nhà hàng xóm nữa. Anh ta đã quen với nó rồi). Nghĩa ngược lại của be used to la be NOT used to: không quen với, chưa quen với Ex: • I am not used to the new system in the factory yet. (Tôi vẫn chưa quen với hệ thống mới ở nhà máy). Cách dùng Get used to: Dần quen với Get used to + cụm danh từ hoặc verb-ing (trong cấu trúc này, used là 1 tính từ và to là 1 giới từ) You are used to something, nghĩa là bạn đang trở nên quen với việc đó. Đây là một quá trình của việc dần trở nên quen với việc gì đó. Ex: • I got used to getting up early in the morning. (Tôi đã quen dần với việc dậy sớm buổi sáng.) • After a while he didn’t mind the noise in the office, he got used to it. (Sau một thời gian không để ý đến tiếng ồn trong văn phòng thì anh ta quen dần với nó.) Cách dùng Used to: Đã từng, từng Used to + verb chỉ một thói quen hay một tình trạng ở quá khứ. Nó thường chỉ được sử dụng ở quá khứ đơn. a) Thói quen trong quá khứ: You used to do something, nghĩa là bạn đã làm việc đó trong 1 khoảng thời gian ở quá khứ, nhưng bạn không còn làm việc đó nữa. Ex: • We used to live there when I as a child. (Chúng tôi đã từng sống ở đó khi tôi còn là một đứa trẻ.) • I used to walk to work when I was younger. (Tôi từng hay đi bộ đến công ty khi tôi còn trẻ.) b) Tình trạng / trạng thái trong quá khứ: Used to còn thể hiện tình trạng trong quá khứ nhưng không còn tồn tại nữa được thể hiện bằng những động từ biểu hiện trạng thái sau: have, believe, know và like. Ex: • I used to Like The Beatles but now I never listen to them. (Tôi đã từng thích nhóm The Beatles nhưng bây giờ tôi không còn nghe nhạc của họ nữa.) • He used to have long hair but nowadays this hair is very short. (Anh ta đã từng để tóc dài nhưng dạo này anh ấy để tóc rất ngắn.) Dạng câu hỏi của Used to: Did(n’t) + subject + use to Ex: • Did he use to work in the office very late at night? (Anh ta có thường hay làm việc trong văn phòng rất trễ vào buổi tối không?) Dạng phủ định của Used to: Subject + didn’t + used to 98 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 Ex: • We didn’t use to be vegestarians. (Chúng tôi không từng những người ăn chay.) • We didn’t use to get up early when we were children. (Chúng tôi không từng dậy sớm khi còn là những đứa trẻ.) Các dạng bài tập về USED TO và GET USED TO Các dạng bài tập về USED TO và GET USED TO được VnDoc.com sưu tầm và đăng tải nhằm giúp các bạn ôn tập ngữ pháp Tiếng Anh hiệu quả. Bài tập gồm nhiều câu hỏi trắc nghiệm Tiếng Anh có đáp án, mời các bạn tham khảo. Choose the best answer to complete these following sentences. 1. Astronauts_____ in their spaceship, but they frequently work outside now. A. were used to stay B. used to stay C. were staying D. had used to stay 2. People _____ that the earth is round before. A. were not used to believe B. used to believing C. would not use to believe D. did not use to believe 3. Tuberculosis_____ incurable before. A. use to be thought B. used to be thought C. used to think D. use to think 4. Formerly babies_____ of whooping cough. A. have died B. used to die C. would die D. both B and C 5. These city girls are used_____ in the field. A. to work B. used to lie C. would like D. to working 6. Newton_____ scientific books when a boy. A. used to read B. has read C. had read D. had been reading 7. I am sorry I am not_____ fast. A. used to drive B. used to driving C. use to drive D. use to driving 8. Frank used to work in a small shop. He_____ A. doesn't any more B. still does C. is now D. had never done anything else 9. Roy Trenton used to work in a small shop. He _____ A. is driving it B. doesn’t drive it any more C. likes it D. didn’t like it 10. Roy Trenton use to drive a taxi. This means he_____ A. use to lie B. used live C. used to living D. used to live 11. I_____ in Jakarta. I've lived here all my life. A. am used to living B. used to living C. use to live D. am used to live 12. Jane_____ for the telephone company, but now she has a job at the post office. A. used to working B. used to work C. is used to working D. am used to work 99 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Hai An Secondary school English lesson plan for grade 7 13. This work doesn’t bother me. I _____ hard. I've worked hard all my life. A. used to working B. used to work C. am used to working D. am used to work 14. Dick_____ a moustache, but he doesn't any more. He shaved it off because his wife didn't like it. A. used to having B. is used to having C. was used to having D. used to have 15. When I was a child, I _____ anyone 40 was old. A. used to think B. was used to thinking C. used to thinking D. was used to think Đáp án bài tập về USED TO và GET USED TO 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. D 5. C 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. D 11. A 12. B 13. C 14. D 15. A 16. C 17. D 18. B 19. A 20. B

100 Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn: 16/ 9/ 2019 Ngày dạy :

Buổi 1:

Revision unit 1

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in Unit 1 related to the topic : “ local environment “ II. Language content: Words related to traditional crafts Complext sentences III. Preparation: Teaching plan IV. Procedures : T and Ss’activities Content

* Vocab : Exercise 1 : Ss call the names of the craft villages they knew.

* Grammar: Ss revise complex sentences: - Ss give the subordinators begin dependent clauses: Exercise 2 : Combine the following pairs of simple sentences into complex sentences. 1. John went to the movies. He had a lot of work to do. 2. Vishnu is a brilliant boy. He has won several honors. 3. Mark didn’t get the job. He lacked the necessary qualifications. 4. Harry is a baseball player. He is known all over the world. Exercise 3: State which of the following sentences are compound and which are

- Ss give the names of the craft villages - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. + Vegetable-planting_villages + Weaving_villages + Pottery-making_villages + Paper-making_villages + Painting-making_villages + Lacquer_villages + Flower-planting_villages + Embroidery_villages + Drum-making_villages 1C 2G 3E 4J 5B 6I 7H 8D - Clause of concession : though …. - Clause of purpose : - Clause of reason : - Clause of time : - Ss read silently and do exercise. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. John went to the movies although he had a lot of work to do. 2. Vishnu is a brilliant boy who has won several honors. 3. Mark didn’t get the job because he

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

complex? 1. The house was destroyed in the fire, but the whole family was saved. 2. Walking through the wood, he saw a fox that was following him. 3. If I do not get this job, I will start a business. 4. He said that he was so disappointed that he would not try again. 5. The men who rule the world with their pens are mightier than those who rule the world with their swords. 6. The evil that men do lives after them. 7. All that glitters is not gold. 8. Neither the color nor the design of this cloth appeals to me.

lacked the necessary qualifications. 4. Harry is a baseball player who is known all over the world.

- Ss read silently and do exercise in pairs. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. Compound sentence (Main clause 1 – The house… the fire; main clause 2 – but …. saved) 2. Complex sentence (main clause – he …fox; subordinate clause – that…. him) 3. Complex sentence (main clause – I …business; subordinate clause–if … job) 4. Complex sentence (main clause – he said; subordinate clause 1 – that he was so disappointed; subordinate clause 2 – that he would not try again) 5. Complex sentence (main clause – the men are mightier; subordinate clause 1 – who rule the world with their pens; * Homework: Exercise 4: Rewrite the following sentences as subordinate clause 2 – who rule the world with their swords) directed. 1. The tea was so hot that I could not drink it. 6. Complex sentence (main clause – the (Change into a simple sentence) evil lives after them; subordinate clause 2. He is too arrogant to listen to advice. (Change – that men do) into a complex sentence) 7. Complex sentence (main clause – all 3. He worked hard that he might pass the is not gold; subordinate clause – that examination. (Change into a simple sentence) glitters) 4. He is too stupid to handle such a difficult 8. Compound sentence (main clause 1 – situation. (Remove too) neither the design appeals to me; main 5. John is the tallest boy in the class. (Use the clause 2 – nor the color of the cloth comparative form of the adjective) appeals to me) 6. I could not do it even if I tried. (Change into a - Ss do this exercise at home. simple sentence) Key: 7. No sooner did I hear the gunshot than I 1. The tea was too hot for me to drink. rushed to the spot. (Rewrite using as soon as.) 2. He is so arrogant that he will not listen 8. Hardly had I solved one problem when to advice. another cropped up. (Rewrite using no sooner 3. He worked hard to pass the …than) examination. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

9. Only trained graduates need to apply. (Use 4. He is so stupid that he cannot handle none instead of only) such a situation. 10. Work hard or you will fail. (Change into a 5. John is taller than any other boy in …. complex sentence) 6. Despite trying, I could not do it. * Adjustment: ……………………………………………………………………………………………… Ngày soạn: 22/ 9/ 2019 Ngày dạy :

Buổi 2:

Revision Unit 1 ( Cont )

T & Ss activities - Ss read silently and do exercise in pairs. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1B 2A 3B 4B 5A 6B 7C 8A 9C 10A

- Ss read silently and do exercise individually. - Ss give the answer

Content Question I. Circle A,B,C or D to complete the following sentences. 1.She asked me where I _____ from. A. to come B. came C. come D. coming 2.The traditional dress of Japanese women is ___. A. Kimono B. Ao Dai C. Sari D. Jeans 3.We stayed at home _____ it rained heavily. A. and B. because C. so D. but 4.If you want to get good marks, you must _____ hard. A. studying B. study C. studies D. studys 5.They will come here _____ 13:00 am. A. at B. between C. in D. on 6.Ba got up late, _____ he couldn’t catch the first bus. A. then B. so C. as D. when 7.You have read this article on the website, ____? A. do you B. have you C. haven't you D. did you 8.The teacher asked me _____ the passage into Vietnamese. A. to translate B. translates C. translating D. translate 9.How much time do you spend _____ on the web a day? A. posting B. to surf C. surfing D. using 10.I _____ Tom’s brother recently. A. haven't seen B. didn't see C. hasn't seen D. saw Question II. Use the correct form and tense of the verbs in brackets. 1. She ( know )…….them for about five years. 2.When I came back home , They (play)… soccer.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. has known 2. were playing 3. is – works 4. visited

- Ss read silently and do exercise in pairs. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. D-> wasn’t 2. C- > so

- Ss read silently & do ex individually. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. examiner 2. reputation 3. improve 4. activities - Ss read silently and do exercise individually. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. she said she would go to her village the following week 2. .. I could ….her … ……. - Ss do this exercise at home

3. My father ( be ) …..a farmer. Everyday, he ( work ) …….hard from morning till night. 4. We ( visit ) …………...to Hue last summer. 5.If I ( have ) ……………….free time ,I will go to Sam Son beach. 6.Ba hates ( play ) …………….soccer. 7. I wish I ( have) ……………a good friend. 8.They suggested (go) ………to the cinema. Question III. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find and correct it. 1. A daily newspaper was published in Germany A B in 1550, didn’t it? C D 2. The new camera didn’t work, because Mrs. A B C Robinson took it back to the shop. D Question IV Use the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. He is a strict ………………….. ( EXAM ) 2. This school has an excellent ….(REPUTE) 3. If you want to …… your English, we can help you. ( IMPROVEMENT ) 4. We often take part in many cultural……. (ACTIVITY ) Question V Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one. 1. I will go to my village next week. ->She said 2. I can not go fishing with my friends. ->I wish 3.They grow rice in tropical country. -> Rice … 4. Lan wanted to go the place again because it was beautiful ( sử dụng “so” để nối câu) Question VI. Write complete sentences using the suggested words: 1. She / be / tired / so / go / home / yesterday. 2. He / study / English / for / four years. 3. She /ask/ me /how /I / use / English / the future 4. Rice / grown / in the field / by farmers.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………

Ngày soạn: 30/ 9/ 2019 Ngày dạy:

Buổi 3:

Revision Unit 2

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in Unit 2 related to the topic : “ City life “ II. Language content: Words related to traditional city life Comparison Phrasal verbs . III. Preparation: Teaching plan IV. Procedures : T & Ss’activities Content - Revise I. Revise Theory : - Words related to traditional city life Question I. Choose A, B, C or D to complete - Comparison each sentence: - Phrasal verbs . 1. She is skilled at ___________ cloth. A. giving B. weaving C. doing D. carving 2. After I found all the information I needed, I __ the computer. A. turned off B. switched on - Ss read silently & do ex individually. C. looked for D. put off - Ss give the answer 3. Today’s cities are ___ than cities in previous - Others correct times. - T corrects and gives the answer. A. lots larger B. much larger 1. B 2. A 3. B C. as large D. the largest 4. B 5. B 4. You may feel___before taking an important exam. A. surprised B. stressed C. relaxed D. pleased Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Ss read silently & do ex individually. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. smallest 2. convenient 3. attractions 4. Unemployment

- Ss read silently & do ex in pairs. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. *. T / F 1. T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T 6.T *. Answer 1. They are in South West England 2. There were more than 3 thousand acers of willow trees were planted. 3. He was amazed when he visited the place 4. Yes, he is

- Ss read silently & do ex individually. - Ss give the answer - Others correct

Question II. Use the correct form of the words given in bracket: 1. What is the ( small) country in the world ? _ I think it’s Monaco 2. Many people move to the city because they enjoy the ( convevience) ______ life there. 3. One of the __________ in my hometown is the traditional market. ( attract) 4. ____________ is one of the biggest problem in this city. ( employ) Question III.Read a passage about the Somerset Levels and do the exercises that follow. Last year I visited the Somerset Levels, a coastal plain and wetland area in Somerset, South West England. This area is home to one of Somerset’s oldest traditional crafts – willow bastket making. Basket making began in the area along time ago. At the beginning of the 19th century, more than three thousand acers of willow trees were planted commercially there because the area provided an excellent natural habitant for their cultivation.

* Decide if the sentences are T or F 1. Willow basket making is the oldest traditional craft in Somerset. 2. Willow can grow well in the area because of its favourable natural conditions. 3. The presence of plastic products did not affect the growth of the basket making industry in the area in the 1950s. *. Answer the questions. 1. Where are the Somerset Levels? 2. How many acres of willow when were planted commercically there at the beginning of the 19th century? 3. How did the author feel when he visited the place? 4. Is basket making passed down through generations? Question IV. Rewrite the sentence so that the new sentence has a similar meaning to the original one, using the words in brackets. 1. The teacher says that no student in the school is

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- T corrects and gives the answer. 1. The teacher says that I am the noisiest student in the school. 2. You should use a dictionary to look up the meaning of new words 3. I have no idea when to take that English test. 4. He said he was on his way.

- Ss do this exercise at home

noisier than I am. ( noisiest) 2.You should use a dictionary to check the meaning of new words. ( look) 3.I have no idea when I should take that English test. ( to) 4.“ I am on my way” he said. ( He said ) * Homework:Write a paragraph of about 80100 words on one of the problems of city life. - Firstly…… - Secondly…../ Next ….. - Thirdly ……/ Lastly……/ Finally…… - In conclusion …

Ngày soạn: 9/ 10/ 2019 Ngày dạy :

Buổi 4:

Revision Unit 2 ( Cont ) T & Ss’ activities

Content I. Comparasion of adjective and adverbs -You can use much ,a lot ,a bit ,and a little with I. Comparasion of adjective and comparative forms of adjectives to show how adverbs (review ) differences are . e.x: A DVD is much better than a video for watching films . -With the superlative forms of adjectives we use second ,third .. e.x: N.Trang is the second largest city in VNam. -Aks Ss to do e.x in work book . - Ss read sentences in Ex I silently and do I. use the correct form of the words given in brackets to finish the sentences . it individually - Call some Ss come to the board and give 1. Our city has some fastionable shops, but they are not very ( afford ) the answer. 2. Many people move to the city because they - Other correct. - T corrects and gives the answer : enjoy the (pleasure ) & ( convenience )life there 1. affordable 3. New York is a multi- ( culture ) city 2.pleasant –convenient 4.City authorities are spending (much)& (much) Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

3.multicultural 4.more –more-better 5.smallest

money on public transport to make it ( good ) 5. What’s the ( small) country in the word?

II.Complete the sentences with a suitable - Ss read sentences in Ex II silently and comparative form of the words provided. do it individually 1.Towns are………………than villages. (big) - Call some Ss come to the board and give 2.A sofa is…………than a chair. (comfortable) the answer. 3.Does an ox run………..than a horse? (slow) - Other correct. 4.Laura sings………….than her sister. (good) - T corrects and gives the answer : 5.My house is…….from the river than Nam’s 1. bigger 2.more comfortable house. (far) 3.more slowly 4. better 6.Minh plays the flute…….than Quang. (bad) 5. father 6. worse 7.Traffic in the city is always……………than 7.busier 8.harder that in the countryside. (busy) 9.quiter 10.happier 8.This year the farmers work……than they did last year. (hard) 9.Villages are…………than towns. (quite) 10.I think people in this area live…….than those - Ss read sentences in Ex III silently and in other areas. (happy) do it in pairs. III. Use the suggestions to write sentences of - Call some Ss come to the board and give comparative. the answer. 1. Your brother / optimistic / you - Other correct. 2.Air/ countryside/ healthy/ city - T corrects and gives the answer : 3.People/ countryside/ work/ hard/ city 1.Your brother is more optimistic thanyou 4.This paddy field/ large/ five stadiums 2.Air in countryside is more healthy than 5.A cow/ plough/ bad/ a buffalo 6.Mai/ speak English/ fluent/ her sister air in the city . 3. People in the countryside works harder than people in the city 4.This paddy field is larger than5stadiums 5.A cow ploughs worse than a buffalo 6.M speaks E more fluently than her sister - Ss read sentences in Ex IV silently and do it in pairs - Call some Ss come to the board and give the answer. - Other correct. - T corrects and gives the answer : 1. Nick writes essays more carefilly than Phuc. 2.A snail moves more slowly than a crab.

IV. Rewrite sentences 1. Nick is a careful writer than Phuc ( carefully) -> Nick writes essays …………………… 2.A snail is slower than a crab. (slowly ) -> A snail moves ……………………… 3.My cousin is a better singer than I am (well) -> My cousin sings…………………… 4. Phong is a faster swimmer than Phuc (faster)

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

3.My cousin sings better than I do . -> Phong swims ………………………. 4.Phong swims faster than Phuc. II. Phrasal verbs V. Rewrite each sentence so that the new -set off : bắt đầu sentence has a similar meaning to the original -look forward to : mong đợi điều gì one use the word in brackets. -put up with : chịu đựng 1. You should use a dictionary to check the meaning of the new words ( look) -set up : thiết lập - Ss read sentences in Ex V silently and 2. The doctor told my father to stop smoking (give ) do it in pairs - Call some Ss come to the board and give 3. The cost of living has been going up considerably in the past few weeks.( up) the answer. - Other correct. Rewrite sentences with the words given 1. Mr. Quynh is the happiest person in the - T corrects and gives the answer : 1.You should use a dictionary to look up village (than). -> No one in the village …………..Mr Quynh. the new words . 2.The doctor told my father to…smoking. 2.Life in the countryside isn’t as stressful as life in the city .(more) . 3. The cost of living has been increasing -> Life in the city …….life in the countryside. considerably in the past few weeks 3.This is the largest kite I’ve ever seen.(larger) * Homework: Rewrite sentences with -> I’ve never ……………………….. this. the words given. 1. is happier than 2.more stress than 3.seen a larger kite Adjustment:………………………………………………………………………………… Ngày soạn: 16/ 10/ 2019 Ngày dạy :

Buổi 5:

Revision Unit 3

A.Objective: 1-Grammar: 1. QUESTIONS WORDS BEFORE TO-INFINITIVES: Những từ để hỏi đứng trước động từ nguyên mẫu có to Wh-word + to-infinitivoo Tronglời nói gián tiếp, động từ nguyên mẫu có to (to-infinitive) có thể được dùng sau các từ để hỏi What, when, where, who…(nhưng thường không theo sau why) Những động từ thường đứng trong cấu trúc này là: tell, show, point out, learn … - He told me what to do. - He showed us how to open the box. - He pointed out where to get tickets. 2. REPORTED SPEECH a. Dạng câu trực tiếp là câu hỏi đảo (Yes/ No- questions) Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

b.Dạng câu trực tiếp là câu hỏi có từ để hỏi: (Wh-questions) B- Exercises T & Ss’activities Content Exercise 1: The following are some more questions - Ss read silently & do ex individually. both Mrs. Smith and Nam asked. Report the - Ss give the answer questions for Nam, but this time you need to use if or - Others correct whether: - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. “ Is there a phone?” 1. …… if there was a phone =>I asked her………………………………… 2. ….. If I had …. 2. “Do you have many friends?” 3. …. If there was …. =>She asked me………………………………. 4. …..If I smoked 3. “Is there a fridge in the kitchen?” 5. …. If the flat had … =>I asked her………………………………….. 4. “Do you smoke?” =>She asked me………………………………. 5. “Does the flat have central heating?” =>I asked her…………………………………. 6. “Do you sometimes have a party?” =>She asked me………………………………. 7. “Can I move the furniture around?” =>I asked her………………………………… 8. “Do you often get home after 10.30 PM? =>She asked me……………………………… Exercise 2 : Rewrite the following Yes/No questions in reported speech, use IF or WHETHER: 1.“Do you enjoy reading books?” Phong asked Peter. 2. “Does she like sports?”Hoa asked Lan. 3. “Does Hoa play badminton?” Lan asked Thu. 4. “Does your sister and brother go to the same school?”She asked Nam. - Ss read silently & do ex in pairs. 5. “Do the children perform on TV?” Her mother asked her teacher. - Ss give the answer 6. “Are there some oranges in the fridge?” She asked - Others correct her mom. - T corrects and gives the answer. 7.“Will it rain tomorrow morning?”He asked hisfriend 1. …. Where his father worked . 8. “Do you travel to school by bus?” Tam asked Peter. 2. …. How far it was from ….. 3. ….How many people there were in … 9. “Are Tam and Hoa late for class?” Tuan asked Lan. 10.“Do you need an umbrella to go out?”She asked me

- Ss read silently & do ex individually. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. …. If he enjoyed …. 2. … If she liked… 3. …. If Hoa played …. 4. ….. If his sister … went …. 5. …. If the children performed ….

4. ….How long he would stay ….

Exercise3: Rewriting these Wh-questions in reported speech: 1“Where does your father work?”The teacher askedme 2. “How far is it from Ho Chi Minh city to Vung Tau?” A tourist asked. 3. “How many people are there in your family?” She Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Ss read silently & do ex individually. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1.D 2.C 3. B 4A ….. - T gives Ss ex 5 and asks them do it individually. - Call some Ss give their answer - others correct - T gives feedback 1. how to speak 2. how to get 3. where to rent

- T give exercise - Ss do this exercise at home

asked Lan. 4. “How long will you stay in England?” Tam’s friend asked him. 5. “What’s your hobby?” The teacher asked Lien. 6. “Why do you collect waste paper?” she asked Ba. Exercise 4: 1 .The Pyramid is the…wonder you can still see today. A. last B. early C. soon D. only 2 . Centuries ago. a list of seven wonders of the world was ……. A put up B. written down C. compiled D. take 3 . There were other wonders which the ancient Greeks knew…….about. A.anything B.nothing C.something D.someone 4 . Angkor Wat is one of the largest……. In the world. A. temples B. churches C. pagodas D. tombs 5 . Angkor Wat was originally built for…………. A. Hindus B.Buddhists C. Kings D. Queens 6 . My class has……. returned from a trip to the Grand Canyon in America. A. only B. just C. yet D. before * Homework: The following are some more questions both Mrs. Smith and Nam asked. Report the questions for Nam, but this time you need to use if or whether: 1. “Is there a TV in the bed room?” =>I asked her………………………………… 2. “Are you a student?” =>She asked me………………………………

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Ngày soạn: 23/ 10/ 2019 Ngày dạy :

Buổi 6:

Revision Unit 3 ( cont )

I. Objectives: Revising what Ss have learnt in Unit 4 related to the topic : “ Teen stress and pressure ” II. Language content: Words related to stress and pressure Reported speech. Question words before to- Vinfi . III. Preparation: Teaching plan IV. Procedures : Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

T & Ss’activities - Ss read silently & do ex individually. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. …… if her father worked … 2. ….. If the students knew anything…. 3. …. If Phong’s mother worked …. 4. …..If their mother worked… 5. …. If I could speak …. - Ss read silently & do ex individually. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. to lock 2. see 3. to meet 4. to pay - Ss read silently & do ex in pairs. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. to do 2. do 3. to go 4. to come 5. to leave 6. to start 7. to take 8. meet 9. be - Ss read silently & do ex individually. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. walking 2. to have 3. to see 4. painting 5. to earn 6. learning 7. to go

Content Exercise 1: Rewrite the following Yes/No questions in reported speech, use IF or WHETHER: 1.“Does Lan’s father work for a bank?”Thu asked Lan =>Thu asked lan………………………… 2. “Do the students know something about their new English teacher?” Phong asked Tuan. =>Phong asked …………………………... 3. “Does Phong’s mother work in a hospital?” Thu asked Ba.=>Thu asked Ba……………………………. 4. “Does our teacher ask us to clean up the room?” Phong asked Lan.=>Phong asked…………………… Exercise 2:Put the verbs in bracket into the sentences using “verb + to – infinitive” 1. Don’t forget …….(lock) the door when you go out. 2. I will ………………(see) you soon. 3. I have arranged ……...(meet) some friends tonight. 4. They offered ………………(pay) the bill. 5. She couldn’t …………………(reply) because she didn’t know what to say. 6. My friend let me ……………….(drive) her car. 7. The film made her ……………..(cry). 8. We may …………(go) out for a meal this evening. 9. They are expecting …………..(go) on a picnic. 10. Jane intended ………………….(buy) a new car. Exercise 3: Complete the conversation, using the verbs in brackets with or without “to”. Mary: I want (1) ……(do) something interesting this weekend.Can we (2)…(do) something together? John:Well.I’ve arranged (3)..(go) on atrip to thecoast with some friends. Do you want (4)…(come)with us? Mary: Yes, that sounds good. When are you planning (5) ………………(leave)? John: Well, we have decided (6) ..(start) early in the morning tomorrow & I have (7) ….(take) the others in my car.So, you must (8)….(meet) me here at6. 30 a.m Mary: Ok, good. I won’t (9) ………………(be) late. Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in the brackets. 1.I enjoy (walk)………………..in the rain. 2.Would you like (have) …something (eat)………? 3.I want (see) ……………..a film on TV this evening. 4.When did you finish (paint) …………the kitchen? 5.I hope (earn) …………….some money soon.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- T give exercise - Ss do this exercise at home

6.I began (learn) ………….English when I was 7. 7.I’m hungry. I don’t know where (go) ……….eating. 8.It’s difficult (find) ……………….a good job. 9.I’ve decided (stop) ……………………smoking. 10.Let’s (go) ………………shopping. * Homework: 11.I need a recipe for a cake that’s easy (make) ……. 12.Dave used (ski) ………………..when he was younger but not any more. 13.I go (ski) ……………………every winter. 14.My instructor made me (ski)…down the steep mountain. 15.I went for a walk (get) …………..some fresh air. 16.It’s important (keep) ………vocabulary records. 17.There used (be) ……………….a lot of traffic here but now there isn’t a lot any more.

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Ngày soạn: 03/ 11/ 2019 Ngày dạy :

Buổi 7:

Revision Unit 1,2,3

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in Unit 1,2,3 related to the topic : “ local environment” ; “ City life” ; “ Teen stress and pressure ” II. Language content: Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Complex sentences Phrasal verbs Comparision of adjectives and adverbs Reported speech. Question words before to- Vinfi . III. Preparation: Teaching plan IV. Procedures : T & Ss’ activities - Revise reported speech: Statement S + said(to) told +S+V - T gives some examples - T gives Ss ex 1 - Ss read silently & do ex individually. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. … he was going … 2. …. he was living … 3. …. they were waiting ….. 4. ….she was looking … 2. Comparative(So sánh hơn) Short Adj:S + V + adj + er + than + N/pro Long Adj: S + V + more + a+ than + N/pro Ex: She is taller than I/me This bor is more intelligent than that one. Dạng khác:S + V + less + adj + than + N/pronoun.(ít hơn) 3. Superlative(So sánh nhất) Short adj:S + V + the + adj + est + N/pro Long adj:S + V + the most + adj + N/pro. Ex: She is the tallest girl in the village. He is the most gellant boy in class. Dạng khác:S + V + the least + adj + N/pronoun(ít nhất) Chú ý:

Content Exercise 1: Rewrite following sentences 1. “I’m going to Hanoi ”, he said He said…………………… 2. “I am living in Ho Chi Minh city ” -> Peter said…….…………… 3.“We’re waiting for the bus”,said the children -> The children said …….…………… 4. “I’m looking for my skates , Ann said” -> Ann said………………………………… 5. “I’m living with my parents now”,she said -> She said………………………… 6.“I’m washing my car now”,Peter said tome Peter told………………………… 7.“I’m coming up to London”,Mary said to me Mary told……………… 8. “We are waiting for you ”. They told me ……………………… 9. “I’m bringing the book back to you tomorrow”, Mary said to Peter . Mary told……………………… 10. Peter said “ I’m having some fruits”. Peter said…….…………………… 11. My aunt said to me: “If you are short of money, I can lend you 50 pounds now” My aunt told ……………………… 12.He said to her: “You are my friend” .He told …..……………………………… 13. John said to his mother: “I don’t know how to do this exercise”. John told ... …………………………… Ex 2.Fill in the correct form of the words in brackets (comparative or superlative).

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

-1.Những tính từ ngắn kết thúc bằng một phụ âm mà ngay trước nó là nguyên âm duy nhất thì chúng ta nhân đôi phụ âm lên rồi thêm "er" trong so sánh hơn và "est" trong so sánh nhất.(ex:hot-->hotter/hottest) : Ví dụ: hot –> hotter;fat –> fatter;thin –> thinner;fit –> fitter 2.Những tính từ có hai vần,kết thúc bằng chữ "y" thì đổi "y" thành "i" rồi thêm "er" trong so sánh hơn và "est" trong so sánh nhất (ex:happy-->happier/happiest) 3.Những tính từ/trạng từ đọc từ hai âm trở lên gọi là tính từ dài,một âm gọi là tính từ ngắn.Tuy nhiên,một số tính từ có hai vần nhưng kết thúc bằng "le","et","ow","er"vẫn xem là tính từ ngắn : quiet –> quieter ;clever –> cleverer;simple –> simpler;narrow –> narrower 4. Các tính từ so sánh bất quy tắc thì học thuộc lòng good/better/the best bad/worse/the worst many(much)/more/the most little/less/the least far/farther(further)/the farthest(the furthest - T gives Ss ex 2: - Ss read silently & do ex in pairs. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects and gives the answer. 1. larger 2. more beautiful 3. more expensive 4. better 5. best - T gives Ss homework. - Ss do this exercise at home. * Adjustment:

1. My suitcase is …(large) than your suitcase 2. This scarf ……… (beautiful) than the one in the window. 3. The palace Hotel was ………(expensive) than the Grosvenor. 4. John is a …(good) gardener than Stuart. 5. They are not going to the ……(bad) hotel. 6. The palace is the …… (expensive) hotel. 7. John is the …… (good) gardener. 8. These are the ……… (beautiful) colours. 9. Mr.Smith is …(bad) today than yesterday. 10. I prefer this chair to the other one. It’s ………………(comfortable) Exercise 3. Rewrite these sentences in the same meaning. 1. This is the most delicious cake I’ve ever tasted. –> I’ve………………………….. 2. I’ve never met any more dependable person than George. –> George is………………………… 3. There isn’t anybody as kind-hearted as your mother. –> Your mother is …………………… 4. There is no better teacher in this school than Mr John. –> Mr John is…………………………….. 5. Have you got any bigger than that one? –> Is this………………………………...? * Homework: Change the following sentences into reported speech 1. Our teacher said to us: “the earth goes around the sun”. ”. Our teacher told ... …………… 2. He also told us: “New York is bigger than London” He also told us .………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Ngày soạn: 17/ 11/ 2019 Ngày dạy : Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Buổi 8:

Revision Unit 4

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in Unit 4 related to the topic : “ Life in the past ” II. Language content: used to: review Wishes for the present III. Preparation: Teaching plan IV. Procedures : A. Revise Theory : 1/ Used to We use “used to” and “didn’t use to”+ infi nitive to talk about an activity that repeatedly happened in the past. 2/ Wishes for the present We use the past simple when we make wishes for the present or future. Example: I wish my friends spent less time playing computer games and more time outdoors. We use the past continuous when we make wishes for something that we want to be happening right at this moment. Example: My son wishes he were studying Marketing instead of Hospitality. Note: After wish, we can use either wasor were with I/he/she/it. 3. Express your opinion, you can use: In my opinion, … I think/believe… I totally agree… I’m afraid I can’t agree (with) … I’m sorry but I have to say that… B. Practice: T & Ss’activities Content - T gives Ss ex I: I. Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. - Ss read & do ex in pairs. 1.A.surprise B. event C. behave D. damage - Ss give the answer 2.A develop B.understand C. imagine D. consider - Others correct 3A.illiterate B.communicate C.entertainment D.traditional - T corrects&gives the answer 4.A.programme B. downtown C, postman D. custom 5 A.importance

- T gives Ss ex II: - Ss read & do ex individually. - Ss give the answer - Others correct

B. violence

C. buffalo

D.grandparent

II. Give the correct form of the word in CAPITALS to complete each of the following sentences. 1. You have to use your _________ when you read the story IMAGINE 2. 1 think corporal_____ is now prohibited in schools. PUNISH 3 . __________ , we used to cook five-colour sticky rice on

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- T corrects&gives the answer * Key: 1. imagination 2. punishment 3. traditionally 4. behaviour

- T gives Ss ex III: - Ss read & do ex in pairs. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects&gives the answer * Key: 1. Didn’t use to be 2. didn’t use to write 3. used to play 4. didn’t use travel ……..

- T gives Ss ex IV: - Ss read & do ex in pairs. - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects&gives the answer * Key: 1. I wish I could play soccer 2. I wish I had more money. 3. I wish I could go to the beach. * Adjustment:

the first day of the lunar month. TRADITION 4. Tom says he can't put up with Mary's ______ any longer. BEHAVE 5. Those _______over there are friends of both the bride and groom. ATTEND 6. The photo brought back many happy memories of my __ CHILD 7 . I think riding a bicycle is ______ , especially when it rains. CONVENIENCE 8. She said that in her v illage _______ used to be arranged by parents. MARRY 9. Thirty years ago only __ people in the city had the television. WEALTH 10. We used t o ___ of our home village when we lived overseas. THOUGHT III. Complete each of the following sentences with used to / didn’t use to using the verbs from the box. swim travel walk Be buy climb play shop watch write 1. In my childhood, there ____________ so many high buildings here. There were parks, 2.People _________ with pen, but now they use computers. 3. My brother __________ football, but an injure stopped him from playing. 4. In my grandfather's youth, people______________ by car. They rode horses. 5 . I __________ to school, but two weeks ago I got a bike so now I ride it every day. 6.My sister______________ when we go to the beach because she was afraid of water. 7.Mr. Lam______________ television in the morning. He did it in the evening. 8. David was a good climber in his youth. He ______________ very high mountains. 9. My parents _________ me expensive toys as we were not rich. 10. We______________ in the town market. We bought fish, fru it and vegetables. IV. Write sentences with WISH. Use the words/ phrases from the box . play soccer go to beauty salon speak Vietnamese have more money travel to Paris not raining go to beach not have to work become a singer Sundays be taller

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………

Ngày soạn: 24/ 11/ 2019 Ngày dạy :

Buổi 9:

Revision Unit 5

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in Unit 5 related to the topic : “ Wonders of Viet Nam ” II. Language content: - Impersonal passive

- Making suggestion III. Preparation: Teaching plan IV. Procedures : A. Revise Theory : 1. Impersonal passive: It be Vpp that S + V 2. Making suggestions: - Suggest + V-ing a. collect unused clothes I suggest collecting unused clothes b. organize a show to raise money I suggest organizing a show to raise money - S+ suggest + that +S + should… a. buy a good dictionary I suggest that you should buy a good dictionary. b. speak English in class I suggest that you should speak English in class. B. Practice: T & Ss’activities Content Ex 1: Making suggestions for the following situations - T gives Ss ex 1: 1.Your friend wants to save energy. Make suggestions using - Ss read & do ex in pairs the following ideas. - Ss give the answer a.Turn lights off when you leave the room. - Others correct b. Avoid putting hot food into the fridge - T corrects&gives the answer c. Turn electronics ( computers, televisions, stereos, etc.) off * Key: when they are not in use. a. I suggest turning lights…. d. Don’t leave the bridge door open longer than necessary. b. I suggest you should avoid… e. Run the dishwasher / washing machine only when it’s full. c. I suggest turning … 2. Your friend wants to save water. Make suggestions using the following ideas Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

a. Repair dripping faucets. b. Check for toilet tank leaks c. Take shorter showers. d. Turn the water off while brushing your teeth. e. Flush the toilet when necessary. Don’t use it flush away wastepaper.

- T gives Ss ex 2: - Ss read & do ex individually - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects&gives the answer * Key: a. I suggest we should have … b. I suggest we should meet .. c. I suggest meeting … - T gives Ss ex 3: - Ss read & do ex individually - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects&gives the answer * Key: 1. collecting 2. should work 3. collecting 4. should listen 5. organizing * Homework: ( From 11-> 15 ) - Asks Ss do these at home. - T gives Ss ex 4: - Ss read & do ex individually - Ss give the answer - Others correct - T corrects&gives the answer * Key: 1B 2A 3A 4A 5A * Homework:

Ex 2: Rewrite the sentences, using “ suggest” a. “ Shall we have dinner somewhere after the theatre?” said Peter b. “ Shall we go for a walk?” said Peter c. “ Shall we meet her in my flat tomorrow?” I said d. “ Why don’t you move a long a bit?” she said e. “ What about going for a drive instead?” Ann said f. “ What about flying?” he said g. “ Why don’t you ask him?” I said h. “ Why not light a fire on the bank and cook the fish at once?” suggested the fisherman. e.“ Let’s buy some flour and make our own bread”said Mary f. “ Let’s not tell anyone,” said Tom Ex 3: Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets 1. I suggest (collect) old books and notebooks. 2.I suggest that you (work)_harder on yourpronunciation 3. I suggest (collect) __________unused clothes. 4. I suggest that you (listen) ____to English programmes on the radio or on TV. 5. I suggest (organize) ________a show to raise money. 6. I suggest that you (practice) ___writing English sentences. 7. I suggest (play) soccer after school. 8. I suggest that you (use) ___English with friends in class. 9. I suggest (take) _________a taxi home 10. I suggest that you (practice) __________listening to English lessons on tapes.

Know knew known : biết Say said : nói Expect expected :mong đợi Believe believed : tin tưởng Think thought : nghĩ Report reported : thông báo Prove proved : chứng minh Bị động dạng thông báo S + V thông báo + S* + Vhtđ + O It + be + Vpp(thông báo) + S* + Vhtđ + O S* + be + Vpp(thông báo) + to + Vinfi + O

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- T gives Ss sentences from 26> 36 - Ss do ex at home

S(0) + be + Vpp(thông báo) + to + be Vpp Eg : They say that he eats ten eggs a day. It is said that he eats ten eggs a day. He is said to eat ten eggs a day. Ten eggs are said to be eaten a day

Ngày soạn: 29/ 11/ 2019 Ngày dạy :

Buổi 10:

Revision Unit 6

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in Unit 6 related to the topic : “ Viet Nam: then and now ” II. Language content:

- Past perfect - Adjective to V(inf) - Adjective that clause III. Preparation: Teaching plan IV. Procedures : A. Revise Theory :

1. Past perfect: (+) S + had + Vpp (-) S + hadn’t + Vpp (?) had + S + Vpp ? 2. Structure : adj to Vinfi a. It is + adjective + to + infinitive

It is It was That is That was

good/better interesting difficult hard easy safe(er) dangerous possible

to + infinitive

It’s good to get up early. It’s interesting to watch the match. It’s difficult to study maths. It’s hard to understand him. It’s easy to go by train. It’s safe(er) to take an umbrella with you. It’s dangerous to swim too far from the shore. It’s possible to see him here.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

It’s useful to read this book. useful It’s impossible to read your writing. impossible It’s cheaper to go by car. cheap(er) It’s expensive to go by car. expensive It ’s strange to wear raincoat while it’s sunny. odd/strange It’s rude to interrupt the speaker. rude Compare: Your writing is awful. It’s impossible to read. ( = to read your writing ) Your writing is impossible to read. (= not to read it) It’s very interesting to talk to Mary.(= talk to her) Mary is very interesting to talk to. ( = not to talk to her) b. Subject + be + adjective + to + infinitive Subject Tom My father Somebody I You He She It We You They

adjective

to infinitive

Examples

happy sad glad nice pleased disappointed

She was happy to go out. Tom was sad to fail the exam. I’ m glad to see you. It’s nice to meet you again. He was pleased to receive the present. Mary was disappointed to hear them leave to + Be infinitive school so early. He was surprised to see me there. surprised We were delighted to get your letter last week. delighted Was Tom amazed to hear the story? amazed Everybody was astonished to see the fire. astonished We were relieved to hear you were safe. relieved ADJECTIVE + THAT CLAUSE (TÍNH TỪ + MỆNH ĐỀ THAT) * Mệnh đề that (that clause) thường được dùng sau các tính từ diễn tả cảm xúc hoặc sự chắc chắn, có thể. Một số tính từ thường được sử dụng: good, pleased, angry, sad, excited, disappointed, delighted, glad, afraid, sorry, relieved, worried, surprised, amazed, happy, thankful, certain, sure, wrong, true,... Cấu trúc: S + to be + adj + that-clause Ví dụ: I'm disappointed that you failed the exam. (Tôi thất vọng vì bạn đã trượt trong kì thi.) I'm surprised that he didn't come. (Tôi ngạc nhiên là anh ta đã không đến.) My parents are happy that I do well at school. (Bố mẹ tôi hài lòng vì tôi học giỏi.) She was sure that she had left her keys on the counter. (Cô ấy chắc chắn là cô ấy đã để quên chìa khoá trên quầy.)

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

It's important that everybody should feel comfortable. (Điều quan trọng là mọi người cảm thấy thoái mái.) * Ở mệnh đề that sau các tính từ important (quan trọng), essential (thiết yếu), necessary (cần thiết), urgent (khẩn cấp), imperative (khẩn cấp), advised (được khuyên), suggested (được đề nghị), recommended (được giới thiệu), động từ phải ở thì hiện tại giả định hoặc dùng cấu trúc: S + should + V (bare infinitive) Ví dụ: It is essentiel that he study hard. (Điêu thiết yếu là cậu ấy phải học chăm chỉ.) * Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………………

Buổi 13: Consolidation Unit 6 * Net works:

CONTENT after Prepositions of time

NOTES Group A & Group B Ss: go to the board and write all prepositions of time studied. T: remarks, supplies and leads in the new lesson “the preposition of time”.

I/ Complete the sentences with at, on, in, for, T: tells Ss the request. Ss: remind the usages of each preposition of since, before, between, until, during. 1/ The course begins _____ 2 January 2008 and ends time. _____ April. T: remarks and tell more. 2/ The children aren’t here _____ the moment, but Ss: work in groups. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

they’ll be back _____ a few minutes. T: takes feedback, corrects and gives Ss the 3/ ‘We’re having a party _____ New Year’s Eve. Can you answer keys. come?’ ‘I’m afraid I can’t. I don’t like going out _____ 1. on/ in night. 2. at/ in 4/ ‘Shall we go now?’ ‘No, let’s wait _____ it stops 3. on/ at raining.’ 4. until 5/ Please wait _____ half past ten. She’ll definitely be 5. until/ before back _____ half past ten. 6. at/ on 6/ I’ve got an interview next week. It’s _____ 9.30 _____ 7. for/ since/ in Tuesday morning. 8. between/ on 7/ Bill has worked in this morning _____ five years _____ 9. during/ for he graduated from Yale University _____ 1998. 10. after 8/ The office will be closed _____ Christmas and New year. It’ll be open _____ 5 January. 9/ It’s rained _____ the night _____ two or three hours. 10/ I’m starting a job in sales _____ I finish college.

II/ Correct the mistakes in the sentences T: tells Ss the request, guides. Ss: work in groups. below. 1/ Ba and his friend often go away at the weekend. T: takes feedback, corrects and gives Ss the 2/ They took a boat and it would reach the place for an answer keys: hour. 3/ They had to wait at Ben Duc in along time. 4/ Ba and his friends were tired, so they rested from 5 pm. 5/ They started to go home until having a short at Yen Spring. 6/ Liz took a lot of photos while the visit to Huong pagoda. 7/ Ba hurt his foot since he was climbing down the boat. 8/ They had to walk up the mountain for they left the boat.

1. on 2. in 3. for 4. until

* Questions: 1/ Do you study well? 2/ How do you study English? 3/ Do you want to study English well and speak English fluently? 4/ What do you do to have a good result? I study hard to have a good result. Ex: You study hard, so you have a good result. I/ Combine the sentences below with “so”. 1/ Linh was out when we came. We left a message. Linh was out when we came, so we left a message. 2/ It is raining heavily. We take our umbrella. 3/ People wanted to see the opening of the ceremony. They started leaving home very in the morning. 4/ They didn’t want to get home late. They herd a minibus. 5/ Most tourists didn’t bring their meals with them. They

T: asks Ss some questions. Ss: answer.

5. after 6. during 7. while 8. after

T: remarks and rewrites Ss’ sentence on the board, leads in “adverb clauses of result”.

T: tells Ss the request. Ss: do an example. T: remarks and guides more. Ss: work in groups. T: takes feedback, corrects and gives Ss the answer keys.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

ate at the food stalls along the road. 6/ Everyone was extremely tired after the visit. They slept on the bus on the way home. II/ Match an action in column A with its result in column B. Then combine the sentences, using “so”. A B No one was watching the TV… The stereo didn’t work… There weren’t enough chairs… The road was under water… Mark has got no money… This picture is very expensive… The shops were closed… It was cold…

T: tells Ss the request. Ss: do an example. T: remarks and guides more. Ss: work in groups.

… I didn’t get any milk. … he’ll have to earn some. … Vicky took it back to the shop. T: takes feedback, corrects and gives Ss the … please be careful with it. answer keys. …I switched it off. … we had to sit on the floor. … I turned the heating on. … the police closed it to the traffic.

1/ No one was watching the TV, so I switched it off III/ Use “so” and the cues given to write sentences. Ex: It/ start/ rain/ we/ stop/ play/ tennis. It started to rain, so we stopped playing tennis. 1/ The weather/ bad/ we/ not enjoy/ our holiday. The weather was bad, so we did not enjoy our holiday. 2/ She/ be/ tired/ go home. 3/ He/ work/ hard/ pass/ all his exam. 4/ We/ want/ get a good seat/ arrive/ the cinema/ early. 5/ Paul/ be/ very hungry/ eat/ like a horse. 6/ I/ not have/ a computer/ not finish/ me report/ yet. 7/ He/ rather old/ can’t wear/ that kind of hat. 8/ there/ be/ a herd of cow/ the street/ all the cars/ stop. IV/ Practice saying with “so”. Ex: - Bao stayed up late last night, so he was very tired this morning. - I study hard, so I can get god marks. Change these passive ones above into the negative and interrogative: V/ Change into the passive: 1/ People don’t use this road very often. 2/ The factory will produce 10,000 cars next year. 3/ Lan watched TV last night. 4/ How do people learn language? 5/ We haven’t used the machine for ages. 6/ He could play the organ when he was 9 years old. 7/ They are testing the new drug now. 8/ Did the noise of the children playing disturb

T: tells Ss the request. Ss: do an example. T: remarks and guides more. Ss: work in groups.

T: takes feedback, corrects and gives Ss the answer keys.

T: makes modals and prompts to Ss. Ss: prepare and say before the class.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

you? Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………

Ngày soạn: 1/ 1/ 2017 Ngày dạy : 9A: 6&13/ 1- 9B: 11/ 1/ 2017

Buổi 13+ 14:

Revision 4

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in the first term. II. Language content: + Complex sentences + Comparison of adj and adv + Reported speech + Used to + Wish for the present + Passive voice. + suggest + Past perfect + Adj + to V/ that clause III. Preparation: Teaching plan IV. Procedures : T & Ss’activities

Content Choose the correct answer 1. The villagers are trying to learn English _____ they can communicate with foreign customers. A. so that B. in order that C. A and B are correct 2. I’ve been to a _____ village in Hue!

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Give Ss ex - Ask them work in pairs the first ten sentences. - Call some Ss give the answer. - Ask others correct - T corrects and give the answer. * Answer key: 1. A 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. B …….

A. conical hat making B. making conical hat C. making conical hats 3. _____ we had eaten lunch, we went to Non Nuoc marble village to buy some souvenirs. A. After B. Before C. By the time 4. Do you think that the various crafts remind people _____ a specific region? A. about B. of C. for 5. __ this hand-embroidered picture was expensive, we bought it. A. As B. Because C. Even though 6. Conical hat making in the village has been passed _____ from generation to generation A. on B. down C. up 7. This department store is an attraction in my city _____ the products are of good quality. A. when B. because C. though 8. A conical hat is a well-known handicraft, not only in Viet Nam, _____ all around the world. A. and B. but C. so 9. This is called a Chuong conical hat _____ it was made in Chuong village. A. but B. so C. since 10. They can’t because we have lots of products. They make some and other people make _____. A. the rest B. the last C. the other 11. I look forward to _____ you soon. A. see B. seeing C. seen 12. It’s a nice place for _____ who love nature and quietness. A. this B. that C. those 13. You like history, so Viet Nam National Museum of History is a _____ place. A. must-see B. must-be seen C. must-be seeing 14. The artisan ______ this statue in bronze. A. moulded B. cast C. carved 15. The artisans in my village can live _____ basket weaving. A. for B. on C. up 16. There is a big _____of handicrafts made by different craft villages.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

A. collect B. collection C. collector 17. Last week we had a memorable trip to a new zoo on the ______ of the city. A. outskirts B. middle C. centre 18. Then we had a delicious lunch ______ by Nga and Phuong. A. prepare B. to prepare C. prepared 19. I invited her to join our trip to Trang An, but she ______ down my invitation. A. passed B. sat C. turned 20. We have to try harder so that our handicrafts can keep _____ theirs. A. on B. up C. up with

* Buổi 14: - Give Ss ex - Ask them work in pairs the first ten sentences. - Call some Ss give the answer. - Ask others correct - T corrects and give the answer. * Answer key: 21. A 22. B 23. C 24. C 25. C 26. C …….

* Buổi 14: 21. The city has recently set _____ a library in the West Suburb. A. up B. off C. out 22. The last exhibition was not ______ this one. A. as interesting B. more interesting than C. so interesting as 23. I don’t think Fred gets _____ with Daniel. They always argue. A. over B. through C. on 24. This city is developing ______ in the region. A. as fast as B. faster than C. the fastest 25. You should take your hat _____ in the cinema. A. in B. over C. off 26. You’re not a safe driver! You should drive ______. A. careful B. careless C. more carefully 27. Their children have all grown _____ and left home for the city to work. A. up B. out C. out of 28. I was disappointed as the film was ______ than I had expected. A. as entertaining B. less entertaining C. more entertaining 29. We were shown _____ the town by a volunteer student. A. up B. off C. around 30. Let’s take this road. It is ______ way to the city. A. the shortest B. a shorter C. A and B are correct

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

31. The town council decided to pull _____ the building, as it was unsafe. A. up B. over C. down 32. At weekends the city centre is always packed with people. A. busy B. crowded C. full 33. She lives in one of the most ______ parts of the city: there are lots of luxury shops there. A. fashionable B. historic C. comfortable 34. China is _____ far the most populated country in the world. A. as B. by C. so 35. Air pollution has a bad influence _____ the environment. A. at B. in C. on 36. Karachi in Pakistan is the _____ largest city in the world in population. A. most B. two C. second 37. Before ______ to the office, she has to take her children to school. A. go B. going C. to go 38. Hai Duong is famous _____ its green bean cakes. A. for B. of C. with 39. The prospect of doing _____ cheered her up considerably. A. something different B. different something C. differently something 40. We’ve spent a lot of time _____ around the town. A. wander B. wandering C. to wander - Give Ss homework and ask them do it at home

IV- HOMEWORK: -Write new words then learn them by heart. -Copy the exercise into notebooks.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn : 29/ 12/ 2018 Ngày dạy : 04/ 1 / 2018&8/1/ 2018 Buổi 15 + 16: Consolidation I. Mục tiêu: Giúp Hs ôn tập kiến thức có trong Unit 1-6 II. Kiến thức : 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - Types of films - ed and ing adjectives. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / t / , /d/ and / id / 3. Grammar: - connectors: although, desspite/ in spite of, however, nevertheless 4. Communication : - Talking about fovourite films. - Asking and answering questions about film posters. Bài tập : Buổi 15: Teacher and students Content and board - Correct answer: Checking homework: - Ss come to the bord and do homework exercise 3. He used to go to bed. that they did at home: 4. He didn’t use to go out ….evening. 5. He used to run three ….morning. 6. He didn’t used to spend a lot …. Revise how to read “ed”

/t/ after an unvoiced consonant Ex: washed, matched… /d/ after a voiced vowel or voiced

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ex 1: Put the words in the box into 2 groups acted, walked, washed, waited, lived, watched, terrified, needed, bored, departed, amazed, brushed, cleaned, danced, disappointed. /t/ /d/ /id/

consonant Ex: filled, stayed…. /id/ after the sound /t/ or /d/ Ex: wanted, needed /t/ walked, washed watched brushed danced

/d/ terrified, bored cleaned amazed lived

/id/ Acted waited needed departed disappointed

- Ss read silently in 5 minutes - Ss give the answer. - T corrects and give the answer: 1A, 2D, 3C, 4D, 5C - Ss practice reading these words again

* Revision: ing and ed adjectives

We can form adjectives by adding “ed” or “ing” endings to some verbs. - We used “ed” adj to describe someone’s feelings. Ex 3. Choose the correct word : 1. She was disappointing / disappointed with the - We used “ing” adj to describethings or people ( that cause the feelings ) play. She had expected it to be better. - Ss do Ex 3. 2. Is he interesting / interested in tennis? - correct answer: 3. The volleyball match was quite exciting / 1. disappointed excited. We enjoyed it. 2. interested 4. Is it sometimes embarrassing / embarrassed 3. exciting when you have to ask people for money. 5. Do you easily get embarrassing/embarrassed ? 4. embarrassing 5. embararrsed 6. Mr Ba had never expected to het the job. He 6. amazed was really amazing / amazed whne he was 7. astonishing offered it. 7. Trinh was really learnt very fast. She has made 8. amused 9. terrifying astonishing / astonished progress. 10. bored, boring 8. We didn’t find the situation funny. We were Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

no amusing / amused. 9. It was really terrifying / terrified experience. Afterwards everyone was shocking/shocked. 10. Why does she always look so boring /bored ? Is her life really boring/bored ? Ex for good Ss: Make up sentences using the words and phrases given. Ex: Titanic / moving film Titanic is a moving film. 1. Mickey mouse/ my/ favourite/ character/ cartoons. 2. there / various/ kinds/ films/ such/ as/ science/ fiction/ horror/ romantic/ comedy/ thriller. 3. audience/ was/ irritated/by/ delay/performance 4. We/ all/ amused/ by/ his/ funny/ stories. 5. this/ film/ tells/ exciting/ story/ about/ murder. Homework: Write the correct tense of the verbs in parentheses: 1. What you (do) ………………..next week? 2. Our roommates (travel) ..…..to Tokyo next June. 3. The girl (learn) ….. Chemistry at the moment. 4. What the officers (do)……………..now? 5. If he (not get) ………up early, he (be) ……. late for school. 6. Would you please (bring) ……me a cup of milk tea? 7. The girl wants (buy) .... a few pens and pencils. 8. What should we (do) ………..in the evening. 9. You may (stay) ……….at home on weekends. 10. We (get) ….good marks if we (study)…hard.

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………. Buổi 16: Teacher and students Content and board - Correct answer: Checking homework: - Ss come to the bord and do homework 1. will…do exercise that they did at home: 2. will travel Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

3. are learning 4. are…doing 5. doesn’t get / will be 6. bring 7. to buy 8. do 9. stay 10. will (shall) get / study /t/ after an unvoiced consonant Ex: washed, matched… /d/ after a voiced vowel or voiced consonant Ex: filled, stayed…. /id/ after the sound /t/ or /d/ Ex: wanted, needed Ex 1: Put the words in the box into 3 groups - Ss read the words silently and put brushed changed ironed rented them in correct column. touched - Some Ss read aloud and give the needed combed filled neglected talked stopped fixed answer. - correct answer: decided laughed showered /id/ /t/ /d/ /id/ /t/ /d/ rented changed brushed touched needed ironed neglected talked,fixed combed decided stopped filled showered laughed Revise how to read “ed”

* Revision: ing and ed adjectives

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ex 3. Complete the sentences using one of the words in the list: confusing / confused, disgusting / disgusted, exciting / excited, amusing/amused, annoying / annoyed, boring / bored, exhausting / exhausted, interesting / interested, surprising / surprised. 1. Daisy works very hard. It ‘s not ………that she always tired. 2. Mai’s got nothing to do. She’s ………. . 3. Our teacher’s explanation was ………… . Most of us didn’t understand it. 4. Your room hadn’t been cleaned for ages. It was really ……….. . 5. They seldom visit art galleries. They’re not particularly ………….in art. 6. There’s no need to get ………only because I’m a few minutes late. 7. His lecture was ……….. . We fell asleep. 8. I asked Anna if she wanted to come out with me but she wasn’t …….. . 9. Sheva’s been working very hard all day and now he’s ………. . 10. David’s starting a new job next week. He’s quite …….about it. Ex 4: Fill each blank with a word from the box

- We used “ing” adj to describethings or people ( that cause the feelings ) - Ss do Ex 3. - correct answer: 1. surprising 2. bored 3. confusing 4. disgusting 5. interested 6. annoyed 7. boring 8. interested 9. exhausted 10. excited

amazing, relaxed, fantastic, films, successful, cinema, awards, section, boring, interested

1. All the cristics said the film was really……… . Nevertheless, I was so interested that I saw it from beginning to end. 2. Avatar is a big hit-the special effects are…… 3. I am very……… in watching TV late on Saturday evenings. 4. Kirsten Dunst’s most ……… films are the Spiderman films. 5.What type of ……… do you like, Peter ? 6. Have you been to the ……… lately ? 7. Spiderman 2 has a lot of ……… action

- Ss think the meaning of the words. 1. boring 2. amazing 3. interested 4. successful 5. films 6. cinema 7. fantastic 8. relaxed 9. awards 10. section

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

scenes 8. I feel very………when I see romantic comedy. 9. His film has won a lot of ……… 10. If you want to know which films are on at the cinemas, you should look at the film ……… of this magazine. Ex 5: Rewrite the following sentences so that their meaning stays the same, using the words given. 1. This film made a strong impression on me. ( impressed ) 2. Horror films terrify my younger sister. (terrified) 3. His new film is really surprising me. (surprised) 4. I found the film exciting. ( excited ) 5. The film bored us so we left halfway through it. ( boring ) * Homework: - Revise the way to read “ed” - Redo the exercises above.

- answer key: 1. I was strongly impressed by the film. 2. My younger sister is terrified of horror film. 3. I am surprised at his new film. 4. I was excited about the film 5. The film was boring so we left halfway throught it.

* Adjustment:

Ngày soạn: 11/ 1/ 2018 Ngày dạy : 15 & 22 / 1/ 2018

Buổi 17+18:

Revision Unit 7

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in unit 7. II. Language content: + Quantifiers + Modal verbs in conditional sentences type 1 III. Preparation: Teaching plan, laptop IV. Procedures : T & Ss’activities

Content

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

* Buổi 17:

- Give Ss Ex 1 - Ss read silently and do this Ex in pairs. - Call some Ss give the answer. - Others correct - T gives the feedback and answer key. * Answer key: 1. boil 2. peeled 3. steams 4. combine …..

EX 1. Underline the correct word in each sentence. 1.Cook/boil some water, and pour it into the glass. 2. Have you peeled/combined the potatoes for me 3. My mother usually steams/fries fish because she doesn’t like oil. 4. Separate/Combine the celery and shrimp, and mix them well. 5. You should water/drain the pasta before mixing it with tomato sauce. 6. They usually have a starter/dessert before having the main course. 7. The first solid food my mother gave the baby was sliced/poured pumpkin. 8. You should spread/sprinkle butter on a slice of bread and put it in the oven for two minutes.

- Give Ss Ex 2 - Ss read silently and do this Ex in pairs. - Call some Ss give the answer. - Others correct - T gives the feedback and answer key. * Answer key: 1h ; 2e ; 3a ….

- Give Ss Ex 3 - Ss read silently and do this Ex individually. - Call some Ss give the answer.

EX2.Match the verbs in A with the phrases in B A B 1.slice a. the carrot & mix with the sliced 2. grate cucumber 3. chop b. the duck in the oven until it gets 4. dip brown 5. roast c. the squid in the batter, then drop it 6. stew into the hot oil 7. grill d. the beef for two hours before 8. serving simmer e. the onion as thinly as possible. f. the sausages over strong heat for 10 minutes. g. the broth gently for 15 minutes. h. the spring onion into small pieces EX3. Fill in each blank in the conversation with a, an, some or any. Nick: Let’s discuss what to prepare for our picnic. Mi: You and I have been assigned to buy (1)___ fruit and drinks. Nick: I think it would be better to buy fruit which

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Others correct - T gives the feedback and answer key. * Answer key: 1. some 2. a 3. a 4. any - Some pairs practice the conversation

- Give Ss Ex 4 - Ss read silently and do this Ex in pairs. - Call some Ss give the answer. - Others correct - T gives the feedback and answer key. * Answer key: 1. kilo 2. loaf 3. loaf 4. ….. …..

* Buổi 18: - Give Ss Ex 5 - Ss read silently and do this Ex individually. - Call some Ss give the answer. - Others correct - T gives the feedback and answer key. * Answer key:

are easy to peel, such as bananas or mandarins. Mi: (2)__kilo of mandrins and (3)____bunch of bananas are enough, I think. Nick: Should we buy (4)___snacks such as crisps? Mi: That’s fine. Let me write it down: (5)____ big packet of potato crisps. Nick: What about drinks? Should we buy soft drinks? Mi: I don’t think that’s a good idea. Just buy (6)__ bottles of mineral water. Nick: My mother told me that she could bake (7)_ apple pie for us. Mi: Oh, that’s great. EX 4. Complete the conversation with suitable food quantifiers. A: Can you go to supermarket and buy me some things? B: OK. What do you want? A: We’ve run out of milk so buy two (1)______of milk, please. B: What about bread? There’s only one (2)____ left in the fridge. A: Yes you can buy a (3)__of bread. We also need a (4)___of cauliflower and a (5)____ of celery. I will make some salad. B: Do you need some bacon for a salad? A: Good idea. Just buy 200 (6)________of bacon. B: Anything else? A: That’s enough for today.

* Buổi 18: EX 5. Match the first half of the sentence in A with the second half in B. A B 1.If you want to lose a. you should drink this weight, herbal tea. 2. You can improve b. you shouldn’t miss your cooking skills the croquet monsieur. 3. If you are tired, c. if you want to follow 4. If you go to France, the traditional recipe.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1d 2f 3a ….

- Give Ss Ex 6 - Ss read silently and do this Ex individually. - Call some Ss give the answer. - Others correct - T gives the feedback and answer key. * Answer key: 1B 2D 3C …..

5. You must reduce the amount of salt in your food 6. You mustn’t put butter in this dish 7. If you cook your mum breakfast, 8. You might add more pepper

d. you should eat less rice and sweet food. e. she will be very surprised. f. if you enter this cooking competition. g. if you like spicy food h. if you don’t want to become unhealthy.

EX 6. Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each space. Last week I went to an International Food Festival taking place in Hai Phong. Because the festival only (1)____place for one day, hundreds of people crowded into it. It was the biggest food festival I had ever seen. There (2)________thirty countries participating in the festival. They brought with them traditional food specialities which reflected their unique national (3)________. I was really impressed (4)______the Cobb salad. It is an American garden salad made form chopped salad greens, tomato, bacon, chicken breast, hardboiled eggs, avocado, cheese, and red-wine vinaigrette. (5)________the salad requires quite a few ingredients, it is quick to make. The American chef at the festival (6)____me the way to make the salad & it took me only 15 mins to complete. How amazing!The next day I made Cobb salad (7)_ my mum for lunch, & she loved it right away. (8)_ good dish is steak pie, a traditional British meat pie made from stewing steak and beef gravy, enclosed in a pastry shell. Unfortunately, I did not have (9)________ time to listen to the chef give instructions on how to make this dish. However, I tried it and it was brilliant. Next year (10)________there is another food festival, I will definitely join in. 1. A. ran B. took C. went D. found 2. A. are B. is C. was D. were

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

- Give Ss Ex 7 - Ss read silently and do this Ex in pairs. - Call some Ss give the answer. - Others correct - T gives the feedback and answer key. * Answer key: 1. cook 2. teaches 3. such 4. ….. ……..

A. cooking C. foods A. by C. in A. But C. Because A. said C. gave A. for C. together A. One C. Second A. little C. enough A. while C. as

B. food D. cuisine B. at D. on B. Although D. So B. asked D. showed B. with D. like B. Another D. Next B. many D. few B if D. because

EX 7. Fill each blank with a suitable word. My mother is a good (1)___and she can make a lot of delicious dishes. She also (2)__ my brother and me how to cook. Now we can make different Vietnamese dishes (3)__as fried beef, spring rolls, vegetable soup, pho, etc. In addition, We’ve learnt how to make pizza, lasagna, sushi and curry. My brother’s (4)__dish is lasagna while I like pho and spring rolls the (5)________. At the moment, my brother is teaching us how to bake. My mother has very good eating (6)____. For breakfast, she usually has a bowl of rice, some lean chicken or pork, a plate of vegetables, and a banana. She never (7)______this important meal. For lunch, she has different types of salad, some fish, and some rice. She doesn’t eat (8)_for dinner, just some vegetables and lean meat. She encourages us to (9)____healthily by avoiding fast foods and soft drinks. In addition, every morning, we get up early to do (10)________together. It’s a good way to keep fit, isn’t it?

* Homework: EX 8. Phonetics 1. A. grate

B. staple

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Give Ss Ex 8 and ask Ss do it at home.

2. 3. 4. 5.

C. marinate A. versatile C. sprinkle A. sprinkle C. tender A. bank C. thing A. danger C. thing

D. shallot B. slice D. combine B. drain D. garnish B. think D. thin B. change D. endanger

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn : 26/ 1 / 2018 Ngày dạy : 29/ 1 / 2018 Buổi 19: Revision 7 I. Objectives : Revise what Ss learnt in units 7 II. Language content: 1.Vocabulary : Words related to: - Means of transport - Road signs. - Types of films - ed and ing adjectives. 2. Pronunciation : Sounds / e / and / eI / Sounds / t / , /d/ and / id / 3. Grammar: - It indicating distance - Used to - connectors: although, desspite/ in spite of, however, nevertheless 4. Communication : - Talking about road signs and traffic rules. - Talking about traffic problems. - Talking about fovourite films. - Asking and answering questions about film posters. III. Practice: Teacher and students Content Exercise 1: Find 5 words which have sound / - Ss rethink and find the words. Ex: head, dealth…. e / and 5 words which have sound / eI /. sail, train ….. - Ss come to the board and write the words - T checks and helps Ss read the words correctly. * Revise the way to read “ed”

/t/ after an unvoiced consonant Ex: laughed, mixed… /d/ after a voiced vowel or voiced consonant Ex: travelled, enjoyed….

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

/id/ after the sound /t/ or /d/ Ex: wanted, needed Exercise 2 : Find 5 words which have sound - Ss rethink and find the words which / t / , 5 words which have sound / d / and 5 have ending with “ed” and the way to words which have sound / Id /. read them. - Revise the way to ask and answer about the (?) How far is it from … to … ? distance It’s (sbout) …. metre/ km Exercise 3: Ask and answer about distance using the given words. 1. Thanh Hoa / Ha Noi - 158 km 2. Ham Rong bridge/Hop Luc Hospital2km 3. BigC supermarket/ Sam Son- 8km * Revise the usage of although, desspite/ in spite of, however, nevertheless. Exercise 4: Choose the best answer to complete these sentences. 1. ___ he likes chocolate, he tries not to eat it. A. As B .Though C. Since D. Despite 2. He is a very intelligent boy, __he is very lazy A. but B. And C. or D. so 3. _______I moved house, I haven’t had much contact with those friends A. though B. since C. because of D. so that 4. Last night we came to the show late _______ the traffic was terrible. A. although B. despite C. and D. because 5.Lan couldn’t pass the exam__she was too lazy. A. because B. because of C. although D. in spite of 6. _______ his broken leg, he didn’t come to class yesterday. A. because B. because of C. Despite D. so 7. _______there is a lot of noise in the city, I

1. How far is it from Thanh Hoa to Ha Noi? - It’s (about) 158 km 2. How far is it from Ham Rong bridge to Hop Luc Hospital? - It’s (about) 2km 3. How far is it from BigC supermarket to Sam Son? - It’s (about) 8 km

- Ss do exercises - Correct answer: 1B 6B 2A 7D 3B … 4D 5A

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

prefer living there. A. despite B. in spite of C. because of D. though 8. _______ the weather, we went sailing. A.despite B.in spite of C.although D.A and B 9. _______Hudson led early, he lost the race. A. though B. although C. eventhough D. all are correct 10.___it was raining heavily he went out without a raincoat. A. In spite B. In spite of C. However D. Although Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences with the word given. 1. Although he has a very important job, he isn’t particularly well-paid. =>In spite of .......... 2. Although I had never seen her before, I recognized her from a photograph. => Despite ........... 3. She wasn’t wearing the coat although it was quite cold. =>In spite of ............ 4.We thought we’d better invite them to the party although we don’t like them very much => Despite .......... 5. Although I didn’t speak the language, I managed to make myself understand. =>In spite of

- Ss do exercises - Correct answer: 1. In spite of having a…job, he…. 2. Despite the fact that I had never …. 3. In spite of cold weather she wasn’t ….

- Redo all exercises

* Homework * Adjustment:

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn: 2/ 3/ 2018 Ngày dạy : 5/ 3 & 12/3/ 2018

Buổi 20+ 21:

Revision Unit 8

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in unit 8. II. Language content: - Grammar: Articles: other uses - Vocab: Tourism nouns - Pronunciation: Tones in asking for information III. Preparation: Teaching plan, laptop IV. Procedures : T & Ss’activities Buổi 20 - Gives Ss Ex 1 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. How can I help you 2. how long do you plan to stay 3. Would you like a single room 4. Could you give your name and address 5. For bed and breakfast 6. Does that include everything

Content Ex 1. Complete the conversation below with the questions from the box. how long do you plan to stay Does that include everything How can I help you For bed and breakfast Would you like a single room Could you give your name and address Receptionist: Grand Hotel. Good morning. (1) ___? Mary: I'd like to book a room, please. Receptionist: Certainly. And (2) _______? Mary: Three days. Receptionist: (3)___? Mary: Yes, please. I'll be on my own. Receptionist: Very well. (4)________?

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Gives Ss Ex 2 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. package 2. from 3. be 4. have ……

- Gives Ss Ex 3 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. wide 2. known 3. wonderful 4. alternately

- Gives Ss Ex 4 on the screen.

Mary: Yes, it's Mary Smith, 30 Old Road, York. By the way, what do you charge for bed and breakfast? Receptionist: (5) ___? It's $35 a night. Mary: (6) _____________? Recept:Yes, that's everything. There are no extra charges Mary: Oh, thank you. Ex 2. Insert a suitable word in each numbered gap to complete the passage. Thomas Cook (1808 -1892) is widely considered to be the father of modern mass tourism. He organized the first package (1)_____in history. He arranged for the Midland Counties Railway to charge one shilling per person for a group of campaigners travelling (2) ____ Leicester to a rally in Loughborough, eleven miles away. Cook was paid a share of the fares charged to the passengers, as the railway tickets couldn't (3) __issued at his own price. There (4) ___ been railway excursions before, but this one included entrance to an entertainment held on private grounds, rail tickets, and food during the train (5) ___. Cook immediately saw the potential of a convenient ‘offthe-peg’ holiday product in which everything was (6) ___ in one cost. Afterwards he pioneered (7) __ holidays both in Britain and on the European continent (where Paris and the Alps were the most popular destinations). He founded the (8) ___ agency Thomas Cook & Son (popularly nicknamed Cook's Tours), which became Thomas Cook AG before eventually becoming Thomas Cook Group in 2007. Ex 3. Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the passage. Welcome to wonderful Dana Tours! Come to us and you are sure to find the (1.WIDE) __ range of holidays! You can pamper yourself at the five-star Vinland Hotel in a well-(2. KNOW) __seaside resort, where the facilities are second to none. If you prefer a more active holiday, you can cruise around the island in a canoe, go diving to see the (3. WONDER) __coral reef, or go trekking to admire the spectacular scenery. (4. ALTERNATE) ____, you might prefer to take a self-catering apartment in one of the (5. PICTURE) ___ fishing villages. There you can sample the authentic local cuisine, with its famous seafood (6. SPECIAL) ___, and choose from a variety of excursions to places of cultural and (7.ARCHAEOLOGY ____ interest. Our prices are inclusive of all flights and (8. ACCOMMODATE) ____, and represent excellent value. Book now, before it's too late!

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. the 2. the 3. an 4. a * Homework : - Gives Ss Ex 5 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex at home.

Buổi 21 - Gives Ss Ex 1 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. because 2. which 3. who 4. which

Ex 4. Insert a, an, or the in each gap. Egypt, (1) ____ most populous country in the Arab world, is home to one of (2) ____ world's oldest cultures. Modern day Egypt is descended from (3) ____ ancient civilisation that emerged in the 10th millennium BC. (4) ____ stunning, colossal monuments of Ancient Egypt never fail to astonish.(5) ____ romantic cruise along the Nile - (6) ____ world's longest river - dazzles the senses. Giza Plateau is Ancient Egypt's most famous, fascinating, and mysterious archaeological site for people to explore. No other place has (7) ____magic, mystery, and pleasures of Egypt. Travel to Egypt and you will discover (8) ____ world of wonder. Ex 5. Match the names of the famous world landmarks to their countries. 1. Pyramid of Cheops a. Viet Nam 2. Taj Mahal b. Cambodia 3. Dong Van Stone Plateau c. Australia 4. Golden Gate Bridge d. the UK 5. Great Wall of China 6. Angkor Wat 7. Petronas Twin Towers 8. Great Barrier Reef 9. Eiffel Tower

e. France f. Malaysia g. the US h. China i. Egypt

10. Stonehenge

j. India

Ex 1.Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences 1. Last night we came to the show late ( although,despite, and, because) the traffic was terrible. 2. I live in Dalat, ( who, which,whose,whom) is one of the most beautiful cities in Vietnam. 3. The people ( whom, which, where,who) live in Greece speak Greek. 4. Auld Lang Syne is a song ( which, who, whom, when) is sung on New Year’s Eve. 5. Peter, (which, whom , who,whose)can compose many pieces of music, sings very well. 6. ( As, though,since, Dispite) he likes chocolate, he tries not to eat it. 7. Do you know the man ( who,whom,which,that) you met yesterday.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Gives Ss Ex 2 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1.Although he often tells lies, many people believe him. 2. She didn’t eat much although he was hungry . 3.Although he is over 60, he doesn’t wear glasses. - Gives Ss Ex 3 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1.Have you ever spoken to the people who live next door? 2. .It’s a book which will interest childen of all ages. 3.The people who live next door keep having all night parties.

- Gives Ss Ex 4 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1.Is this the book which you want me to

8. The men and animals ( who, whom ,which,that) you saw in TV were from china. 9. Tet is a festival ( who, which, whom,that ) occurs in late January or early February. 10. The car ( who, whom, whose,which ) he has just bought is very expensive. Ex 2: Use “ although” to combine each pair of these sentences. 1.He often tells lies. Many people believe him. 2.She didn’t eat much. She was hungry 3.He is over 60. He doesn’t wear glasses. 4.It got dark. They continued to work. 5.She kept on studying. It was noisy. 6.He ate all the fruits. They were green. 7.We could do the test. It was very difficult. 8.He is very strong. I’m not afraid of him. 9.The plane took off. The weather was bad. 10.He didn’t stop his car. The traffic lights turned red. Ex 3. Combine each pair of sentences into one by using a suitable Relative Pronouns 1.Have you ever spoken to the people ? They live next door. 2.It’s a book. It will interest childen of all ages. 3.The people keep having all night parties. They live next door. 4.These are the keys. They open the front door and back door. 5.Here’s an article. It minght interest you. 6.Where are the eggs ? They are in the fridge. 7.Have you got something? It will get ink out of the carpet. 8.Where is the girl? She sells the tickets. 9.Half of the people didn’t appear. They were invited. 10.The festival is called Easter. It is in late March or early April. 11.The student gets the scholarship. He is very poor. 12.She is the nurse. She took care of me . 13.My teacher punished the student. That student was naughty. Ex 4. Combine each pair of sentences into one by using a suitable Relative Pronouns 1.Is this the book? You want me to read it ? 2.He is only person. He can solve this difficult problem. 3.I bought some pencils. They are in different colours. 4.This is the dictionary. I bought it at that bookstore.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

read it ? 2.He is only person who can solve this difficult problem. 3.I bought some pencils which are in different colours. 4.This is the dictionary which I bought at that bookstore. 5.She ate a peach which was still green. 6.The teacher who teaches us English.

* Homework: - Gives Ss Ex 5 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex at home.

5.She ate a peach. The peach was still green. 6.The teacher can’t come to class today. He teaches us English. 7.The girl has just gone out. Do you know her? 8.This is the newspaper. I want you to buy it. 9.The Pikes keep having all- night parties. They live next door. 10.People live longer. They take physical exercise. 11.Tom and Peter didn’t come. They were invitied. 12.Paris is the city. I’ve always wanted to visit it. Mrs White has just had her second baby. She’s been married for 4 years. 13.I bought a new typewrite. It cost me a lot of money. 14.Tom is one of my close friends. He is very intelligent. 15.That woman over there is a singer. She is talking with your father. 16.I went to the doctor. He saved the life of my son. 17.Dr. John lost his position. He hasn’t done his job well recently. 18.She looked up the stars. They were twinkling in the sky now. 19.I know the people. They live in London. 20.Mr Tan is a taecher of English. He is wearing a bue shirt. 21.The man is Mr Tan. He is wearing a blue shirt. 22.You can buy these things at Ben Thanh Market. The market is the center of HCM city. Ex 5. Use “ although” to combine each pair of these sentences. The weather is cold. Helen isn’t wearing a coat. Tim is fairly tall. He can’t reach the ceiling. Jane was sad. She smiled. The streets are dangerous. Mary often goes out alone after dark. Alice didn’t have a toothache.She went to the dentist to check up. I didn’t go to bed early. I was really tired and sleepy. He was late. He stopped to buy a sandwich. She hate them. She agreed to help them. I was hungry. I didn’t eat I used to love listening to her. I could only understand about haft of what she said.

* Adjustment: Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn: 10/ 3/ 2018 Ngày dạy : 12/ 3 & / 3/ 2018

Buổi 22 + 23:

Revision Unit 9

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in unit 9. II. Language content: - Grammar: + Conditional sentences type 2 + Relative clauses - Vocab: + Languages + Language use and learning - Pronunciation: Tones in new and known information III. Preparation: Teaching plan, laptop IV. Procedures : Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

T & Ss’activities

Buổi 22: Type 2(Điều kiện loại 2): Present Unreal Conditional If S + Vp, S + would/ could + Vinfi

- Gives Ss Ex 1 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback & correct answer * Answer : 1. would come 2. rang 3. didn’t rain ………. - Gives Ss Ex 2 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback & correct answer * Answer : 1. If I had enough money, I could go… 2. If I had a typewrite, I could type….. 3. ……… - Gives Ss Ex 3 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1C 2B 3C 4B ……….

Content Type 2(Điều kiện loại 2): Present Unreal Conditional (§iÒu kiÖn kh«ng cã thËt ë hiÖn t¹i) - §iÒu kiÖn kh«ng cã thËt ë hiÖn t¹i ®−îc dïng ®Ó ®Ò cËp ®Õn nh÷ng t×nh huèng t−ëng t−îng hoÆc lµ kh«ng thÓ x¶y ra ë hiÖn t¹i. Ex: - If I were rich, I would travel around the world. (I am not rich) (I’m not going to travel around the world) *Động từ to be phải chia là were ở tất cả các ngôi. Ex: - If I were you, I wouldn't go to that movie. Ex 1. Give the correct form of the verbs in bracket with conditional Sentence Type II : 1/ He (come) _______ if you waited. 2/ If you (ring) _____ the bell, the servant would come. 3/ If it (not, rain) _____ a lot, the rice crop wouln’t grow. 4/ If today (be) ____ Sunday, we wouldn’t have to work 5/ You would have to stay in bed unless your health (improve) _______. 6/ If I (have) _____ a typewriter, I could type it myself. 7/ What (you do) ________ if you got fat ? Ex 2. Rewrite the following sentences 1/ I don’t have enough money. I can’t go on a long holiday this year. If ________________________ 2/ I don’t have a typewriter. I can’t type it myself. → ________________ 3. I don't live in a big city, so I can't go to the cinema very often. If ………………… 4. Lan doesn’t have a bike, she walk to school. If ……………….,. Ex 3. Choose the correct answer 1. if I were offered the job, I think I ………. it. a. take b.will take c. would take d. would have taken 2. I would be very surprised if he…………….. a. refuses b. refused c. had refused d. would refuse. 3. Many people would be out of work if that factory.... down. a. closes b. had closed c. closed d. would close. 4. If she sold her car, she ………… much money. a. gets b. would get c. will get d. would have got. 5. They would be disappointed if we…………….

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Gives Ss Ex 4 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. which 2. who 3. which 4. who ….. * Homework : - Asks Ss do sentences (from 11 to 15)

* Homework : - Asks Ss do sentences (from 6 to 10)

a. hadn’t come b. wouldn’t come c. don’t come d. didn’t come. 6. Would John be angry if I ……. ……his bicycle without asking? a. take b. took c. had taken d. would take. 7. She ……….terrible upset if I lost this ring. a. will be b. would be c. were d. had been. 8. If someone…in here with a gun, I’d be very frightened a. would walk b. walks c. had walked d. walked. 9. What would happen if you ……..to work tomorrow? a. don’t go b. didn’t go c. won’t go d. wouldn’t go. Ex 4 : Write who, that, which, or nothing to complete these sentences : 1. Have you got the money _____ I lent you yesterday ? 2.Peter, _____ I had seen earlier, wasn’t at the party. 3. This is the machine ____ cost half a million pounds. 4. Mary, _____ had been listening to the conversation, looked angry. 5. Have you read the book ____ I gave you ? 6. The hous,__they bought three months ago,looks lovely 7. Mrs.Jackson, ____ had been very ill, died yesterday. 8. Is this the person ____ stole your handbag ? 9. The dog, __ had been very quiet, suddenly started barking. 10. I didn’t receive the letters _____ she sent me. * Homework: 11. My mother, ___________ hadn’t been expecting visitors, looked surprised. 12. The old man, ______ had been talking to them earlier, knew that they were in the building. 13. The horse, _________ had been injured by the flying stones, was very frightened. 14. We didn’t like the secetary _____ the agency sent. 15. I didn’t find the money _____ you said you’d left. Ex 5. Join each pair of sentences using relative pronouns : 1. This is the man. I met him in Paris. 2. I wanted the painting. You bought it. 3. This is the chair. My parents gave it to me 4. She’s the woman. She telephoned the police. 5. He’s the person. He wanted to buy your house. * Homework : 6. We threw out the computer. It never worked properly. 7. This is the lion. It’s been ill recently. 8. The man was badly injured. He was driving the car. 9. The children broke the window. They live in the next

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Buổi 23:

street 10. That’s the woman. I was telling you about her.

Ex 1. Conditional sentences: type 2: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses. 1 If I had a typewriter I (type)….. it myself. 2 If I (know)…….. his address I'd give it to you. - Gives Ss Ex 1 on the screen. 3 He (look) …a lot better if he shaved more often - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. 4. If he worked more slowly he (not make) …so many - Asks them compare with others pairs. mistakes. - Some Ss give the answer . 5. I shouldn't drink that wine if I (be) …………..you. - T gives the feedback and correct 6. More tourists would come to this country if it (have)… answer a better climate * Answer : 7. If I (win)… a big prize in a lottery I'd give up my job. 1. would type 8. What you (do)…if you found a burglar in your house? 2. knew 9. I could tell you what this means if I (know)…. Greek. 3. would look 10. If he knew that it was dangerous he (not come)….. 4. wouldn’t make 11. I could get a job easily if I (have) ……a degree. 12. If we had more rain our crops (grow)……. faster. 13. What would you do if the lift (get)..stuck between two floors? 14. If you (paint).. the walls white the room would be much brighter. 15. I'd climb over the wall if there (not be) ….so much - Gives Ss Ex 2 on the screen. broken glass on t of it. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. Ex 2. Use “if” in place of “unless” - Asks them compare with others pairs. 1/ We won’t go out unless it stops raining. - Some Ss give the answer . 2/ I will call the police unless you give back my bicycle. - T gives the feedback and correct 3/ You wouldn’t be able to do this exercise unless your English were good. answer 4/ Unless we had enough rain, we couldn’t grow rice. * Answer : The fishermen couldn’t have caught a lot of fish unless 1/ We won’t go out unless it doesn’t stop 5/ they had had good nets. raining. 2/ I will call the police if you don’t give back my bicycle. 3/ You would be able to do this exercise if your English were good. - Gives Ss Ex 3 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1.The man whom I shouted at didn’t come back again.

Ex 3. Join each pair of sentences using relative pronouns 1.The man didn’t come back again. I shouted at him. 2. The television never worked again. I dropped it. 3. The machine was broken. I hired it. 4. The clothes were beautiful. She bought some clothes. 5. The wall fell down after three weeks. They built the wall. 6. The policeman wasn’t very helpful. I asked him. 7. I didn’t really like the car. We bought it.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

2. The television which I dropped never worked again. 3. The machine which I hired was broken.

- Gives Ss Ex 4 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1.where 2. when 3. where 4. why

* Homework: - Gives Ss Ex on the screen. + Sentences from 15 to 25

8. I lost the money. I borrowed it from John. 9. She is the most intelligent woman. I’ve ever met this woman. 10 .This doctor is famous. You visited him yesterday. 11.These children are orphans. She is taking care of these children. 12.My father goes swimming everyday. You met him this morning. 13.The man is my father. I respect this man most. 14.The man is my father. I respect his opinion most. 15.Mary and Margaret are twins. You met them yesterday. 16. I’ll introduce you to the man. His support is necessary for your project. 17. The middle-aged man is the director. My father is talking to him. 18. The boy is my cousin. You make fun of him. 19. The student is from china. He sits next to me. 20. I thanked the woman. This woman had helped me. Ex 4: Write relative pronouns to complete these sentences. 1. We visited the school _________ my father taught. 2. I met her last month, _____ she came to our house. 3. We all looked at the place _____ the fire had started. 4. Did they tell you the reason _____ they were late? 5. The cat sat on the wall __ it had a good view of the birds. 6. They arrived in the evening, at a time__we were all out 7. I couldn’t understand the reason ___ they were so rude. 8. I met him in the cafeù __ he was working as a waiter. 9. I listen to music late at night, ____ the children have gone to bed. 10. I bought them in August, ______ I was in France. 11. Let me see all the letters _______ you have written. 12. Is there any one ________ can help me do this? 13. Mr. Brown, _________ is only 34, is the director of this company. 14. I know a place __________ roses grow in abundance. 15. It was the nurse ________ told me to come in. * Homework: 16. The teacher with ________, we studied last year no longer teaches in our school. 17. They showed me the hospital ________ buildings had been destroyed by US bombings. 18. We saw many soldiers and tanks ______ were moving to the front. 19. Dr. Fleming, _______ discovered penicillin, was

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

+ Ex 6 - Asks Ss do this ex at home.

awarded the Nobel Prize for medicine in 1945. 20. He joined the political party _______ was in power. 21. Love, ________ is a wonderful feeling, comes to everyone at some time in his life. 22. Freedom is something for _______ millions have given their lives. 23. It is easy to find faults in people ________ we dislike. 24. The really happy people are those _______ enjoy their daily work. 25. We must find a time _______ we can meet and a place _______ we can talk. Ex 6. Combine these pairs of sentences using relative pronouns: 1. There’s the lady. Her dog was killed. 2. That’s the man. He’s going to buy the company. 3. He’s the person. His car was stolen. 4. She’s the new doctor.The doctor’s coming to the hospital next week. 5. She’s the journalist. Her article was on the front page of The Times. 6. They’re the people. Their shop burned down last week. 7. That’s the boy. He’s just got a place at university.

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………….……

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn: 10/ 3/ 2017 Ngày dạy : 9B: 15/ 3/ 2017 9A: 17/ 3/ 2017

Buổi 21:

Revision Units 7, 8, 9

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in units 7, 8, 9. II. Language content: + Conditional sentences type 1, 2. + Articles + Relative clauses III. Preparation: Teaching plan, laptop IV. Procedures : T & Ss’activities - Gives Ss Ex 1 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer :

1. eats 2. were 3. will happen 4. would wake

* Homework: - Ss do the sentences from 11 t0 20 at home

Content Exercise 1: Put the verbs in brackets in to the correct forms: 1.If he (eat)................ all that, he will be ill. 2.She could give us some advice if she (be)..... here now. 3.What (happen)..... if my parachute does not open? 4.The baby (wake) ..... up if you spoke louder. 5.If he had gotten one more mark, he (pass)…the exam. 6.If she (not get)................................. married young, she wouldn’t have had many children. 7.If I (know) .......the answer, I would tell you. 8.You (not have)............................................. so many accidents if you drove more carefully. 9.If Peter (ask)........ me, I’ll help him with all my ability. 10.If she studied harder, she (get)... better grades. 11.If I (be)...... you, I (tell) ......... them the truth. 12.If you (do)...... as I told you, you (succeed)...... 13. I (not go)........... to his house unless you go with me. 14.We could have a drink if it......(not be) so late. 15.Please don’t disturb him if he (be)......... busy. 16.If ice (be).................................. heavier than water, it (not float)...........................................

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

17.They would be glad if the rain (stop)…soon. 18.If Jack (come) ………………………….to my party, I would have danced with him. 19.It’s too bad Helen isn’t here. If she (be) ….. here, she (know) ……….. what to do. 20.Lee will go to a Disneyland if he (save) ………………………… enough money. Exercise 2: Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. - Gives Ss Ex 2 on the screen. 1.They don’t understand the problem. They - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. won’t find a solution - Asks them compare with others pairs. 2.Go right now or you’ll be late for the train. - Some Ss give the answer . 3.Because you speak English unnaturally, they - T gives the feedback and correct answer do not understand you. * Answer : 4.We didn’t know your phone number, so we 1. If they understood the problem, they would could not contact you. find …. 5.Because Simon doesn’t live near his mother, he 2. If you don’t go right , you will … can’t visit her often. 3. If you spoke E naturally, we could 6.She didn’t hurry, so she missed the train. 7.John is fat because he eats so many chips. understand you 8.Bill never does anything if you don’t tell him ………….. what to do. 9.They don’t have enough time so they cannot do me a favour. 10.I must leave now, or I’ll miss the flight. 11.Hurry up, or we will be late for the exam. Exercise 3: Fill in the gap with: WHO, WHOM, WHICH, or WHOSE: - Gives Ss Ex 3 on the screen. 1. We talk about the party ____________Sarah - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. wants to organize for my birthday. - Asks them compare with others pairs. 2. Don is a friend with ____ I stayed in Australia. - Some Ss give the answer . 3. Mrs. Richmond, ____________is 42 years old, - T gives the feedback and correct answer does morning exercise every morning. * Answer : 4. We cannot find the person____________car is 1. which blocking our driveway. 2. whom 5. The film about____________they are talking 3. who is thrilling. 4. ưhose 6. My uncle, ____________you met yesterday, is …. a famous lawyer in the town. 7. The police are questioning the woman___ purse was stolen outside the supermarket. 8. The girl ____________showed me the way to your house has a beautiful oval face. 9. The book ____________I received on my birthday is informative. Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Gives Ss Ex 4 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer :

1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. B ………….

10. The company ____________products have high quality is facing with financial problem. EXERCISE 4: CHOOSE THE BEST ANSWER: 1. That’s my friend,________ comes from Japan. A. which B. who C. whom D. where. 2. The plants which______________ in the living room need a lot of water. A. are B. be C. is D. was 3. She’s the woman_______________ sister looks after the baby for us. A. who B. which C. that’s D. whose 4. That’s the doctor for_________ Cliff works A. that B. which C. whom D. whose 5. Marie,______________ I met at the party, called me last night. A. that B. whom C. which D. whose 6. I remember Alice,______________ rode the bus to school with. A. I B. whom I C. which I D. who 7. I used to enjoy the summer, ______________ we had a big family picnic. A. where B. when C. which D. that 8. Tell me about the city ______ you grew up. A. that B. where C. which D. ø 9. Anna found the book that ________________ wanted at the bookshop. A. ø B. where C. she D. which 10. Please remember to take back to the library all the books ________ are due this week. A. ø B. that C. when D. they

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Ngày soạn: 30/ 3/ 2018 Ngày dạy : 2/4 & 9/ 4 /2018

Buổi 26+27:

Revision Unit 10

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in unit 10. II. Language content: - Grammar: + Past simple and past perfect + Defining relatives clauses - Vocab: Astronomy and space travel - Pronunciation: Continuing or finishing tones III. Preparation: Teaching plan, laptop IV. Procedures : T & Ss’activities

Buổi 26: - Gives Ss Ex 1 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. I was … had studied . 2) had phoned 3) had ridden - met 4) arrived - had already started. 5) had made - phoned 6) had come - fed 7) sang - had played 8) turned on - had washed 9) watched - had gone 10) had spent - wanted

Content Ex 1: Put the verbs in brackets into the gaps in the correct tense Past Perfect or Simple Past. Example: Pat _________ (to live) in London before he _________ (to move) to Rome. Answer: Pat had lived in London before he moved to Rome. 1) I __ ( be) very tired because I __( study) too much 2) Jill _________ (phone) Dad at work before she ____ ( leave) for her trip. 3) They _________ (ride) their bikes before they ______ ( meet) their friends. 4) When she _________ ( arrive) the Match ____ already _________ ( start). 5) After Eric _________ ( make) breakfast he ____ ( phone) his friend. 6) After the man _________ (come) home he ___ ( feed) the cat. 7) Before he _________ ( sing) a song he ______ ( play) the guitar. 8) Susan _________ ( turn on) the radio after she

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

______ ( wash) the dishes. 9) She ______ ( watch) a video after the children _______ ( go) to bed. 10) After Fred _________ ( spend) his holiday in Italy he _________ ( want) to learn Italian. - Gives Ss Ex 2 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1.The wind blew away …. we had collected. 2.She threw away … that she had written . 3.They showed me… , they had taken …. 4.In the evening, the children told their daddy what they had seen at the zoo. 5.The boy was very ….. he had done . - Gives Ss Ex 3 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. I met Mary who asked me to give you this. 2. He is the customer whose adress I lost. 3. She is the novelist whose book won first prize. 4. She was dancing with a student who had a slight limp.

….

- Gives Ss Ex 4 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer :

1. who 2. who 3. which

Ex 2: Choose the correct tense (Simple Past or Past Perfect). 1.The wind ___ away the leaves that we _____ . 2. She _________ away the letter that she _____ . 3. They _________ me the pictures, they ____ during their holidays. 4. In the evening, the children _________ their daddy what they _________ at the zoo. 5. The boy ______ very sorry for what he _____ . Ex 3: Combine these sentences into one, using relative pronouns and relative clauses: 1. I met Mary. She asked me to give you this. 2. He is the customer. I lost his address. 3. She is the novelist. Her book won first prize. 4. She was dancing with a student. He had a slight limp. 5. I am looking after some children. They are terribly spoilt. 6. The bed had no mattress. I slept on this bed. 7. I was sitting in a chair. It suddenly collapsed. 8. This is the story of a man. His wife suddenly loses her memory. 9. I was waiting for a man. He didn’t turn up. 10. The car crashed into a queue of people. Four of them were killed. Ex 4: Complete the sentences with relative pronouns or relative adverbs: 1. A pacifist is a person ___________ believes that all wars are wrong. 2. Mrs. Richmond, ______ is 42, has three children. 3. We talk about the party ________________Mary wants to organize for my birthday. 4. He received a low mark for his essay, _______ was only one page long. 5. The man _____________ I introduced to you last night may be the next president of the university. 6. Professor Johnson, _____________ I have long admired, is visiting the University next week.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

4. which 5. whom ………….

7. Stevenson is an architect ______________ designs have won the international praise. 8. I’ll be staying with Nam, _____________ brother is one of my closest friends. 9. Let me see all the letters ______________ you have written. 10. This is the most interesting film ____________ I’ve ever watched.

* Homework:

- Do sentences from 11 to 20 at home

Buổi 27: - Gives Ss Ex 1 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : Got - submitted - showed - had arrived - had already filled tried – wanted- had had - ended decided - had gone- looked

- Do sentences from 11 to 20 at home 11. We saw the man and his dog _____________ were going to the park. 12. Mr. Baker will buy the house ______________ is opposite to my house. 13. The hotel _____________ we stayed was very clean and comfortable. 14. We first met in 1945__________the revolution took place. 15. The time ___________ we go to school is 6:30. 16. I don’t know the reason ______________ she was absent yesterday. 17. The man to ____________ I talked yesterday was very kind. 18. The picture at ______________ she was looking was beautiful. 19. I’ll give you the address to ________________ you should write. 20. The woman about _____________ I’m telling you teaches me English. Ex 1:Simple Past/Past Perfect I can't believe I (get) _________that apartment. I (submit) _________my application last week, but I didn't think I had a chance of actually getting it. When I (show) _____up to take a look around, there were at least twenty other people who (arrive) ___ before me. Most of them (fill, already) _______out their applications and were already leaving. The landlord said I could still apply, so I did. I (try) ____to fill out the form, but I couldn't answer half of the questions. They (want) ____me to include references, but I didn't want to list my previous landlord because I (have) _____some problems with him in the past and I knew he wouldn't recommend me. I (end) _____up listing my father as a reference.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

It was total luck that he (decide) _________to give me the apartment. It turns out that the landlord and my father (go) _________to high school together. He decided that I could have the apartment before he (look) ______at my credit report. I really lucked out! - Gives Ss Ex 2 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer :

1B 2A 3D ……

Ex 2: Choose the correct answer. 1. After Diego ____ lunch, he ____ to some music for a while. A) finished / had listened B) had finished/listened C) finished / listened D) had finished /had listened 2. Peter ___ his homework when the phone ____ . A) had just finished/rang B) had just finished/had rung C) just finished/rang D) just finished/had rung 3. I ___ anything because the doctor ___ me an injection for the pain before he started working on me. A) didn't feel/gave B) hadn't felt/had given C) didn't feel/had given D) hadn't felt/gave 4. The streets ___ wet yesterday because it ____ early in the morning. A) had been/rained B) were/rained C) had been/had rained D) were/had rained 5. When Danny and Cecelia ___ , they ___ each other for two weeks. A) had gotten married/only knew B) had gotten married/had only known C) got married/had only known D) got married/only knew 6. Lee's manager ____ to convince him to stay, but he ____ to quit. A) tried/had already decided B) had tried/had already decided C) had tried/already decided D) tried/already decided 7) Jennifer ____ in several other cities when she _____ to move to New York City. A) lived/decided B) lived/had decided C) had lived/decided D) had lived/had decided 8) Elena _____ her bicycle for only a short time before somebody_____ it. A) had had/stole B) had had/had stolen C) had/stole D) had/had stolen 9. I __ sick for several days, so I __ to see the doctor A) had felt/had gone B) felt/had gone

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Gives Ss Ex 3 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. I saw several houses. Most of which were quite unsuitable. 2. Tom who had been driving all day was tired and wanted to stop. 3. Ann who had slept in the back of the car. felt quite fresh. 4. Paul whose tyres were nearly new wanted to take the mountain road.

…….

* Homework: - Gives Ss Ex on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex at home.

C) felt/went D) had felt/went 10. The movie ____ by the time we __ to the theater. A) had already started/had gotten B) already started/gotten C) had already started/got D) already started/had gotten Ex 3: Combine these sentences into one, using relative pronouns and relative clauses: 1. I saw several houses. Most of them were quite unsuitable. 2. Tom was tired and wanted to stop. He had been driving all day. 3. Ann felt quite fresh. She had slept in the back of the car. 4. Paul wanted to take the mountain road. His tyres were nearly new. 5. We lit a fire. It soon dried out our clothes. 6. He paid me $5 for cleaning the windows. Most of them hadn’t been cleaned for at least a year. 7. Romeo and Juliet were lovers. Their parents hated each other. 8. There wasn’t any directory in the telephone box. I was phoning from this box. 9. This is Mrs Jones. Her son won the championship last year. 10. I bought a dozen of eggs. Six of them broke when I dropped the box. * Homework: Combine these sentences into one, using relative pronouns and relative clauses: 1. A building was destroyed in the fire. It has now been rebuilt. 2. John Bridge is one of my oldest friends. He has just gone to live in Canada. 3.Don’t use this product. It’s not suitable to your hair 4. The birds have flown away. I found their nest in the tree behind my house. 5. Some people were arrested. They have now been releases. 6. He is curious about the reason. She has been sad in recent days for that reason. 7. We enjoy traveling to Dalat. There are a lot of places of interests there. 8.A bus goes to the air port.It runs every half an hour 9. You have all met Michael Wood. He is visiting us for a couple days.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

10. Many rivers and lakes around the world are polluted. This caused serious diseases to people using the river water. 11.We are moving to Manchester. Manchester is in the north-west.

Ngày soạn: 30/ 3/ 2017 Ngày dạy : 9B: 5- 12/ 4/ 2017 9A: 7- 14/ 4/ 2017

Buổi 24+25:

Revision Unit 11

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in unit 11. II. Language content: - Grammar: + Future passive + Non-defining relative clauses - Vocab: The changing roles in society - Pronunciation: Agreeing and disagreeing tones III. Preparation: Teaching plan, laptop IV. Procedures : T & Ss’activities

Content

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Buổi 24: - Gives Ss Ex 1 on the screen.

- Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. financially 2. responsive to

- Gives Ss Ex 2 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1c 2e 3 ……

I. Complete the sentences with the words/phrases in the box. externally

vision hands-on male-dominated

ahead of

emotional

financially

responsive to

1. Employees with good performance will be promoted, which means they will get a higher salary and will benefit_______. 2. Mothers are often the ones who provide________ support for the family. 3. Field trips will make learning more____ real life. 4. The lessons will certainly be more practical and ___ when they are conducted in a real environment. 5. In a____ society, women are often prevented from doing normal things such as going to university, or getting a job. 6. Few people can say that they have a clear_____ of their future. 7. A health farm should be well-designed, both internally and__________. 8. I believe that the tourist industry in Asian countries will be_____ other continents in twenty years' time. II. Match the verbs with their definitions. Words Definitions 1. participate a. help or encourage somebody in their ideas/work 2. predict b. be present at an event like a class or a wedding 3. evaluate c. take part in an activity 4. attend d. make changes to something to make it fit a new purpose 5. develop e. say that something will happen in the future 6. tailor f. form an opinion about the quality of something 7. support g. grow to be bigger and stronger III. Use the words in the box in their correct forms to complete the sentences. participate

predict

evaluate

attend

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Gives Ss Ex 3 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. predict 2. support ….

- Gives Ss Ex 4 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. B 2. B 3. A ………….

develop

tailor

support

1. Can you make a____________ about the role of the post office in thirty years' time? 2. Visitors to the safari park will be asked to fill in an__ sheet. This is intended to improve the quality of the service. 3. I hope that the____________ figures for the exhibition A Look into the Future will be high, and include many people of different ages. 4. The____________ of basic skills like how to cross the street, or what to do when you get lost, must be carefully taught at primary school. 5. ____________ in these social activities will promote a sense of responsibility in children. 6. Why do you think that the____________ of the curriculum to each particular class is necessary? 7. Several major companies are______ the project. IV. Choose the correct answer A, B, c, or D to complete the sentences. 1. He suggests that mothers_____ are employed fulltime will not be able to give their children enough care and attention. A. which B. who C. whom D. whose 2. The good news is more money_____ on education in the next five years. A. will spend B. will be spent C. spends D. is spent 3. Some people say that the role of family____ to fit the development of society. A. will be changed B. changes C. will change D. is changed 4. The PGA,_____ stands for Professional Golfers' Association, organises a prestigious golf championship every year. A. which B. who C. it D. whom 5. Louis Lassen,_____ made and sold the first hamburger, was an American chef from Connecticut. A. which B. he C. whose D. who 6. More open discussions_____ online to help us reach a good decision. A. will conduct B. will be conducted C. conducts D. conducted

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

7. The Mona Lisa,_____ is a painting by Leonardo da Vinci, has caused a lot of disputes. A. which B. who C. it D. they 8 In the future, men and women_____ equal roles in society. A. play B. will be played C. will play D. are playing

Buổi 25: - Gives Ss Ex 1 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer

I. Put a comma/ commas where necessary in the sentences.

1. More people from the countryside are pouring into Delhi where they hope to find a job. 2. The problem of urbanisation which is not new to developing countries is not easy to solve. 3. The report shows changes which will take place in the next decade. 4. The computer and projector that have been installed in the meeting hall are presents from the For a Better Life organisation. 5. The ancient Greeks who loved the spoken word were very good at public speaking and drama. 6. Nobody who watched the match ever forgot it. 7. I want to get back my diary which is of great value to me. 8. Neil Armstrong who was the first person to walk on the Moon was an American astronaut. II. Combine two sentences into one. Use the sentence in brackets to make a non-defining relative clause.

- Gives Ss Ex 2 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer

1. Internationalisation has brought about both opportunities & challenges.(It started fifteen years ago) 2. The National Library opens every weekday. (The library is on the second floor.) 3. Have you ever heard about Captain James Cook? (He mapped a lot of places in the world, including Australia and New Zealand.) 4. Smartphones will be used widely in school to support learning. (They help students to write scripts and make videos.) 5. Developed countries are helping developing countries. (They are ahead in education and wealth.)

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

6. Jack London wrote internationally famous novels like Call of the Wild and White Fang. (He is an American writer.) - Gives Ss Ex 3 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. The girls who will enter university have passed the entrance examination. 2. Some women who can get a well-paid job …. 3. Have you heard about For a Brighter Future which supports women in their fight for employment ? …….

III. Use a relative pronoun to combine two sentences into one sentence with a defining or non-defining relative clause. 1. Those girls have passed the entrance examination. They will enter university. - The girls ___________ 2. Some women get a university degree. They can get a well-paid job. - Some women _____________________ 3. Have you heard about For a Brighter Future? It supports women in their fight for employment equality. - Have you___________________? 4. Some fathers only do a part-time job. They can stay at home more often and have a closer relationship with their children. - Some fathers___________________ 5. Viet Nam used to be male-dominated. It now has a large population of employed women. IV. Use one of the expressions (A-F) in the box to respond to the statements(1-6)J Then practise the short conversations with a friend.

- Gives Ss Ex 4 on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer

A. What will replace it? B. Can you name some of them? C. True. But there will always be some jobs they are unsuitable for. D.How come? Nothing can really replace human beings. E. Why would they want to do that? F. What about the law? It will prevent them from doing so. 1. A: There will certainly be greater participation of women in all spheres of the labour force. B: ……. 2. A: Today's children are maturing much faster than they used to, & many of them will get married younger. B: ……. 3. A: Television will no longer be the dominant form of

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

family entertainment. B: ….. 4. A: I'm afraid that future communication will mainly be with objects and things rather than with people. B: ….. 5. A: I think that the teens of the future will have more responsibilities than they do today. B: …. 6. A: Teenagers will find their own ways to make their voices heard by the authorities. B: …. V. Re-arrange the sentences to make a complete conversation. Then practise it with a friend. The first one has been marked for you.

* Homework: - Gives Ss Ex on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex at home.

____ A. I know. And what do you think that teaches us about the future? ____ B. Yes, it is! ____ C. Well, let's look at charity. Children used to take part in charitable activities because adults forced them to. Nowadays, they are starting their own activities. _ 1 _ D. We can learn something about the future if we look at our kids' behaviour today. ____ E. Exactly. Some teenagers have even started launching small charity projects in their schools and communities. ____ F. I suppose they find a sense of satisfaction in participating and making the world a better place. ____ G. I'm not sure what you mean. Can you give an example? ____ H. They won't just be blindly following tradition. They will be creators and innovators. Isn't that good?

* Adjustment: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………….…… Ngày soạn: 15/ 4/ 2017 Ngày dạy : 9B: 19- 26/ 4/ 2017 9A: 21- 28/ 4/ 2017

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Buổi 26+27:

Revision Unit 12

I. Objectives: Revise what Ss have learnt in unit 11. II. Language content: - Grammar: + Despite / In spite of + V- to V / V+ Ving - Vocab: Jobs , careers, and factors affecting career choice. - Pronunciation: High tones III. Preparation: Teaching plan, laptop IV. Procedures :

Buổi 26: - Gives Ss Ex I on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex individually. - Asks them compare with others . - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer :

1a 2c 3c 4b ……

I/ Choose A, B, C or D that best completes each unfinished sentence 1. Mai worked hard , __ she passed her exam . a. so b. although c. because d. though 2. _____ she was very tired , she helped her brother with his homework . a. Because b. whether c. Although c. so 3. It’s raining hard , _____ we can’t go to the beach . a. or b. but c. so d. though 4. Nam was absent from class yesterday __ he felt sick . a. so b. because c. although d. but 5. Tom has a computer , ___ he doesn’t use it . a. or b. as because d. but 6. The boy can’t reach the shelf __ he’s not tall enough. a. because b. although c. even though d. and 7. The film was boring ____ we went home . a. so b. when c. but c. if 8. The girl bought the shoes___ they are very expensive a. but b. if c. so d. although 9. He used to smoke a lot ______ now he doesn’t smoke any more . a. still b. therefore c. but d. as 10. She couldn’t unlock it ____ she had the wrong key . a. while b. but c. though d. because II. Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it has the same meaning as the sentence

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Gives Ss Ex II on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. In spite of his sickness, he goes to school 2. Despite the fact that Lan was tired, she did all her homework carefully. 3. Although everybody has a great regard for her despite he is poor.

- Gives Ss Ex III on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. - Asks them compare with others pairs. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer * Answer : 1. spending – playing 2. making 3. not to make

printed before it: 1. Athough he is sick, he goes to school. In spite of 2. Although Lan was tired, she did all her homework carefully. Despite 3. Everybody has a great regard for her despite her poverty. Although 4. They worked very hard although they were old. In spite 5. Peter didn’t go to school yesterday because he was sick. Because of 6. Mary went to bed early because she felt tired. Because of 7. She didn’t go to the circus with Betty because she had a bad cold. Because of 8. John succeeded in his exam because he worked hard. Because of 9. She stayed at home because her mother was sick. Because of 10. I like him because his father is kind to me. Because of III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets : 1.Tom regrets (spend) too much time (play) computer games . 2. Students stopped ( make ) noise when the teacher came in . 3. He’ll try ( not make) the same mistake again. 4.Would you mind ( turn ) off the radio ? 5. When you see Tom, remember ( give ) him my regards. 6. They postponed ( build ) an elementary school for lack of finance. 7. It’s no use ( advise ) him. He never allows anybody (give) advice. 8. Is there anything here worth ( buy ) ? 9. We missed ( watch ) a football match last night 10.The principal tells him ( come ) in . * Homework: 11.My parents decided ( take ) a taxi because it was late.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

- Gives Ss Ex on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex at home.

12.Do you agree ( lend ) me some money ? 13.Tom refused (give) me his address . 14.You’ll be able (do) it yourself when you are older 15. I didn’t know how (get) to your house, so I stopped ( ask ) the way . 16.We found it very difficult ( reach ) a decision . 17. I will remember ( give ) Mr. Brown your message . 18.She remembers ( be ) taken to the zoo by her mother . 19.Do you feel like ( go ) to the concert or would you like ( stay ) at home ? 20.My family is considering (take) a trip to the USA next year.

Buổi 27: I/ Choose A, B, C or D that best completes each unfinished sentence 1. Ann felt ill , ____ she insisted on going to work . a. though b. so c. and d. but 2. _____ I felt tired , I went to bed early . a. Although b. So c. As d. However 3. _____ he’s got an English name , he is German . - Gives Ss Ex I on the screen. a. Although b. However c. Because d. Since - Asks Ss do this ex individually. 4. They decided not to go out for a meal _____ they - Asks them compare with others . were too tired . - Some Ss give the answer . a. so b. because c. but d. if - T gives the feedback and correct answer 5. We were the better team ____ we lost the match . * Answer : a. so b. and c. but d. because 1a 6. Keith decided to give up his job ____ I advised him 2c not to 3b a. because b. however c. although d. since 7. ______ we were in town , we often met him . a. For b. Although C. So d. When 8 . She didn’t get the job __ she had all the necessary qualifications . a. because b. although c. so d. but 9. I could not eat ____ I was very hungry . a. even though b. in spite c. despite d. in spite the fact that 10. In pite ___ , the baseball game was not cancelled a. the rain b. of the rain c. it was raining d. there was a rain 11. _____ he had enough money , he refused to buy a new car . a. In spite b. In spite of c. Despite d. Although Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

12. ______ , he walked to the station . a. Despite being tired b. Although to be tired c. In spite being tired d. Despite tired 13. The children slept well , despite _____ a. it was noise b. the noise c. of the noise d. noisy 14. She left him __________ she still loved him . a. even if b. even though c. in spite of d. despite 15. _____ her lack of hard work , she was promoted . a. In spite b. Even though c. in spite of d. despite of II/ REWRITE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES 1. I couldn’t do the test because it was difficult. Because of 2.Although he got up early,he was late for the first train - Gives Ss Ex II on the screen. In spite - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. 3. Although English grammar is difficult, we like to - Asks them compare with others pairs. study it. - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer In spite 4. Although he is an excellent doctor, he can’t cure * Answer : lever cancer. Despite 1. because of its dificulty , I couldn’t … 5. Although my friend doesn’t have enough money, she 2. In spite of the fact that he got …. wants to buy that new car. Despite ……… 6. Although Mai didn’t speak English well, she decided to live in London. In spite 7. Although he is an excellent doctor, he can’t cure lever Cancer. Despite 8. Although my friend doesn’t have enough money, she wants to buy that new car. Despite 9. Although Mai didn’t speak English well, she decided to live in London. In spite 10. Although I am hungry, I can’t eat now. Despite 11. Despite the narrow streets, many people drive cars in this city. Though 12. In spite of the high prices, my daughters insist on going to the movie. Although 13. They worked very hard inspite of their old age. Although III.Use the correct form of the verbs in parentheses 1.I hope .............................( have) a job. 2.Try to avoid..............................( make) him angry. - Gives Ss Ex III on the screen. 3.He is thinking of ......................( leave) his job. - Asks Ss do this ex in pairs. 4.Please let me ........................( know) your decision. - Asks them compare with others pairs. 5.It’s no use.................................( wait) - Some Ss give the answer . - T gives the feedback and correct answer 6.I hate............................( see) a child cry. 7.Gravity keeps the Moon ......................( travel) around * Answer : the Earth instead of.................( shoot) off into the space. 1. to have Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

2. making 3. leaving ……….

8.It’s difficult..............( get) used to getting up early. 9.Stop...............(argue) and start..................( work). 10.I’d like...................( have ) a look at your new car. 11.I’m looking forward.......................( see) you again. 12.Would you mind......................( not touch( the wire. 13.I’m sorry..................................( disappoint) you. 14.He told me ..........( sign) a paper admitting his guilt. 15.I don’t enjoy ...........................( go) to the dentist.

* Homework:

- Gives Ss Ex on the screen. - Asks Ss do this ex at home.

USE BECAUSE OR BECAUSE OF TO REWRITE THE SENTENCES. 1. We arrived late because of the bad traffic. 2. She didn’t buy the house because the price was very high. 3. She only accepted the job because of the high salary. 4. We couldn’t sleep because the weather was hot. 5. Because of the World War II, women took over business for their absent husbands. 6. We didn’t go fishing because the water was rough. 7. She was very angry because he behaved very badly. 8. He couldn’t sleep because of his worries. 9. Because of driving too fast, he caused a serious accident. 10. I lost my way because the fog was thick. 11. He is tired because of staying up late last night. 12. We couldn’t read the sign on the building because the distance was so great. 13. She’ll never get success because she is impatient. 14. He’ll be sacked because he is often late for work. 15. Governments advise giving up smoking because of its harm for health.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

1. He said, "I am writing a test tomorrow." ->He said ………………………………………………………………………………………. 2. You said, "I will do this for him." ->You said ……………………………………………………………………. 3. She said, "I am not hungry now." -> She said ………………………………………………………………………………………. 4. They said, "We have never been here before." ->They said ………………………………………………………………………………………. 5. “Iwent going to Hanoi yesterday ”, he said He said……………………………………………………………………… 6. “I lived in Ho Chi Minh city with my freinds ” Peter said…….………………………………………………………………………………… 7. “We waited for the bus yesterday”, said the children. The children said …….………………………………………………………… 8. “I looked for my skates last week , Ann said” Ann said …….……………………………………………………………………………… 9. “I lived with my parents last year ”, she said She said…………………………………………………………………………… 10. “I washed my car last Sunday ”, Peter said to me. Peter told……..…………………………………………………………… 11. “I come up to London last month . ”, Mary said to me. Mary told……………………………………………………………………………………………… 12. “We are waiting for you if you are late ”. They told me …………………………………………………………………………………… 13. “I brought the book back to you yesterday”, Mary said to Peter . Mary told……………………………………………………………………………………… 14. Peter said “ I had some fruits with my friends”. Peter said…….………………………………………………………………………………… 15. My aunt said to him: “If you are short of money, I can lend you 50 pounds now” . My aunt told …….…………………………………………………………… 16. She said to him: “You are my friend” .She told …..…………………………………………………………………… 17. Mary said to her father: “I don’t know how to do this exercise”. Mary told ... …………………………………………………………………………… 18. “I left my watch at home So I didn’t know the time” said the woman. The woman ... ……………………………………………………………………… 19. She said to him: “I didn’t know you returned so I didn’t come to see you”. He told…………………………………………………………………… 20. Bill said: “I did this exercise two days ago.” ”.-->Bill said. ………………………………………………………………………… 21. she said: “My brother let me take his car She said …………………………………………………………………………………… 22. she said: “My brother lets me take his car She said …………………………………………………………………………………… Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

23. “I won’t tell lies you any more”, Eric said to his girlfriend. Eric told ... ……………………………………………………………… 24. She said, "I will go to the cinema tomorrow." -> She said………………………………………………………………………………………….. 25. He said, "I am having a test tomorrow." ->He said ……………………………………………………………………. 26. Tom said, "I will do this work for you next week ." ->Tom told me ……………………………………………………………………………. 27. She said, "I will come back next month." -> She said …………………………………………………………………………. 28. They said, "We have never eaten this kind of food before." ->They said ………………………………………………………………………………………. 29. Mai said to me “ I have never seen this beautiful sight before ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 30. He said that “I was having a toothache. …………………………………………………………………………………... 31. She said that “I am going to the museum with her classmates now. ->…………………………………………………………………………………………………... 32. They said that “We are going to the supermarket with our daughters at this time” ………………………………………………………………………………... 33. “ I don’t have much time to enjoy myself “ --.>Rachel said …………………………………………………………………………. 34. “ I haven’t had lunch with my friends for ages “ ->Rachel said …………………………………………………………………………. 35. “ I went here last week with my secretary “ Rachel said ………………………………………………………………………….

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com

Exercise 9: Write the complete sentences: 1) The ambulance / be here / a few minutes 2) I / pleased that / you want / know more 3) Ba / taking a shower / 8.00 / last night 4) It / difficult / learn English 5) Would you / lending me / dictionary? 6) They / playing tennis / 10.30 / yesterday morning 7) Bao / always forgetting / homework 8) Last week / she / an English test / Friday 9) The school festival / held / the yard / last week 10) In / rice cooking festival / fire / made / traditional way 11) It / not difficult / translate / this sentence / English 12) You / mind / lend / me / dictionary? 13) New bicycles / make / Japan / be / expensive 14) The Robinson family / making / preparation / Tet 15) You / mind / if / wait / me / moment? 16) Who / man / waiting outside? 17) There / some children / swim / the river 18) You / visited / Bach Ma Mountain? 19) We / can see / boy / ride / water buffalo 20) My Son / recognize / world heritage / 1999 21) They / be / vacation / Da Lat now 22) I / Mai whether / it was / highest building. 23) People / shoes / made / old car tires. 24) Thanks / the flowers / you / me / last week. 25) I asked / Thanh / whether / Petronas Twin Tower / the tallest building / the word.

Phát hành PDF bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đăng ký Word doc qua Zalo 0905779594 Email thanhtuqn88@gmail.com